Summer Semester 2012 - Paris Junior College

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty Patricia Anne Browning
Year 2011-2012 Office AB (Art Building)
Term Summer I Phone (903) 784-1949
Section 01 email pbrowning@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ARTS 1301
Art Appreciation 1301
Description
Textbooks
A general education course open to all. The subject matter is designed to give the layma
overview of how to look at art and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analy
appreciation of any work of art.
.
.Mark Getlein. Living with Art. Ninth Edition. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill, 2010.
978-0-07-337920-3 MHID: 0-07-337920-4
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Recognize in a work of art three examples of design elements: COLOR, PERSPECT
DIMENSION.
2. Recogniz
work of art three examples of design principles: BALANCE, SCALE/PROPORTION, C
(abstract, realistic, nonobjective). 3. Distinguish which cultural, individual, or gro
STYLE is reflected by a particular work of art.
Schedule
Week 1 - Introduction, Course Syllabus, Chapter 1 - Living with Art, Chapter 2 - What i
I
Week 2 - Cha
Themes in Art, Chapter 4 - The Visual Elements, Test II
Week 3 - Chapter 5 - Principles of Design, Chapter 6 -Drawing, Test III
Week 4 - Chapter 7 - Painting, Chapter 8 - Prints, Chapter 9 - Camera and Computer Art
10 - Graphic Design Week 5 - Chapter 11 - Sc
and Installation, Chapter 12 - Arts of Ritual and Daily Life, Chapter 13 - Architecture, F
Evaluation methods
The student will be evaluated by active participation, writing, and tests which will includ
(slide identification), multiple choice, matching, fill-in-the blank, and essay questions.
Attendance/Promptness/ Participation (20%), Tests and Research (80%). Grading is rec
follows: A=100-90, B= 89-80, C=79-70, D=69-60, F=59 and below.

an an
ysis and
ISBN:
TIVE,
ze in a
CATEGORY
oup
is Art?, Test
apter 3 -
ts, Chapter
culpture
Final
de image
orded as

Course Syllabus
Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty Elaine Souder
Year 2011-2012
Office 201
Term Summer 1
Phone 903-454-9333
Section 40 email esouder@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ART 1301
Art Appreciation
Description
A general education course open to all. The subject matter is designed to give the layman an
overview of how to look at art and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art.
Textbooks
Living With Art, Mark Getlein, 9th Edition, McGraw/Hill Companies, ISBN: 978-0-07-337920-3
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Students will master the following objectives:
1. Define, recognize, and use the elements of art.
2. Define, recognize, and use the principles of design.
3. Recognize, distinguish and appreciate art of various cultures & historical periods.
4. Develop an awareness of sensitivity to art in both natural and human-made environments.
5. Strengthen perceptual awareness and cognitive skills through sensory experiences.
6. Analyze, compare, interpret, and evaluate art of self, other students, and major artists.
7. Communicate feelings and ideas through creative visual expression.
8. Develop skills in producing visual art in a wide variety of media and techniques.
9. Exhibit proficiency in terminology and techniques related to areas of art study.
Schedule
Week 1 - Day 1 - Orientation / What is Art/The Study of Art/ Historical Critiques
Week 1 - Day 2 - Elements and Principles of Design/Element- Line (Historical Critiques)
Week 1 - Day 3 - Element-Shape/Element-Value (Historical Critiques)
Week 1 - Day 4 - Element-Color/Element-Texture (Historical Critiques)
Week 2 - Day 1 - Element-Form/Element of Space (Historical Critiques)
Week 2 - Day 2 - Principle-Balance/Principle-Emphasis (Historical Critiques)
Week 2 - Day 3 - Principle-Contrast/Principle-Pattern (Historical Critiques)
Week 2 - Day 4 - Principle-Rhythm/Principle-Movement (Historical Critiques)
Week 3 - Day 1 - Principle-Unity/Mid-Term Exam
Week 3 - Day 2 - Prehistoric Art/Minoan, Mycenean (Historical Critiques)
Week 3 - Day 3 - Egyptian Art/Ancient Greece (Historical Critiques)
Week 3 - Day 4 - Ancient Rome/Middle Ages (Historical Critiques)
Week 4 - Day 1 - Renaissance/Baroque (Historical Critiques)
Week 4 - Day 2 - 18th Century/19th Century (Historical Critiques)
Week 4 - Day 3 - Early 20th Century/Late 20th Century (Historical Critiques)
Week 4 - Day 4 - end of semester - Final/Potfolio Review (Presentation of Art History Project)

Course Syllabus
Evaluation methods
1. Class Discussion - Students will share their knowledge of concepts, understanding of processes,
awareness of art heritage, and ability to analyze and discriminate. Use of questioning strategies will
used to obtain information from the students.
2. Written Tests - Assesses factual knowledge, in connection with other assessments of concepts.
3. Visual Tests - Visual tests are appropriate for the evaluation of student recognition from
classroom visuals of principles related to composition and the use of art elements.
4. Checklists - Lists containing specific criteria for mastery used to keep a record of student
progress.
5. Art Portfolio - Actual work of a student is the best means of assessing a student's growth in the
use of , processes and the concepts connected with them. Oral presentation by students.
6. Teacher Observation - Day to day observation by the teacher on all aspects of a student's
growth.
7. Projects - Students will display their ability to solve problems and formulate new solutions
through carefully constructed class assignments which are open-ended and allow for discovery.
8. Self Evaluation - A student can be a part of the assessment of his or her own growth, given a
safe environment of communication.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty Patricia Anne Browning
Year 2011-2012 Office AB (Art Building)
Term Summer I Phone (903) 784-1949
Section 50 email pbrowning@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ARTS 1301
Art Appreciation 1301
Description
Textbooks
A general education course open to all. The subject matter is designed to give the layma
overview of how to look at art and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analy
appreciation of any work of art.
.
.Mark Getlein. Living with Art. Ninth Edition. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill, 2010.
978-0-07-337920-3 MHID: 0-07-337920-4
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Recognize in a work of art three examples of design elements: COLOR, PERSPECT
DIMENSION.
2. Recogniz
work of art three examples of design principles: BALANCE, SCALE/PROPORTION, C
(abstract, realistic, nonobjective). 3. Distinguish which cultural, individual, or gro
STYLE is reflected by a particular work of art.
Schedule
Week 1 - Introduction, Course Syllabus, Chapter 1 - Living with Art, Chapter 2 - What i
I
Week 2 - Cha
Themes in Art, Chapter 4 - The Visual Elements, Test II
Week 3 - Chapter 5 - Principles of Design, Chapter 6 -Drawing, Test III
Week 4 - Chapter 7 - Painting, Chapter 8 - Prints, Chapter 9 - Camera and Computer Art
10 - Graphic Design Week 5 - Chapter 11 - Sc
and Installation, Chapter 12 - Arts of Ritual and Daily Life, Chapter 13 - Architecture, F
Evaluation methods
The student will be evaluated by active participation, writing, and tests which will includ
(slide identification), multiple choice, matching, fill-in-the blank, and essay questions.
Attendance/Promptness/ Participation (20%), Tests and Research (80%). Grading is rec
follows: A=100-90, B= 89-80, C=79-70, D=69-60, F=59 and below.

an an
ysis and
ISBN:
TIVE,
ze in a
CATEGORY
oup
is Art?, Test
apter 3 -
ts, Chapter
culpture
Final
de image
orded as

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Susan A. Moore
AB 107
INTERNET ONLY
smoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ARTS 1301
ART APPRECIATION
Description
A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art.
Textbooks
Living With Art, 9th Edition, Mark Getlein, McGraw Hill Publishers,
ISBN-13:978-0-07-337920-3
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Recognize in a work of art three examples of design elements: COLOR, PERSPECTIVE,
DIMENSION.
2. Recognize in a work of art three examples of design principles: BALANCE,
SCALE/PROPORTION, CATEGORY (abstract, realistic, nonobjective).
3. Distinguish which cultural, individual, or group STYLE is reflected by a particular work of art.
Schedule
Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66 INTERNET
Chapters 1 thru 5; Writing Assignment Chapters 1 thru 5, Chapters 1 thru 5 Mini-Quizzes;
Mid-Term Proctored Exam, Chapters 1-5, PJC Testing Center[s], closed book;
Chapters 6 - 10; Chapters 6-10 Quizzes, and Writing Assignment;
Chapters 6 - 10, Proctored Test at PJC Testing Center[s].
Discussion Posts are due on the same schedule as Quizzes...see BLACKBOARD schedule for
details.
Evaluation methods
Weekly Quizzes
10 points each
Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100
Tests 100 points each 200
Written Assignments 100 points each 200
[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester - points TBA ]
Total possible mandatory points: 600

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Susan A. Moore
AB 107
INTERNET ONLY
smoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ARTS 1301
ART APPRECIATION
Description
A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art.
Textbooks
Living With Art, 9th Edition, Mark Getlein, McGraw Hill Publishers,
ISBN-13:978-0-07-337920-3
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Recognize in a work of art three examples of design elements: COLOR, PERSPECTIVE,
DIMENSION.
2. Recognize in a work of art three examples of design principles: BALANCE,
SCALE/PROPORTION, CATEGORY (abstract, realistic, nonobjective).
3. Distinguish which cultural, individual, or group STYLE is reflected by a particular work of art.
Schedule
Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66 INTERNET
Chapters 1 thru 5; Writing Assignment Chapters 1 thru 5, Chapters 1 thru 5 Mini-Quizzes;
Mid-Term Proctored Exam, Chapters 1-5, PJC Testing Center[s], closed book;
Chapters 6 - 10; Chapters 6-10 Quizzes, and Writing Assignment;
Chapters 6 - 10, Proctored Test at PJC Testing Center[s].
Discussion Posts are due on the same schedule as Quizzes...see BLACKBOARD schedule for
details.
Evaluation methods
Weekly Quizzes
10 points each
Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100
Tests 100 points each 200
Written Assignments 100 points each 200
[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester - points TBA ]
Total possible mandatory points: 600

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 66 email
Susan A. Moore
AB 107
INTERNET ONLY
smoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ARTS 1301
ART APPRECIATION
Description
A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art.
Textbooks
Living With Art, 9th Edition, Mark Getlein, McGraw Hill Publishers,
ISBN-13:978-0-07-337920-3
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Recognize in a work of art three examples of design elements: COLOR, PERSPECTIVE,
DIMENSION.
2. Recognize in a work of art three examples of design principles: BALANCE,
SCALE/PROPORTION, CATEGORY (abstract, realistic, nonobjective).
3. Distinguish which cultural, individual, or group STYLE is reflected by a particular work of art.
Schedule
Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66 INTERNET
Chapters 1 thru 5; Writing Assignment Chapters 1 thru 5, Chapters 1 thru 5 Mini-Quizzes;
Mid-Term Proctored Exam, Chapters 1-5, PJC Testing Center[s], closed book;
Chapters 6 - 10; Chapters 6-10 Quizzes, and Writing Assignment;
Chapters 6 - 10, Proctored Test at PJC Testing Center[s].
Discussion Posts are due on the same schedule as Quizzes...see BLACKBOARD schedule for
details.
Evaluation methods
Weekly Quizzes
10 points each
Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100
Tests 100 points each 200
Written Assignments 100 points each 200
[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester - points TBA ]
Total possible mandatory points: 600

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 66 email
Susan A. Moore
AB 107
INTERNET ONLY
smoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ARTS 1301
ART APPRECIATION
Description
A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art.
Textbooks
Living With Art, 9th Edition, Mark Getlein, McGraw Hill Publishers,
ISBN-13:978-0-07-337920-3
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Recognize in a work of art three examples of design elements: COLOR, PERSPECTIVE,
DIMENSION.
2. Recognize in a work of art three examples of design principles: BALANCE,
SCALE/PROPORTION, CATEGORY (abstract, realistic, nonobjective).
3. Distinguish which cultural, individual, or group STYLE is reflected by a particular work of art.
Schedule
Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66 INTERNET
Chapters 1 thru 5; Writing Assignment Chapters 1 thru 5, Chapters 1 thru 5 Mini-Quizzes;
Mid-Term Proctored Exam, Chapters 1-5, PJC Testing Center[s], closed book;
Chapters 6 - 10; Chapters 6-10 Quizzes, and Writing Assignment;
Chapters 6 - 10, Proctored Test at PJC Testing Center[s].
Discussion Posts are due on the same schedule as Quizzes...see BLACKBOARD schedule for
details.
Evaluation methods
Weekly Quizzes
10 points each
Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100
Tests 100 points each 200
Written Assignments 100 points each 200
[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester - points TBA ]
Total possible mandatory points: 600

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011 - 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Marjorie Pannell
AS 140
903 782 0360
mpannell@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BCIS 1405
Business Computer Applications
Description
Computer terminology, hardware, software, operating systems, and information systems relating to
the business environment. The main focus of this course is on business applications of software,
including word processing, spreadsheets, databases, presentation graphics, and business-oriented
utilization of the Internet.
Textbooks
ISBN: 9781133023852 to purchase both items as a unit
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach
ISBN: 9780538473934
SAM 2010 Assessment, Training, and Projects v2.0 Printed Access Card
ISBN: 9781111667375
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports
and presentations.
Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Weeks 1: Computer Fundamentals and Word Processing
Week 2: Word Processing and Presentation Graphics
Weeks 3:Spreadsheets
Weeks 4: Database Management
Weeks 5: Applications Hands On Assessment and Final Exam
Evaluation methods
30% EXAMS
40% Lab Project
30% Quizzes

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 114S email
Julie Eckhardt
Office 209
903-457-8716
jeckhardt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BCIS 1405
Business Computer Applications
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
Schedule
Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits = 4 SCH=3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelly
Cashman Series)
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business and academic reports
and presentations. Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Week 1- Introduction to computers, MS Word
Week 2- MS Access
Week 3- MS Excel
Week 4- MS PowerPoint
Week 5- Final Projects
Evaluation methods
This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.
Grading:
Attendance & Behavior: 15%
Final Project: 15%
Quizzes & Assignments: 35%
Exams: 35%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A(90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 15% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total of 100
points. A percentage will be calculated by taking the number of attended class periods divided by
total class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance.
The other 50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. Fifteen
percent of the possible 100 points will then be added to the final grade. Fifteen percent of the final
project will be applied toward the final grade also. All quizzes/applicable assignments will be
averaged first. Then 35% will be applied toward the final grade. Exams will be calculated in the
same way

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section P1 email
Rita J. Pringle
WTC1205
903.782.0476
rpringle@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BCIS 1405
Microcomputer Applications
Description
A study of microcomputer concepts and applications to provide the student an understanding of
computer technology, hardware, software and production of meaningful information through the
use of integrated application software.
Textbooks
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach.
ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47393-4
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports
and presentations. Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Schedule
Week 1 - Microsoft Word
Week 2- Microsoft Excel
Week 3- Microsoft Access
Week 4- Microsoft PowerPoint
Week 5- Final Projects
Evaluation methods
Grading Scale: A (90-10); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-59)
Grade Scale is based on a calculated average:
35% -- Tests
25% -- Final Exam
40% -- Homework and Classroom Assignments
Students are required to submit their homework on time. Late assignments will be accepted with
the following penalties:
Late 1 week -- 10 point penalty
Late 2 weeks -- 20 point penalty
Later than 2 weeks -- assignment not accepted

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011 - 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section S1 email
Mei-Ying (Elaine) Lin
Sulphur Springs Campus 103
(903) 885-1232
mlin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BCIS 1405
Business Computer Applications
Description
Computer terminology, hardware, software, operating systems and information systems relating to
the business environment. The main focus of this course is on business applications of software,
including word processing, spreadsheets, databases, presentation graphics, and business oriented
utilization of the Internet.
Textbooks
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach by Shelly
& Vermaat; ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47393-4 or ISBN-10: 0-538-47393-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports
and presentations. Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1 - Introduction to Computers; The Internet and World Wide Web;
Application Software; Operating Systems and Utility Programs.
Week 2 - Computer Security and Safety, Ethics, and Privacy; Internet Explorer;
Office 2010 and Windows 7: Essential Concepts and Skills.
Week 3 - Microsoft Office Word 2010.
Week 4 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2010
Week 5 - Microsoft Office Excel 2010;
Microsoft Office Access 2010.
Attendance & Participation 25%
In Class Activities 25%
Quizzes/Assignments 50%
Grade Scale is based on a calculated average: A (90 – 100); B (80 – 89); C (70 – 79); D(60 – 69); F
(0 – 59).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011 - 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section S1 email
Mei-Ying (Elaine) Lin
Sulphur Springs Campus 103
(903) 885-1232
mlin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BCIS 1405
Business Computer Applications
Description
Computer terminology, hardware, software, operating systems and information systems relating to
the business environment. The main focus of this course is on business applications of software,
including word processing, spreadsheets, databases, presentation graphics, and business oriented
utilization of the Internet.
Textbooks
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach by Shelly
& Vermaat; ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47393-4 or ISBN-10: 0-538-47393-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports
and presentations. Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1 - Introduction to Computers; The Internet and World Wide Web;
Application Software; Operating Systems and Utility Programs.
Week 2 - Computer Security and Safety, Ethics, and Privacy; Internet Explorer;
Office 2010 and Windows 7: Essential Concepts and Skills.
Week 3 - Microsoft Office Word 2010.
Week 4 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2010
Week 5 - Microsoft Office Excel 2010;
Microsoft Office Access 2010.
Attendance & Participation 25%
In Class Activities 25%
Quizzes/Assignments 50%
Grade Scale is based on a calculated average: A (90 – 100); B (80 – 89); C (70 – 79); D(60 – 69); F
(0 – 59).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer 1st Session
Phone
Section 40 email
Dr Daniel Reinboldt
PJC-Greenville campus-adjunctive
903-454-9333
dreinboldt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Biol 1322
Nutrition
Description
A study of the basic principles of human nutrition. The major food groups, chemical composition
of nutrients, energy cycles, minerals and vitamins will be studied. A basic understanding of how to
formulate a nutritious meal, meal plans and diets will be covered.
Textbooks
Understanding Nutrition, 9th edition by Ellie Whitney and Sharon Rolfes (ISBN 0-53-462226-7)
Calculator, pocket folder and pencil is required. Publisher Website: www.infotrac-college.com
Schedule
Week 1 - Chapter 1: Overview of Nutrition
Week 1 - Chapter 2: Planning a Healthy Diet
Week 1 - Chapter 3: Digestion, Absorptin and Transportation
Week 1 - Chapter 4: The Carbohydrates: Sugars, Starches and Fibers
Week 2 - Chapter 5: The Lipids: Triglycerides, Phospholipids and Sterols
Week 2 - Chapter 6: Protein: Amino Acids
Week 2 - Chapter 7: Metabolism: Transformations and Interactions
Week 2 - Chapter 8: Energy Balance and Body Compostion
Week 3 - Chapter 9: Weight Management: Overweight and Underweight
Week 3 - Chapter 10: Water Soluble Vitamins: B Vitamins and Vitamin C
Week 3 - Chapter 11: The Fat Soluble Vitamins: A, D, E and K
Week 4 - Chapter 12: Water and the Major Minierals
Week 4 - Chapter 13: The Trace Minerals
Week 4 - Chapter 16: Life Cycle Nutrition
Week 5 - Final
Evaluation methods
Grading: 70% of overall grade will be determined by 4 lecture tests consisting of 100 questions
each. 15% of the overal grade will be determined by weekly quizzes that will be completed in
class. 15% of the overal grade will be determined by 3 diet histories and meals. Students must
attend 90% of the scheduled class - excessive misses will result in deductions from their overall
grade. Extra credit opportunities are available on successful completion of chapter review
exercises.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer 1
Phone
Section 50 email
Beth Burkhalter
Room 109
bburkhalter@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Tests; 40%. Will cover all material fro
Biology-Nutrition
Description
By using a variety of strategies students will learn about the human body systems that are involved
which take in foods to obtain the necessary nutrients for life processes .This will cover eleven
chapters teaching the student that food choices support healthy bodies.
Textbooks
Understanding Nutrition by Elanore Whitney ISBN: 978-1-13332-9286-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Students will learn about : The Energy- Yielding Nutrients , the macromolecules such as proteins
,lipids and carbohydrates and the role of each in metabolism pathways. They will learn to identify
the proper dietary intakes . They will learn how to implement personal Nutritional assessments and
the risk factors of chronic diseases associated with improper nutrition.They will learn abour water,
vitamins and minerals.
Week 1-Overview of Nutrition chap. 1 and Planning a Healthy diet chapter 2. With exam over both
chapters
Week 2-Digestion / Absorption Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 " The Carbohydrates" with exam over
both chapters.
Week 3-Chapter 5 "The Lipids" and Chapter 6 Protein;Amino Acids . Exam over both chapters.
Week 4- Chapter 8 Energy Balance and Chapter 9 Weight Management with exam over both
chapters.
Week 5- Conclude with Lecture over The Water and Fat Soluble Vitamins with exam over chapter
10 and 11.
Tests:40% will come from class notes, and class Power Point as well as the textbook.Represented
by 5 total exams. Journal will be 30% and will cosnsist of , nutrition discxussion questions over
chapters and "highlights", as well as internet research and Nutrition article information. Also
assignments kept in journal will cover food diary and exercise logs. Any class activities that
produce a worksheet of any kind will be kept in the journal for grading. Lastly Packet number 1
and 2 will be given to students for a total of 30% of grade and will consists of chapter vocabulary
sheets, quizzes and other chapter assessment questions throughout the 5 weeks.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Jason Taylor
NS 116b
903-782-0369
jtaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 1322
Nutrtion
Description
A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins
will be studied.
Textbooks
Nutrition Biol 1322 by Whitney and Rolfes Isbn: 978-1-133-35648-6 **Note this is a special
publication for Paris Jr. College with Ch's 1-13 excerpted from Whitney and Rolfes Understanding
Nutrition 12th ed.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Compare and Contrast the structural and functional roles of the 6 classes of nutrients in the
human body.
2. Interpret nutrition facts and ingredient lists on food labels and apply that information to assess
foods for nutrient density.
3. Plan a daily diet that meets or exceeds the Recommended Dietary Allowance for the 6 classes of
nutrients and meets the energy requirements of an individual so as to maintain a healthy body
weight.
Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition
-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides
-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport
-Chapter 3-(Cont.)
Week 2-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates
-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids
-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein
-Chapter 6(Cont) Exam 2
Week 3- Exam 2 and Chapter 7-Metabolism
-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion
-Chapter 9-Weight Control
-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins
Week 4-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins
-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals
-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals
Week 5-Final Exam(Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
The grade for the course will be calculated by the following methods:
12 quizzes- The grades for each quiz will be added together and divided by twelve to give one
quiz average. The four lecture exams will be added together with the quiz average and then this
number will be divided by five to give the final average in the class. This means each exam is
worth 20% of the final grade and the quiz average is worth 20%. All of these together will give a
possible 100 points for the final average.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Jason Taylor
NS 116b
903-782-0369
jtaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 1322
Nutrtion
Description
A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins
will be studied.
Textbooks
Nutrition Biol 1322 by Whitney and Rolfes Isbn: 978-1-133-35648-6 **Note this is a special
publication for Paris Jr. College with Ch's 1-13 excerpted from Whitney and Rolfes Understanding
Nutrition 12th ed.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Compare and Contrast the structural and functional roles of the 6 classes of nutrients in the
human body.
2. Interpret nutrition facts and ingredient lists on food labels and apply that information to assess
foods for nutrient density.
3. Plan a daily diet that meets or exceeds the Recommended Dietary Allowance for the 6 classes of
nutrients and meets the energy requirements of an individual so as to maintain a healthy body
weight.
Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition
-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides
-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport
-Chapter 3-(Cont.)
Week 2-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates
-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids
-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein
-Chapter 6(Cont) Exam 2
Week 3- Exam 2 and Chapter 7-Metabolism
-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion
-Chapter 9-Weight Control
-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins
Week 4-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins
-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals
-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals
Week 5-Final Exam(Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
The grade for the course will be calculated by the following methods:
12 quizzes- The grades for each quiz will be added together and divided by twelve to give one
quiz average. The four lecture exams will be added together with the quiz average and then this
number will be divided by five to give the final average in the class. This means each exam is
worth 20% of the final grade and the quiz average is worth 20%. All of these together will give a
possible 100 points for the final average.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 66 email
Jason Taylor
NS 116b
903-782-0369
jtaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 1322
Nutrtion
Description
A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins
will be studied.
Textbooks
Nutrition Biol 1322 by Whitney and Rolfes Isbn: 978-1-133-35648-6 **Note this is a special
publication for Paris Jr. College with Ch's 1-13 excerpted from Whitney and Rolfes Understanding
Nutrition 12th ed.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Compare and Contrast the structural and functional roles of the 6 classes of nutrients in the
human body.
2. Interpret nutrition facts and ingredient lists on food labels and apply that information to assess
foods for nutrient density.
3. Plan a daily diet that meets or exceeds the Recommended Dietary Allowance for the 6 classes of
nutrients and meets the energy requirements of an individual so as to maintain a healthy body
weight.
Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition
-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides
-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport
-Chapter 3-(Cont.)
Week 2-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates
-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids
-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein
-Chapter 6(Cont) Exam 2
Week 3- Exam 2 and Chapter 7-Metabolism
-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion
-Chapter 9-Weight Control
-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins
Week 4-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins
-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals
-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals
Week 5-Final Exam(Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
The grade for the course will be calculated by the following methods:
12 quizzes- The grades for each quiz will be added together and divided by twelve to give one
quiz average. The four lecture exams will be added together with the quiz average and then this
number will be divided by five to give the final average in the class. This means each exam is
worth 20% of the final grade and the quiz average is worth 20%. All of these together will give a
possible 100 points for the final average.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 50 email
Robert Fenton
SSC
903-885-1232
rfenton@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Biology 1408
General Biology I (Non-Majors)
Description
Biology 1408 is a laboratory science course that studies the scientific method, chemistry of life, the
cell, cell membranes, cell division, cellular respiration, Mendelian genetics, chromosome
inheritance patterns, and DNA and RNA structure and function.
Textbooks
Inquiry Into Life, Mader, McGraw-Hill, 13th. Edition, 978-0-07-340433-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
After successful completion of this course the student should be able to: 1. Describe the
characteristics of life. 2. Understand the classification methods used in the Taxonomy of living
things. 3. Understand the scientific process of investigation of the living world.
Schedule
Week 1, Chapter 1 - The Study of Life.
Chapter 2 - The Molecules of Cells.
Week 2, Chapter 3 - Cell Structure and Function.
Chapter 4 - Membrane Structure and Function.
Week 3, Chapter 5 - Cell Division.
Chapter 6 - Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes.
Week 4, Chapter 7 - Cellular Respiration.
Chapter 8 - Photosynthesis.
Week 5, Chapter 23 - Patterns of Gene Inheritance.
Chapter 24 - Chromosomal Basis of Inheritance.
Chapter 25 – DNA Structure and Control of Gene Expression

Evaluation methods
Students should complete all assignments by their assigned dates and participate in discussion
topics when assigned. All exams assigned to the course must be completed in a timely manner as
well. All students enrolled in the course must have access to a computer and must also be computer
literate.
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture - exams (4-6), 50%, Laboratory – 25%. Grades will be posted on the Blackboard
Gradebook. Current averages will be available.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term SummerII
Phone
Section 50 email
Flesher, Richard
SSC 103
903-885-1232
docflesher@aol.com
Course
Title
.Biol 1408
General Biology
Description
Textbooks
Fundamental principles of living organisms including physical and chemical properties of life.
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation and classification. Concepts of reproduction,
ecology, genetics and the scientific method are included. Fundamentals or the circulatory, digestive
and immune systems are included. Lab required. Fee charged. Core Curriculum satisfied for Natural
Lab Science.
Inquiry into Life, 13th Edition, Sylvia S. Mader, ISBN 978-0-07-728010-9 McGraw-Hill
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Understand the classification of living things, the scientific method, cell division, metabolic
processes, the works of Gregor Mendel, genetic diversity, normal and abnormal inheritence, basic
functions of the circulatory system, the immune system and the digestive system.
Schedule
Week 1,- Ch 1-Introduction to the Study of Life, Ch 2- The Molecules of Cells
Week 2,- Ch 3-Cell Structure and Function, Ch 4- Membrane Structure and Function
Ch 5-Cell Division
Week 3,-Ch 6- Metabolism, Ch 7- Cellular Respiration, Ch 23-Patterns of Inheritance
Week 4,- Ch 12- Cardiovascular System, Ch 13- Immune System
Week 5,- Ch 14- Digestive System
Evaluation methods
75% of grade will be from lecture tests
15% of grade will be from quiz grades from Blackboard
10% of grade will be from assignments on Connect

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term SUMMER I
Phone
Section .65 email
Michael Barnett
NS 113/123
903 7820481
mbarnett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL1408
GENERAL BIOLOGY I
Description
Biology 1408 is a laboratory science course that studies the scientific method, chemistry of life, the cell, cell m
division, cellular respiration, Mendelian genetics, chromosome inheritance patterns, and DNA and RNA structu
function.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Inquiry Into Life
Author: Mader
Publisher: McGraw-Hill, 13th. Edition
ISBN: 978-0-07-340433-
1. Describe the characteristics of life. 2. Understand the classification methods used in the classification of livin
Understand the scientific process of investigation of the living world. 4. Understand the molecules that make u
and their importance. 5. Describe the general structure of both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. 6. Describe the
plasma membrane. 7. Understand the process of cell division. 8. Understand the process of metabolism on a ce
Understand the work of Gregor Mendel and its importance to our understanding of inheritance patterns in livin
Understand the mechanisms of normal and abnormal chromosome inheritance. 11. Understand the structure an
DNA and RNA and their role in protein synthesis.
Lesson 1, Chapter 1 - The Study of Life. Lesson 2, Chapter 2 - The Molecules of Cells. Lesson 3, Chapter 3 - C
and Function. Lesson 4, Chapter 4 - Membrane Structure and Function. Lesson 5, Chapter 5 - Cell Division. Le
Chapter 6 - Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes. Lesson 7, Chapter 7 - Cellular Respiration. Lesson 8, Chapter 8
Photosynthesis. Lesson 9, Chapter 23 - Patterns of Gene Inheritance. Lesson 10, Chapter 24 - Chromosomal Ba
Inheritance. Lesson 11 Chapter 34 - Nature of Ecosystems Lesson 12 Chapter 35 - Major Ecosystems of the Bi
Evaluation methods
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material. Lecture - exam
25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory 25%

membranes, cell
ure and
ng things. 3.
up living things
e role of the
ellular basis. 9.
ng things. 10.
nd function of
Cell Structure
esson 6,
8 -
asis of
iosphere
s (10-12), 50%,

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 65 email
Jack Brown
NS 105
903-782-0319
jbrown@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Biol 1408.65
Nonmajors Biology
Description
An introduction to the biological sciences for students who need to fulfill the laboratory science
requirement for majors other than science. This is a not a science majors course and will not
transfer as such!. This course emphasizes the molecular basis of life, cellular organization,
bioenergetics, genetics and evolution.
Textbooks
Mader, Sylvia: Inquiry into Life; 13th edition McGraw Hill With Connect Access
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1.Describe cell structures and processes especially in relation to the functioning of the human body.
2. Discuss cell processes especially cell metabolism, photosynthesis, transcription, and translation.
3. Recognize the processes of development, growth, repair, and biological inheritance..
Schedule
Week 1-Introduction
Week 1-Cell Chemistry
Week 1-The Cell
Week 1-Exam 1
Week 2-Cell Membrane
Week 2-Cell Division
Week 2-Exam 2
Week 3-Introduction to Metabolism
Week 3-Cell Respiration
Week 3-Photosynthesis
Week 3-Exam 3
Week 4-Inheritance
Week 4-Chromosomal Inheritance
Week 4-DNA Biology
Week 4-Exam 4
Week 5- Final Exam

Evaluation methods
There will be several major exams, quizzes and homework assignments. Each assignment has a
point value and your grade is based off how many points you get out of the total number for the
course. Assignments that are not graded in the Connect system such as papers or lab reports that
you e-mail directly to me will count 100 points each.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Robert Fenton
SSC
903-885-1232
rfenton@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 1409
Biology II Non-majors
Description
A continuation of BIOL 1408. Fundamental principles of living organisms including physical and
chemical properties of life, organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classifications.
Concepts of reproduction, genetics, ecology, and the scientific method are included.
Textbooks
Inquiry Into Life, Mader, McGraw-Hill, 13th. Edition, 978-0-07-340433-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the evolutionary history of microbial life and plants.
2. Describe the structure, function, and reproduction of microbial life.
3. Describe the structure, function, and reproduction of nonvascular, seedless vascular, and seed
plants.
4. Describe plant organs, cells, and tissues.
5. Describe the organization of plant roots, stems, and leaves.
6. Describe the characteristics of animals.
7. Describe the anatomy, structure, function and reproduction of invertebrates.
8. Describe the anatomy, structure, function and reproduction of vertebrates.
9. Describe human types of tissues, body cavities, and membranes.
10. Understand the structure and function of the human cardiovascular, lymphatic, immune,
digestive, respiratory, urinary, nervous, and muscular systems.
11. Understand the human senses.

Schedule
Week 1- Ch 28 - Microbiology
Ch 29 - Plants
Week 2- Ch 9 - Plant Organization and Function
Ch 10 - Plant Reproduction and Responses
Week 2- Ch 30 - Animals: Part I
Ch 31 - Animals: Part II
Ch 11 - Human Organization
Week 3- Ch 12 - Cardiovascular System
Ch 13 - Lymphatic and Immune System
Ch 14 - Digestive System
Week 5- Ch 15 - Respiratory System
Ch 17 - Nervous Ssytem
Ch 18 - Senses+B3
Evaluation methods
Students should complete all assignments by their assigned dates and participate in discussion
topics when assigned. All exams assigned to the course must be completed in a timely manner as
well. All students enrolled in the course must have access to a computer and must also be computer
literate.
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture - exams (4-6), 50%, 25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory – 25%.
Grades will be posted on the WebCt Gradebook. Current averages will be available.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Jack Brown
NS 105
903-782-0319
jbrown@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Biol 1409.65
Nonmajors Biology
Description
An introduction to the biological sciences for students who need to fulfill the laboratory science
requirement for majors other than science. This is a not a science majors course and will not
transfer as such! This course emphasizes the various aspects of evolutionary biology, The
Kingdoms of Life, and Topics in Animal Form and Function.
Textbooks
Mader, Sylvia: Inquiry into Life; 13th edition McGraw Hill With Connect Access
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Explain the origin and evolution of life including: mechanisms of evolution, evolution of
populations, microevolution, macroevolution, phylogeny, and systematics.
2. Discuss the evolutionary history of biological diversity including: comprehensive overviews of
the origins of life and the fossil record, comprehensive overviews of the major taxonomic groups (
Prokaryotes, Protists, Fungi, Plantae, Animalia)
3. Describe animal form and function including: circulation and gas exchange, defense and
immunity, osmoregulation and excretion, nervous system structure andfunction, sensory and motor
mechanisms, and reproduction.
Weeks 1 – Unit 1 Evolution-Microbiology Ch 27-28
Weeks 2 – Unit 2 Plants-Invertebrates Ch 29-30
Weeks 3 – Unit 3 Vertebrates-Human Organization Ch 31&11
Weeks 4 – Unit 4 Cardiovascular-Respiratory Ch 12,14,15
Weeks 5 – Unit 5 Final Exam

Evaluation methods
There will be several major exams, quizzes and homework assignments. Each assignment has a
point value and your grade is based off how many points you get out of the total number for the
course. Assignments that are not graded in the Connect system such as papers or lab reports that
you e-mail directly to me will count 100 points each.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section .65 email
Michael Barnett
NS 113/123
903 7820481
mbarnett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Biol1409
General Biology II
Description
Biology 1409 is a laboratory science course that studies human organization, the cardiovascular system, the lym
immune systems, the respiratory system, the urinary system and excretion, the nervous system, the senses, the
musculoskeletal system, the endocrine system, the reproductive system, development and aging.
Textbooks
Inquiry Into Life, Sylvia S. Mader, McGraw - Hill, 13th, 978-0-07-340344-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Explain the four major types of tissues. 2. Describe the major types of cardiovascular structures. 3. Describe
system structure and function. 4. Describe the mechanism of immunity. 5. Describe the structure and functions
respiratory system. 6. Describe the structure and function of the urinary system and the mechanism of excretion
the structure and functions of the nervous system 8. Describe the structure and functions of the senses. 9. Descr
structure and functions of the musculoskeletal system. 10. Describe the structures and functions of the endocrin
Describe the structures and functions of the reproductive system. 12. Describe the processes of development an
Schedule
Lesson 1, Chapter 11 - Human Organization Lesson 2, Chapter 12 - Cardiovascular System Lesson 3, Chapter
Lymphatic and Immune systems Lesson 4, Chapter 15 - Respiratory System Lesson 5, Chapter 16 - Urinary Sy
Excretion Lesson 6, Chapter 17 - Nervous System Lesson 7, Chapter 18 - Senses Lesson 8, Chapter 19 - Muscu
System Lesson 9, Chapter 20 - Endocrine System Lesson 10, Chapter 21 - Reproduction Lesson 11, Chapter 22
Development and Aging
Evaluation methods
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material. Lecture - exam
grades (quizzes, discussions, etc) - 25% Laboratory 25%

mphatic and
e the lymphatic
s of the
n. 7. Describe
ribe the
ne system. 11.
nd aging.
13 -
ystem and
uloskeletal
2 -
s, - 50%, daily

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Jack Brown
NS 105
903-782-0319
jbrown@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Biol 2401. 01
Anatomy and Physiology 1
Description
This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.
Textbooks
Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology 12ed with Connect Access
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Apply correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and
sections
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular context of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,
structure-function of macromolecules, rules of metabolism, cell structure-function, cell division,
cell respiration, DNA replication, and protein synthesis.
3. Identify the anatomical structures and describe the physiology of the following body systems:
integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous, and endocrine.
4. Name and locate the major bones and muscles of the human body.
Schedule
Week 1- Introduction
Week 1- Chemistry of Life
Week 1- The Cell
Week 1- Exam 1
Week 2- Tissues
Week 2- Integumentary System
Week 2- Bone Tissue/Joints
Week 2- Joints/Exam 2
Week 3- Muscular
Week 3- Nervous
Week 3- Nervous
Week 4- Exam 3/ Senses
Week 4- Senses/Endocrine
Week 4- Endocrine/Exam 4
Week 5- Final Exam Review
Week 5- Final Exam

Evaluation methods
The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.
A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade
B. One Comprehensive Final 15%
65%
III. Final Evaluation
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Dr. Daniel Reinboldt D.C.
Adjunctive offices - Paris Campus
903-454-9333
dreinboldt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Biol 2401
Anatomy and Physiology I
Description
A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology in lecture and anatomy in lab.
Textbooks
Required text for course is Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology 12th edition by John Hole Jr.
ISBN #: 978-0-07-352570-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this course, a student should:
1)Apply correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes and
sections
2) Discuss the chemical and cellular context of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,
structure-function of macromolecules, rules of metabolism, cell structure-function, cell division,
cell respiration, DNA replication and protein synthesis.
3) Identify the anatomical structures and describe the physiology of the following body systems:
integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous and endocrine
4) Name
and locate the major bones and muscles of the human body.
Schedule
Week 1 - Introduction
Week 1 - Tissues
Week 2 - Cells
Week 2 - Chemistry
Week 3 - Integumentary
Week 4 - Cell Metabolism
Week 4 - Skeletal System
Week 5 - Joints of Skeletal System
Week 6 - Muscular System
Week 6 - Nervous System
Week 7 - Nervous System Basic Structure and Function
Week 7 - Divisions of Nervous System
Week 8 - Somatic and Special Senses
Week 9 - Endocrine System
Week 10- Endocrine and testing
Week 11- Comprehensive Final

Evaluation methods
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:
Lecture: 55% of total grade 4 - 100 question exams over the assigned chapters
Laboratory 15% of total grade 4 - 50 questions exams
Class Quizzes 15% of total grade 12 - 25 questions quizzes at end of each chapter
Comprehensive Final 15% of total grade 100 question - multiple choices or true/false

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Joy Doss
SSHS science
903-438-7670
joymartindos@verizon.net
Course
Title
Bio 2401
Human Anatomy
Description
Biology 2401 is a sophmore-level biology course in human anatomy and physiology. Pyhsiology is
emphasized during lectures, and anatomy is emphasized in labs.
Textbooks
Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology with Connect Plus, Shier, Butler, Lewis; 12 th edition,
McGraw Hill Publishers
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon successful completion of the course, students will have demonstrated proficiency in the
following areas: a. Practical and working knowledge of basic human anatomy b.
Understanding of the inter-relations of the human body systems c. Practical knowledge of the
basic physiology of each system covered.
Week 1-June 4-7 Ch 1,2,3
Week 2--June 11-14 Ch 4,5,6
Week 3-June 18-21 Ch 7,8,9
Week 4--June 25-28 Ch 10,11,12
Week 5-June 2-5 Ch 13 and the final
Evaluation methods
25% of final grade comes from 10 to 12 daily/lab grades( worksheets, labs and activities) 60%
of final grade comes from four exams (consisting of multiple choice, true/false, and some fill
in blank)
15% of the final grade comes from the comprehensive 100 question final exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 65 email
Susan Gosset
NS105
(903) 782-0209
sgossett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 2401
Anatomy and Physiology I
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Biology 2401 is the first of a two-course sequence in Human Anatomy and Physiology. It is
designed to meet the requirements for allied health sciences, psychology, physical therapy, physical
education, biology, geology, ecology, anthropology, agriculture, or students requiring a basic
understanding of human structure and function that has an entry level background in biology or
nursing. Course subjects include body orientation, cell structure and function, cell chemistry, cell
Required Textbook: Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology 12th Edition by David Shier, Jackie
Butler, and Ricki Lewis; ISBN: 0077564634 This textbook is a special package by the publisher
that includes the access codes to Connect and Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 3.0 online which
are a course requirement.
Upon completion of Anatomy and Physiology I, a student should:
1. Recognize correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and
sections.
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular content of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,
df i f l l l f bli lll df i ll
Week 1 – June 9
Chapter 1 Reading Assignment – Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology
Chapter 2 Reading Assignment – Chemical Basis of Life
Chapter 3 Reading Assignment – Cells
Week 2 – June 16
Exam I – Chapters 1 – 3 Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Connect June 10th through
June 16th at 11:59 p.m.
Chapter 4 Reading Assignment – Cellular Metabolism
Chapter 5 Reading Assignment – Tissues
Chapter 6 Reading Assignment – Integumentary System
Week 3 – June 23
Exam II – Chapters 4 – 6 Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Connect June 17th through
June 23rd at 11:59 p.m.
Chapter 7 Reading Assignment – Skeletal System
Chapter 8 Reading Assignment – Joints of the Skeletal System
Ch t 9 R di A i t M l S t

Evaluation methods The grading evaluation of the course will consist of the core course curriculum accounting for 75%
of the grade.
Exam I – 12.5%
Exam II – 12.5%
Exam III – 12.5%
Exam IV – 12.5%
Comprehensive Final Exam – 25% (Proctored)
The laboratory portion of the course will constitute the remaining 25% of the course grade.
Bone Identification Exam – 15% (Proctored)
Muscle Action Exam – 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section .65 email
Dr. Del Oyler
Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
903-439-6154 Ext. 408
doyler@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 2401
Human Anatomy & Physiology I
Description
A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology of the systems in the course content. This is an on line course with
course information, content and laboratory exercises presented over the internet and CD's. 3 hrs
lecture, 1 hr
Textbooks
Holes Human Anatomy & Physiology 12 ed. Shier, Butler and Lewis.
Access codes for the McGraw-Hill "Connect" and Anatomy & Physiology Revealed websites.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Apply correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and
sections
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular context of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,
f i f l l l f b li ll f i ll di i i
Lesson 1- Introduction to A & P
Lesson 2- Chemical Basis of Life, Lab
Lesson 3-Cells, Lab
Lesson 4-Cellular Metabolism, Lab
Lesson 5-Tissues, Lab
Exam
Lesson 7-Skin & Integumentary System, Lab, A&P Revealed 1
Lesson 8-Skeletal System, A&P Revealed 2
Lesson 9-Joints, Lab
Lesson10-Muscular System, A&P Revealed 3
Exam
Lesson 12-Nervous System I, Lab, A&P Revealed 4
Lesson 13-Nervous System II, Lab
Lesson 14-The Senses, Lab, A&P Revealed 5
Lesson 15-Endocrine System, A&P Revealed 6
Exam
Final Exam

Evaluation methods The course grade will be determined by the accumulation of total points. 90-100% = A, 80-89% =
B, 79- 70% = C, 69-60% = D, 59% & Below = F.
There are 8 lab assignments each worth 15 points. There are 6 assignments worth 15 points each
that must be completed using the A&P Revealed website by McGraw Hill. There are 11 quizzes
that cover the course content and material in the text worth 20 points each. They are to be
completed in order in the alloted time and be submitted by the due date. There are three exams and
a final. The exams are worth 200 points each and the final is worth 500 points.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section .66 email
Dr. Kathy Baxter
Online
(903) 785-7661
kbaxter@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL2401
Anatomy & Physiology I
Description
Course Description: A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body,
including cell structure, tissues, endocrinology, muscles, skeletal, joint and nervous systems.
Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory portion will be comprised
of a virtual cadaver dissection as well as written labs to be completed.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Required Textbook: Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12th Edition
David N. Shier, WASHTENAW COMMUNITY COLLEGE Jackie L. Butler, GRAYSON
COUNTY COLLEGE, Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor, "The Scientist” ©2010,
ISBN – 0077564634
R i dL bA A dPh i l R l d30
Course Outcomes / Learning Objectives
Upon successful completion of the course, students will have demonstrated proficiency in the
following areas:
1. Practical and working knowledge of basic human anatomy.
2Ud di fh i l i fh h bd
Schedule June 5: Lecture 1 - Txt Ch 1 & Learn Smart Module 1 – Introduction to Human Anatomy &
Physiology
June 6: Lecture 2 - Txt Ch 2 & Learn Smart Module 2 – Chemical Basis of Life
June 7: Lab 1 – Body Orientation, Chemistry and Cells
June 8: Lecture 3 - Txt Ch 3 & Learn Smart Module 3 - Cells
Through June 10: Exam 1 – Textbook Chapters -3 – Closes at midnight.
June 11: Lecture 4 - Txt Ch 4 & Learn Smart Module 4 – Cellular Metabolism
June 12: Lab 2 – Cells, Cellular Metabolism, Tissues and Integumentary System
June 13: Lecture 5 - Txt Ch 5 & Learn Smart Module 5 - Tissues
June 14: Lecture 6 - Txt Ch 6 & Learn Smart Module 6 – Integumentary System
Through June 16: Exam 2 - Textbook Chapters 4-6 - Closes at midnight.
June 17: Lab 3 – Skeletal System (Part 1)
June 18: Lecture 7 - Txt Ch 7 & Learn Smart Module 7 – Skeletal System
June 19: Lab 4 – Skeletal System (Part 2)
June 20: Lab 5 – Skeletal System (Part 3)
June 21: Lecture 8 - Txt Ch 8 & Learn Smart Module 8 – Joints of the Skeletal System
June 22: Lab 6 – Muscular System (Part 1)
J 23 L t 9 T tCh9&L S tM d l 9 M l S t

Evaluation methods
Overall Grading Policy: Students are graded primarily on the degree to which they meet learning
outcomes, not just how much time and effort is put forth in the course. One grade will be given for
both the lecture and the laboratory portions of the course; the material in each section is equally
valuable.
There will be total of 10 Lab assignments, 12 Lecture assignments, 12 Learning Modules and 5
major exams. Exams 3 and the Final Exam will be taken at a proctored testing facility; the Final
Exam will be comprehensive.
All assignments will be due on the assigned due date that can be found on the course content
calendar in Blackboard. Assignment instructions are found in the Assignments section of
Blackboard.
Point deductions for late assignments will be as follows: lecture assignments – 10% deducted for
each day late, lab assignments – 10% deducted for each day late.
You will not receive credit for assignment submitted more than 10 days late but it is in your best

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 66 email
Susan Gosset
NS105
(903) 782-0209
sgossett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 2401
Anatomy and Physiology I
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Biology 2401 is the first of a two-course sequence in Human Anatomy and Physiology. It is
designed to meet the requirements for allied health sciences, psychology, physical therapy, physical
education, biology, geology, ecology, anthropology, agriculture, or students requiring a basic
understanding of human structure and function that has an entry level background in biology or
nursing. Course subjects include body orientation, cell structure and function, cell chemistry, cell
Required Textbook: Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology 12th Edition by David Shier, Jackie
Butler, and Ricki Lewis; ISBN: 0077564634 This textbook is a special package by the publisher
that includes the access codes to Connect and Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 3.0 online which
are a course requirement.
Upon completion of Anatomy and Physiology I, a student should:
1. Recognize correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and
sections.
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular content of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,
df i f l l l f bli lll df i ll
Week 1 – July 14
Chapter 1 Reading Assignment – Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology
Chapter 2 Reading Assignment – Chemical Basis of Life
Chapter 3 Reading Assignment – Cells
Week 2 – July 21
Exam I – Chapters 1 – 3 Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Connect July 15th through July
21st at 11:59 p.m.
Chapter 4 Reading Assignment – Cellular Metabolism
Chapter 5 Reading Assignment – Tissues
Chapter 6 Reading Assignment – Integumentary System
Week 3 – July 28
Exam II – Chapters 4 – 6 Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Connect July 22nd through
July 28th at 11:59 p.m.
Chapter 7 Reading Assignment – Skeletal System
Chapter 8 Reading Assignment – Joints of the Skeletal System
Ch t 9 R di A i t M l S t

Evaluation methods The grading evaluation of the course will consist of the core course curriculum accounting for 75%
of the grade.
Exam I – 12.5%
Exam II – 12.5%
Exam III – 12.5%
Exam IV – 12.5%
Comprehensive Final Exam – 25% (Proctored)
The laboratory portion of the course will constitute the remaining 25% of the course grade.
Bone Identification Exam – 15% (Proctored)
Muscle Action Exam – 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 67 email
Susan Gosset
NS105
(903) 782-0209
sgossett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 2401
Anatomy and Physiology I
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Biology 2401 is the first of a two-course sequence in Human Anatomy and Physiology. It is
designed to meet the requirements for allied health sciences, psychology, physical therapy, physical
education, biology, geology, ecology, anthropology, agriculture, or students requiring a basic
understanding of human structure and function that has an entry level background in biology or
nursing. Course subjects include body orientation, cell structure and function, cell chemistry, cell
Required Textbook: Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology 12th Edition by David Shier, Jackie
Butler, and Ricki Lewis; ISBN: 0077564634 This textbook is a special package by the publisher
that includes the access codes to Connect and Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 3.0 online which
are a course requirement.
Upon completion of Anatomy and Physiology I, a student should:
1. Recognize correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and
sections.
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular content of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,
df i f l l l f bli lll df i ll
Week 1 – June 9
Chapter 1 Reading Assignment – Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology
Chapter 2 Reading Assignment – Chemical Basis of Life
Chapter 3 Reading Assignment – Cells
Week 2 – June 16
Exam I – Chapters 1 – 3 Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Connect June 10th through
June 16th at 11:59 p.m.
Chapter 4 Reading Assignment – Cellular Metabolism
Chapter 5 Reading Assignment – Tissues
Chapter 6 Reading Assignment – Integumentary System
Week 3 – June 23
Exam II – Chapters 4 – 6 Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Connect June 17th through
June 23rd at 11:59 p.m.
Chapter 7 Reading Assignment – Skeletal System
Chapter 8 Reading Assignment – Joints of the Skeletal System
Ch t 9 R di A i t M l S t

Evaluation methods The grading evaluation of the course will consist of the core course curriculum accounting for 75%
of the grade.
Exam I – 12.5%
Exam II – 12.5%
Exam III – 12.5%
Exam IV – 12.5%
Comprehensive Final Exam – 25% (Proctored)
The laboratory portion of the course will constitute the remaining 25% of the course grade.
Bone Identification Exam – 15% (Proctored)
Muscle Action Exam – 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 01 email
Jack Brown
NS 105
903-782-0319
jbrown@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Biol 2402
Anatomy and Physiology 2
Description
This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.
Textbooks
Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology 12ed with Connect Access
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.
3. Recognize the factors that determine body water content and describe the effect of each factor
4 D ib h j f h h lif l f i bi h
Week 1-Blood
Week 1-Cardiovascular
Week 1-Cardiovascular
Week 1-Exam 1/ Lymphatic and Immunity
Week 2-Digestive
Week 2-Respiratory
Week 2-Exam 2/ Nutrition and Metabolism
Week 3-Nutrition/ Metabolism
Week 3-Urinary
Week 3-Water. Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
Week 3-Exam 3
Week 4-Reproductive
Week 4-Reproductive
Week 4-Pregnancy, Growth, and Development
Week 4-Exam 4
Week 5- Final Exam

Evaluation methods
The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.
A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade
B. One Comprehensive Final 15%
65%
III. Final Evaluation
Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
J Doss
Room 503 SSHS
903-438-7670
jdoss@ssisd.net
Course
Title
Biology 2402
Anatomy and Physiology
Description
This is a lecture/lab science course that will consist of a study of the second half of the body
systems both structure and function.
Textbooks
Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology ,12th Ed., McGraw-Hill, 2001
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon successful completion of the course, students will have demonstrated proficiency in the
following areas: a. Practical and working knowledge of basic human anatomy, b. Understanding
of the inter-relations of the human body systems, c. Practical knowledge of the basic physiology of
each human system
Week 1-July 10-12---Chs 14,15,&16
Week 2--July 16-19--Ch s 17,18,& 19
Week 3--July-23-26--Ch 20 & 21
Week 4---July 30 to Aug. 2--Ch 22 & 23
Week 5---Aug 6-8--Ch 24 Aug 9--FINAL
Evaluation methods
Grades will be determined as follows: Lecture EXAMs: 60%---There will be 4 exams
consisting of multiple choice, True/false, and fill in the blank questions Lecture daily
grades and Lab grades 25%: There will be 10 to 12 grades taken both from lab work and daily
work . Comprehensive FINAL 15%: This 100 questions multiple choice exam will cover all
of the chapters we have covered this semester.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section .65 email
Dr. Del Oyler
Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
903-439-6154 Ext. 408
doyler@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 2402
Human Anatomy & Physiology II
Description
A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology of the systems in the course content.(This is a continuation of Biology
2401.) This is a self paced on line course, with course information, content and laboratory exercises
presented over the internet and CD's.
Textbooks
Holes Human Anatomy & Physiology 12 ed. Shier, Butler and Lewis.
Access codes to McGraw-Hill websites "Connect" and Anatomy & Physiology Revealed 3.0
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.
3. Recognize the factors that determine body water content and describe the effect of each factor
4. Describe the major events of the human life cycle from conception to birth.
5. Discuss heredity and the various roles of genetics in the human life cycle.
Schedule
Lesson 1-Blood,Lab
Lesson 2-The Cardiovascular System, Lab, A&P Revealed 1
Lesson 3-The Lymphatic System and Immunity, Lab, A&P Revealed 2
Exam
Lesson 4-The Digestive System, Lab, A&P Revealed 3
Lesson 5-Nutrition and Metabolism, Lab
Lesson 6-The Respiratory System, Lab, A&P Revealed 4
Exam
Lesson 7-The Urinary System, A&P Revealed 5
Lesson 8-Water, Electrolytes and Acid-Base Balance
Exam
Lesson 9-The Reproductive System: Male, A&P Revealed 6
Lesson 10-The Reproductive System: Female, Lab
Lesson 11-Pregnancy, Growth & Development, Lab
Exam
Final Exam

Evaluation methods
The final grade will be calculated as follows based on the total number of possible points including
laboratory assignments, quizzes, exams and other assignments. A - 90%, B - 80%, C - 70%, D -
60%, F - below 59%.
There are 8 lab assignments each worth 15 points. There are 6 assignments worth 15 points each
that must be completed using the A&P Revealed website. There are 9 quizzes that cover the course
content and material in the text worth 20 points each. They are to be completed in order in the
alloted time and be submitted by the due date. There are four exams and a final. The exams are
worth 200 points each and the final is worth 500 points.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section .65 email
Dr. Del Oyler
Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
903-439-6154 Ext. 408
doyler@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 2402
Human Anatomy & Physiology II
Description
A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology of the systems in the course content.(This is a continuation of Biology
2401.) This is a self paced on line course, with course information, content and laboratory exercises
presented over the internet and CD's.
Textbooks
Holes Human Anatomy & Physiology 12 ed. Shier, Butler and Lewis.
Access codes to McGraw-Hill websites "Connect" and Anatomy & Physiology Revealed 3.0
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.
3. Recognize the factors that determine body water content and describe the effect of each factor
4. Describe the major events of the human life cycle from conception to birth.
5. Discuss heredity and the various roles of genetics in the human life cycle.
Schedule
Lesson 1-Blood,Lab
Lesson 2-The Cardiovascular System, Lab, A&P Revealed 1
Lesson 3-The Lymphatic System and Immunity, Lab, A&P Revealed 2
Exam
Lesson 4-The Digestive System, Lab, A&P Revealed 3
Lesson 5-Nutrition and Metabolism, Lab
Lesson 6-The Respiratory System, Lab, A&P Revealed 4
Exam
Lesson 7-The Urinary System, A&P Revealed 5
Lesson 8-Water, Electrolytes and Acid-Base Balance
Exam
Lesson 9-The Reproductive System: Male, A&P Revealed 6
Lesson 10-The Reproductive System: Female, Lab
Lesson 11-Pregnancy, Growth & Development, Lab
Exam
Final Exam

Evaluation methods
The final grade will be calculated as follows based on the total number of possible points including
laboratory assignments, quizzes, exams and other assignments. A - 90%, B - 80%, C - 70%, D -
60%, F - below 59%.
There are 8 lab assignments each worth 15 points. There are 6 assignments worth 15 points each
that must be completed using the A&P Revealed website. There are 9 quizzes that cover the course
content and material in the text worth 20 points each. They are to be completed in order in the
alloted time and be submitted by the due date. There are four exams and a final. The exams are
worth 200 points each and the final is worth 500 points.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section .66 email
Dr. Kathy Baxter
Online
(903) 785-7661
kbaxter@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL2402
Anatomy & Physiology II
Description
Course Description: A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body,
including cell structure, tissues, endocrinology, muscles, skeletal, joint and nervous systems.
Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory portion will be comprised
of a virtual cadaver dissection as well as written labs to be completed.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Required Textbook: Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12th Edition
David N. Shier, WASHTENAW COMMUNITY COLLEGE Jackie L. Butler, GRAYSON
COUNTY COLLEGE, Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor, "The Scientist” ©2010,
ISBN – 0077564634
R i dL bA A dPh i l R l d30
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.
3. Recognize the factors that determine body water content and describe the effect of each factor.
4. Describe the major events of the human life cycle from conception to birth.
5. Discuss heredity and the various roles of genetics in the human life cycle.
Schedule
July 10: Lab 1 - Endocrine System
July 11: Lecture 1 - Txt Ch 13 & Learn Smart Module 1 – Endocrine
July 12: Lab 2 - Cardiovascular System (Part 1)
July 13: Lecture 2 - Txt Ch 14 & Learn Smart Module 2 - Blood
July 14: Lab 3 - Cardiovascular System (Part 2)
July 15: Lecture 3 - Txt Ch 15 & Learn Smart Module 3 - Cardiovascular System
July 16: Lab 4 - Cardiovascular System (Part 3)
Through July 18: Exam 1 – Textbook Chapters 13-15 – Closes at midnight.
July 19: Lecture 4 - Txt Ch 16 & Learn Smart Module 4 - Lymphatic System & Immunity
July 20: Lab 5 - Lymphatic System & Immunity
July 21: Lecture 5 - Txt Ch 17 & Learn Smart Module 5 - Digestive System
July 22: Lab 6 - Digestive System
July 23: Lecture 6 - Txt Ch 18 & Learn Smart Module 6 - Nutrition & Metabolism
Through July 25: Exam 2 - Textbook Chapters 16-18 - Closes at midnight.
July 26: Lab 7 - Respiratory System
July 27: Lecture 7 - Txt Ch 19 & Learn Smart Module 7 - Respiratory System
July 28: Lab 8 - Urinary System
J l 29 L t 8 T tCh20&L S tM d l 8 Ui S t

Evaluation methods
Overall Grading Policy: Students are graded primarily on the degree to which they meet learning
outcomes, not just how much time and effort is put forth in the course. One grade will be given for
both the lecture and the laboratory portions of the course; the material in each section is equally
valuable.
There will be total of 10 Lab assignments, 12 Lecture assignments, 12 Learning Modules and 5
major exams. Exams 3 and the Final Exam will be taken at a proctored testing facility; the Final
Exam will be comprehensive.
All assignments will be due on the assigned due date that can be found on the course content
calendar in Blackboard. Assignment instructions are found in the Assignments section of
Blackboard.
Point deductions for late assignments will be as follows: lecture assignments – 10% deducted for
each day late, lab assignments – 10% deducted for each day late.
You will not receive credit for assignment submitted more than 10 days late but it is in your best

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section .66 email
Dr. Kathy Baxter
Online
(903) 785-7661
kbaxter@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL2402
Anatomy & Physiology II
Description
Course Description: A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body,
including cell structure, tissues, endocrinology, muscles, skeletal, joint and nervous systems.
Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory portion will be comprised
of a virtual cadaver dissection as well as written labs to be completed.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Required Textbook: Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12th Edition
David N. Shier, WASHTENAW COMMUNITY COLLEGE Jackie L. Butler, GRAYSON
COUNTY COLLEGE, Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor, "The Scientist” ©2010,
ISBN – 0077564634
R i dL bA A dPh i l R l d30
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.
3. Recognize the factors that determine body water content and describe the effect of each factor.
4. Describe the major events of the human life cycle from conception to birth.
5. Discuss heredity and the various roles of genetics in the human life cycle.
Schedule
June 5: Lab 1 - Endocrine System
June 6: Lecture 1 - Txt Ch 13 & Learn Smart Module 1 – Endocrine
June 7: Lab 2 - Cardiovascular System (Part 1)
June 8: Lecture 2 - Txt Ch 14 & Learn Smart Module 2 - Blood
June 9: Lab 3 - Cardiovascular System (Part 2)
June 10: Lecture 3 - Txt Ch 15 & Learn Smart Module 3 - Cardiovascular System
June 11: Lab 4 - Cardiovascular System (Part 3)
Through June 13: Exam 1 – Textbook Chapters 13-15 – Closes at midnight.
June 14: Lecture 4 - Txt Ch 16 & Learn Smart Module 4 - Lymphatic System & Immunity
June 15: Lab 5 - Lymphatic System & Immunity
June 16: Lecture 5 - Txt Ch 17 & Learn Smart Module 5 - Digestive System
June 17: Lab 6 - Digestive System
June 18: Lecture 6 - Txt Ch 18 & Learn Smart Module 6 - Nutrition & Metabolism
Through June 20: Exam 2 - Textbook Chapters 16-18 - Closes at midnight
June 21: Lab 7 - Respiratory System
June 22: Lecture 7 - Txt Ch 19 & Learn Smart Module 7 - Respiratory System
June 23: Lab 8 - Urinary System
J 24 L t 8 TtCh20&L S tMdl 8 Ui S t

Evaluation methods
Overall Grading Policy: Students are graded primarily on the degree to which they meet learning
outcomes, not just how much time and effort is put forth in the course. One grade will be given for
both the lecture and the laboratory portions of the course; the material in each section is equally
valuable.
There will be total of 10 Lab assignments, 12 Lecture assignments, 12 Learning Modules and 5
major exams. Exams 3 and the Final Exam will be taken at a proctored testing facility; the Final
Exam will be comprehensive.
All assignments will be due on the assigned due date that can be found on the course content
calendar in Blackboard. Assignment instructions are found in the Assignments section of
Blackboard.
Point deductions for late assignments will be as follows: lecture assignments – 10% deducted for
each day late, lab assignments – 10% deducted for each day late.
You will not receive credit for assignment submitted more than 10 days late but it is in your best

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section .65 email
Dr. Del Oyler
Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
903-439-6154 Ext. 408
doyler@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 2420
Microbiology
Description
Textbooks
An introduction to the microbial world (including: bacteria, virus, fungi, protozoan and helminthes)
and their relationships to humans and disease. This is an online class, with course content presented
over the internet and CD's. Assignments will include quizzes over selected topics from the text,
internet searches, and reading of peer reviewed articles. Completion of laboratory exercises and
major exams will also be required.
Foundations in Microbiology 7th Edition, Kathleen Park Talaro & Arthur Talaro, McGraw Hill,
978-007-337522-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. List and describe the major groups of microbes.
2. Describe the form and function of eukaryotic cells internal and external structures.
3. Describe the generalized structures of a prokaryotic cell and function of each.
4. Relate the components of an infection to the chain of infection.
5 C d ifi d ifi d f
Lesson 1-Overview and introduction to the microbial world
Lesson 2-Chemistry and its relationship to microbiology
Lesson 3-Methods used to study microbes,Lab
Lesson 4-Survey of prokaryotic cells, Lab
Lesson 5-Survey of eukaryotic cells, Lab
Lesson 6-An introduction to the viruses, Lab
Exam, Lab
Lesson 8-Introduction to microbial metabolism, Lab
Lesson 9-Microbial genetics
Lesson 10-Physical and chemical control of microbes, Lab
Lesson 11-Introduction to chemotherapy, Lab
Exam
Lesson 13-Microbe-Human interactions: infection & disease, Lab
Lesson 14-Nature of host defenses: non specific immune defenses & specific immunity
of infectious diseases
Exam
Final Exam
Survey

Evaluation methods
Complete all quizzes, exams and assignments (including laboratory exercises) in a satisfactory
manner by the due date. Any assignment or exam NOT turned in by the due date or final
submission date will result in a zero for the assignment or exam.
There are 10 lab assignments each worth 15 points.
Case studies for lesson 10. Up to 10 may be completed, each worth 5 points. The specific format
MUST be followed to receive full credit.
There are 9 quizzes that cover the course content and material in the text worth 50 points each.
They are to be completed in order in the allotted time and be submitted by the due date.
There are three exams and a final The exams are worth 250 points each and the final is worth 500

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section .65 email
Beverly L. Cochran
Online
903-885-1232
bcochran@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 2420
Microbiology
Description
This course provides an introduction to the microbial world and their relationships to humans and
disease. This is an online class, with course content presented over the internet via Blackboard.
Assignments will include quizzes over selected topics from the chapters as well as lecture exams.
Completion of laboratory assignments is also required. The course syllabus, all lecture notes, test
reviews, and other course materials can be found on the course page on Blackboard.
Textbooks
Foundations in Microbiology, 7th edition by Kathleen Park Talaro, McGraw-Hill Publishers, ISBN
978-007-337522-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of BIOL 2420 Microbiology, students will be able to:
1. Compare and contrast the characteristics of various microbes with regards to infections,
treatment and control.
2. Explain the dynamics of commensal, opportunistic, and pathological relationships between
microbes and humans.
3. Describe microbial metabolic pathways and the implications for human disease and food
preparation.
4. Explain the role of the immune system in maintaining homeostasis and fighting infection.
5. Evaluate and apply the proper methods of microbial control necessary in food preparation,
maintaining sanitary conditions and proper hygiene and health.

Schedule
Week 1- Ch. 1, 4, 5, 6; labs 1& 2
Week 2- Test 1; Ch. 7, 8, 11, 12; labs 3 & 4
Week 3- Test 2; Ch. 13, 22, 23, 18; labs 5 & 6; Lab Test
Week 4- Test 3; Ch. 19, 20 21
Week 5- Bacteria Profiles due; Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading:
Exam 1 20%
Exam 2 20%
Exam 3 20%
Final Exam 20%
Lab grade (quiz avg. 25%, practical 25%, bacteria profiles 50%) 20%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section .66 email
Beverly L. Cochran
Online
903-885-1232
bcochran@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 2420
Microbiology
Description
This course provides an introduction to the microbial world and their relationships to humans and
disease. This is an online class, with course content presented over the internet via Blackboard.
Assignments will include quizzes over selected topics from the chapters as well as lecture exams.
Completion of laboratory assignments is also required. The course syllabus, all lecture notes, test
reviews, and other course materials can be found on the course page on Blackboard.
Textbooks
Foundations in Microbiology, 7th edition by Kathleen Park Talaro, McGraw-Hill Publishers, ISBN
978-007-337522-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of BIOL 2420 Microbiology, students will be able to:
1. Compare and contrast the characteristics of various microbes with regards to infections,
treatment and control.
2. Explain the dynamics of commensal, opportunistic, and pathological relationships between
microbes and humans.
3. Describe microbial metabolic pathways and the implications for human disease and food
preparation.
4. Explain the role of the immune system in maintaining homeostasis and fighting infection.
5. Evaluate and apply the proper methods of microbial control necessary in food preparation,
maintaining sanitary conditions and proper hygiene and health.

Schedule
Week 1- Ch. 1, 4, 5, 6; labs 1& 2
Week 2- Test 1; Ch. 7, 8, 11, 12; labs 3 & 4
Week 3- Test 2; Ch. 13, 22, 23, 18; labs 5 & 6; Lab Test
Week 4- Test 3; Ch. 19, 20 21
Week 5- Bacteria Profiles due; Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading:
Exam 1 20%
Exam 2 20%
Exam 3 20%
Final Exam 20%
Lab grade (quiz avg. 25%, practical 25%, bacteria profiles 50%) 20%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term SS I
Phone
Section P1 email
McCraw, Ed
NS 105
903-782-0209
emccraw@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BIOL 2420
Microbiology 4-3-4 26.0503.51 03
Description
Textbooks
Study of the morphology, physiology, and taxonomy of representative groups of pathogenic and
nonpathogenic microorganisms. Pure cultures of microorganisms grown on selected media are
used in learning laboratory techniques. Includes a brief preview of food microbes, public health,
and immunology. Lab required. Prerequisite: eight hours of biology or chemistry, or consent of
instructor.
Required reading: Kathleen Park Talaro: Foundations of Microbiology, Seventh Ed., McGraw-
Hill, 2009, ISBN 978-0-07-337522-9

Schedule
Week 1- Introduction & Chapter 1 - Main Themes of Microbiology
Week 1- Chapter 3- Tools of the Laboratory, Chapter 4- Survey of Prokaryotic Cells, Lab 1
Week 1- Chapter 6- Introduction to the Viruses, Chapter 7- Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Lab
2
Week 1- Chapter 7- Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Lab 2
Week 2- Exam A, Chapter 8- Microbial Metabolism, Lab 3
Week 2- Chapter 11- Physical & Chemical Agents for Contro of Microbes, Lab 4
Week 2- Chapter 13- Microbe - Human Interaction: Infection and Disease, Lab 5
Week 2- Chapter 14- Host Defenses,
Week 3- Chapter 16- Disorders of Immunity, Exam B, Lab 6
Week 3- Chapter 18- Cocci of Medical Importance, Lab 7
Week 3- Chapter 19- Gram+ Bacilli of Medical Importance, Lab 8
Week 4- Chapter 20- Gram- Bacilli of Medical Importance, Exam C, Lab 9
Week 4- Chapter 21- Misc Bacterial Agents of Disease, Chapter 22- Fungi of Medical Importance,
Lab 10
Week 4- Chapter 24- DNA Viruses of Medical Importance, Lab 11
Week 5- Chapter 25- RNA Viruses of Medical Importance, Final Exam Review, Lab 12
Week 5- Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Grading
Lecture - Major Exams (3 @ 15% each) 45%
*Final Exam 25%
Daily Grades - Class Participation/Quizzes 10%
Laboratory - Lab exercises/quizzes 20%
*The final exam must be taken at the time scheduled by the college. The final exam is
comprehensive. It is course policy that a 15 point penalty will be applied to all late and make-up
assignments as well as to all make-up exams.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 65 email
Anthony Sawyer
AS 151
(903) 782-0318
asawyer@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BMGT 1327
Principles of Management
Description
Concepts, terminology, principles, theories, and issues in the field of management.
Textbooks
Management, a practical introduction 5e by Kinicki Williams. Published by McGraw Hill.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Resolve ethical dilemmas in a socially responsible manner.
Develop a career portfolio that assesses the student’s management interests and abilities and
establishes a pathway toward achieving their career objectives.
Week 1: Introduction
Week 2: Planning
Week 3: Organizing
Week 4: Leading
Week 5: Controlling and Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Career Portfolio - 100
Case Portfolio - 100
Exams 1 - 4 - 400
Final Exam - 100
There are a total of 700 points availabe.
630 and above = A
560 - 629 = B
490 - 559 = C
420 - 489 = D
0 - 419 = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Jeff Tarrant
GC 207
(903) 457-8720
jtarrant@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BMGT 1331
Productions/Operations Management
Description
Fundamentals of the various techniques used in the practice of production management to include
location, design, and resource allocation. The student will identify important factors of plant
location and design, resource allocation, and equipment selection and utilization; and demonstrate
the ability to use planning, scheduling, inventory management, and quality control techniques.
Textbooks
OM, 2011-2012. Collier, David A. and James R. Evans. South-Western, Cengage Learning, 2012
(ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47915-8).
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1-Unit 1 (Chapters 1-4)
Week 2-Unit 2 (Chapters 5-9)
Week 3-Unit 3 (Chapters 10-13)
Week 4-Unit 4 (Chapters 14-18)
Week 5-Final Exam
Textbook Assignments 50%
Textbook Quizzes 35%
Final Exam 15%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Jeff Tarrant
GC 207
(903) 457-8720
jtarrant@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BMGT 1441
Business Ethics
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Topics address ethical issues, the development of a moral frame of reference and the need for an
awareness of social justice in mangement practices and business activities. A review of ethical
responsibilities and relationships between organizational departments, divisions, executive
management and the public.
Business Ethics Now 3E, by Andrew W. Ghillyer, published by McGraw-Hill. ISBN 978-0-07-
352469-6.
Resolve ethical dilemmas in a socially responsible manner.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1-Understanding Ethics
Defining Business Ethics
Week 2-Organizational Ethics
Corporate Social Responsibility
Corporate Governance
Week 3-The Role of Government
Blowing the Whistle
Week 4-Ethics and Technology
Ethics and Globalization
Making it Stick: Doing What's Right in a Competitive Market
Week 5-Final Exam
Textbook Assignments 50%
Textbook Quizzes 35%
Final Exam 15%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 65 email
Sawyer
AS151
903-782-0318
asawyer@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BUSG 2309
Small Business Management
Description
The student will describe important issues about small business; identify essential management
skills required of a successful entrepreneur; and prepare a business plan.
Textbooks
Entrepreneurial Small Business by Katz Green. Published by McGraw Hill.
Schedule
Week 1- Entrepreneurs and Ideas: The Basis of Small Business
Week 2- Small Business Paths and Plans
Week 3- Marketing in the Small Business
Week 4- Cash, Accounting, and Finance in the Small Business
Week 5- Management and Organization in the Small Business
Evaluation methods
Quiz grades 60%
Final Exam 10%
PowerPoint Presentation of Business Plan 10%
Business Plan 20%
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Extended Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Cathy McManus
GC 107
903-454-9333
cmcmanus@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
BUSG 1304
Personal Finance
Description
A study of the financial problems encountered by financial advisors when managing family
financial affairs. Includes methods to advise clients on topics such as estate planning, retiremement,
home ownership, savings, and investment planning.
Textbooks
Personal Finance, 10th Edition; ISBN 978-0-07-7503949; Author: Kapoor, Dlabay, Hughes:
Publisher: McGraw-Hill Irwin
Schedule
Week 1- Introduction to syllabus and course assignments;
Pages 1-40 Personal Finance Basics and the Time Value of Money;
Pages 41-76 Financial Aspects of Career Planning
Week 2- Pages 77-104 Money Management Strategy: Financial Statements and Bugeting;
Pages 105-138 Planning Your Tax Strategy
Week 3- Pages 139-169 Financial Services: Savings Plans and Payment Accounts;
Pages 170-211 Introduction to Consumer Credit
Week 4- Pages 282-315 The Housing Decision: Factors and Finances
Week 5- Pages 316-345 Property and Motor Vehicle Insurance;
Pages 346-386 Health, Disability, and Long-Term Care Insurance
Week 6- Pages 387-422 Life Insurance
Week 7- Pages 423-459 Investing Fudamentals
Week 8- Pages 460-498 Investing in Stocks
Week 9- Pages 499-534 Investing in Bonds
Pages 535-569 Investing in Mutual Funds

Evaluation methods
14 Chapter Quizzes @ 25 pts. each = 350 pts. Average = 40% of grade total
Mid-Term/Final @ 100 pts. = 100 pts. 50% of grade total
Chapter Homework pts.
= 200 pts. 10% of grade total
Total Course Points =
650 points
100 - 90 = A
89 - 80 = B
79 - 70 = C
69 - 60 = D
59 - 0 = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section SA email
Kosterman, Don
NS-114
903-784-4884
dkosterman@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CHEM1411
General Chemistry
Description
Textbooks
Designed for students who plan to major in science, engineering, mathematics, medicine or medical
science. Fundamental laws and theories of chemistry used to systematize descriptive chemistry.
Atomic structure and bonding, formulas and equations, states of matter, acid-base theory and
equilibrium. In the laboratory analytical experiments involving quantitative gravimetric and
volumetric experiments are provided.
General Chemistry Version 5.0 (PC Version) by Ketan Trivedi (DVD Text - ISBN 987-0-9817958-
1)--Macintosh Version is also available, scientific calculator, and appropriate writing materials for
taking class notes
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Students should be able to make usual chemical calculations dealing with measurement, mole
concept, stoichiometry, gas laws, heat content and heat of reaction. Students should be able to
name and write formulas for simple inorganic compounds, write and balance chemical equations
dealing with synthesis, methathesis, decomposition, and oxidation reduction. Students should be
bl d L f l l d ib l l f l l h
Lesson 1: Units, Measurements and Uncertain
Lesson 2: Atoms, Molecules and Ions
Lesson 3: Mass Relations In Formulas, Chemical Reactions, and Stoichiometry
Lesson 4: Solution Chemistry
Lesson 5: Oxidation-Reduction
Lesson 6: Gases
Lesson 7: Thermochemistry
Lesson 8: Atomic Structure and The Periodic Table
Lesson 10: Bonding
Lesson 11: Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of Atomic Orbitals
NOTE: Each lesson will require about 1-1/2 class meetings.

Evaluation methods
3 Major Tests - each test consisting of 20 to 25 Fill In The Blanks and 10 to 15 chemical
calculation problems, and 1 to 3 definition/essay questions. Each major test will have between 170
and 250 points total, and test grade is the average number of correct points. Lab average - Each lab
consisting of a pre-lab (25%), discussion/notebook section (55%), and a report shete (20%). Lab
average is a simple average of all of the individual lab grades. Final Exam -- comprehensive,
covering materials from all semester's lectures. The final exam will consist of 35 to 50 Fill In The
Blanks, 15 to 25 chemical calculation problems, and 2 to 5 definition/essay questions. Semester
Average - 25% each major test, 25% lab average, and 25% final exam.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 1 email
Don Kosterman
NS 114
903-782-0332
dkosterman@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CHEM 1412
General Chemistry
Description
A continuation of CHEM 1411. Reaction rates, elementary thermodynamics, solution and solution
equilibria, electro chemistry, chemistry of the representative elemets, nuclear chemistry and
elementary organic chemistry. The laboragtory is a continuation with emphasis on
thermochemistry, quantitative analysis (solution chemistry), and reaction rate factors.
Textbooks
General Chemistry Version 5.0 by Ketan M. Trivedi (DVD Text - ISBN 978-0-9817958-7-1)), a
scientific calculator, and appropriate writing materials for taking class notes (mechanical pencil is
best, notebook for taking notes and a very large erasure).
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Students should be able to define, explain, and make calculations dealing with chemical kinetics,
chemical equlibria, electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Also, students should be able to
define and explain simple organic chemistry concepts as presented in a general chemistry course.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Lesson 1: Solids
Lesson 2: Solution Properties
Lesson 3: Chemical Kinetics
Lesson 4: Chemical Equilibrium
Lesson 5: Acids and Bases
Lesson 6: Acid-Base Equilibria
Lesson 7: Solubility Equilibria
i d h i l h
3 Major Tests (1/5 each)
Comprehensive Final Exam (1/5)
Lab average (1/5)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Sharon Dennehy
AD 158, Paris; 201 Greenville
9037820321 (Paris) 9034549333 (GV
sdennehy@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Comm 1307
Introduction to Mass Communication
Description
Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes an
overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and influences.For
journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities
Textbooks
Mass Media Revolution, J. Charles Sterin. ISBN: 978-0-20559148-0
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Students will demonstrate the ability to evaluate mass media messages in a democratic society by
understanding audience and purpose when making appropriate mass communication choices.
Schedule
Week 1-Intro to Mass Media, Ch. 1, 2, 3; Discussion 1, Assignment 1
Week 2-Exam 1, Ch.1, 2, 3. Read Ch. 4, 5, 6: Print Media, Music/Radio, Film/TV; Discussion 2,
Assignment 2
Week 3-Exam 2, Ch.4, 5, 6. Read Ch 7, 8 New Media, Advertising/Public Relations; Discussion 3,
Assignment 3
Week 4-Exam 3, Ch.7, 8.Discussion 4, Assignment 4
Week 5-Comprehensive final exam

Evaluation methods 4 online discussions@25 pts. each; 4 written unit assignments at 25 pts. each; 3 online exams at 50
pts. each; final exam, 100 pts. 450-405: A; 404-360: B; 359-315:C; 314-270: D. Below 270: F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Sharon Dennehy
AD 158, Paris; 201 Greenville
9037820321 (Paris) 9034549333 (GV
sdennehy@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Comm 1307
Introduction to Mass Communication
Description
Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes an
overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and influences.For
journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities
Textbooks
Mass Media Revolution, J. Charles Sterin. ISBN: 978-0-20559148-0
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Students will demonstrate the ability to evaluate mass media messages in a democratic society by
understanding audience and purpose when making appropriate mass communication choices.
Schedule
Week 1-Intro to Mass Media, Ch. 1, 2, 3; Discussion 1, Assignment 1
Week 2-Exam 1, Ch.1, 2, 3. Read Ch. 4, 5, 6: Print Media, Music/Radio, Film/TV; Discussion 2,
Assignment 2
Week 3-Exam 2, Ch.4, 5, 6. Read Ch 7, 8 New Media, Advertising/Public Relations; Discussion 3,
Assignment 3
Week 4-Exam 3, Ch.7, 8.Discussion 4, Assignment 4
Week 5-Comprehensive final exam

Evaluation methods 4 online discussions@25 pts. each; 4 written unit assignments at 25 pts. each; 3 online exams at 50
pts. each; final exam, 100 pts. 450-405: A; 404-360: B; 359-315:C; 314-270: D. Below 270: F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 66 email
Sharon Dennehy
AD 158, Paris; 201 Greenville
9037820321 (Paris) 9034549333 (GV
sdennehy@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Comm 1307
Introduction to Mass Communication
Description
Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes an
overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and influences.For
journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities
Textbooks
Mass Media Revolution, J. Charles Sterin. ISBN: 978-0-20559148-0
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Students will demonstrate the ability to evaluate mass media messages in a democratic society by
understanding audience and purpose when making appropriate mass communication choices.
Schedule
Week 1-Intro to Mass Media, Ch. 1, 2, 3; Discussion 1, Assignment 1
Week 2-Exam 1, Ch.1, 2, 3. Read Ch. 4, 5, 6: Print Media, Music/Radio, Film/TV; Discussion 2,
Assignment 2
Week 3-Exam 2, Ch.4, 5, 6. Read Ch 7, 8 New Media, Advertising/Public Relations; Discussion 3,
Assignment 3
Week 4-Exam 3, Ch.7, 8.Discussion 4, Assignment 4
Week 5-Comprehensive final exam

Evaluation methods 4 online discussions@25 pts. each; 4 written unit assignments at 25 pts. each; 3 online exams at 50
pts. each; final exam, 100 pts. 450-405: A; 404-360: B; 359-315:C; 314-270: D. Below 270: F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 66 email
Sharon Dennehy
AD 158, Paris; 201 Greenville
9037820321 (Paris) 9034549333 (GV
sdennehy@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Comm 1307
Introduction to Mass Communication
Description
Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes an
overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and influences.For
journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities
Textbooks
Mass Media Revolution, J. Charles Sterin. ISBN: 978-0-20559148-0
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Students will demonstrate the ability to evaluate mass media messages in a democratic society by
understanding audience and purpose when making appropriate mass communication choices.
Schedule
Week 1-Intro to Mass Media, Ch. 1, 2, 3; Discussion 1, Assignment 1
Week 2-Exam 1, Ch.1, 2, 3. Read Ch. 4, 5, 6: Print Media, Music/Radio, Film/TV; Discussion 2,
Assignment 2
Week 3-Exam 2, Ch.4, 5, 6. Read Ch 7, 8 New Media, Advertising/Public Relations; Discussion 3,
Assignment 3
Week 4-Exam 3, Ch.7, 8.Discussion 4, Assignment 4
Week 5-Comprehensive final exam

Evaluation methods 4 online discussions@25 pts. each; 4 written unit assignments at 25 pts. each; 3 online exams at 50
pts. each; final exam, 100 pts. 450-405: A; 404-360: B; 359-315:C; 314-270: D. Below 270: F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011 - 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Marjorie Pannell
AS 140
903 782 0360
mpannell@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
COSC 1401
Business Computer Applications
Description
Computer terminology, hardware, software, operating systems, and information systems relating to
the business environment. The main focus of this course is on business applications of software,
including word processing, spreadsheets, databases, presentation graphics, and business-oriented
utilization of the Internet.
Textbooks
ISBN: 9781133023852 to purchase both items as a unit
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach
ISBN: 9780538473934
SAM 2010 Assessment, Training, and Projects v2.0 Printed Access Card
ISBN: 9781111667375
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports
and presentations.
Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Weeks 1: Computer Fundamentals and Word Processing
Week 2: Word Processing and Presentation Graphics
Weeks 3:Spreadsheets
Weeks 4: Database Management
Weeks 5: Applications Hands On Assessment and Final Exam
Evaluation methods
30% EXAMS
40% Lab Project
30% Quizzes

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011 - 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section P2 email
Marjorie Pannell
AS 140
903 782 0360
mpannell@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
COSC 1401
Business Computer Applications
Description
Computer terminology, hardware, software, operating systems, and information systems relating to
the business environment. The main focus of this course is on business applications of software,
including word processing, spreadsheets, databases, presentation graphics, and business-oriented
utilization of the Internet.
Textbooks
ISBN: 9781133023852 to purchase both items as a unit
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach
ISBN: 9780538473934
SAM 2010 Assessment, Training, and Projects v2.0 Printed Access Card
ISBN: 9781111667375
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports
and presentations.
Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Weeks 1: Computer Fundamentals and Word Processing
Week 2: Word Processing and Presentation Graphics
Weeks 3:Spreadsheets
Weeks 4: Database Management
Weeks 5: Applications Hands On Assessment and Final Exam
Evaluation methods
30% EXAMS
40% Lab Project
30% Quizzes

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Mary Holbrook Mims
AD 143
903-782-0226
mmims@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
COSC1401
Microcomputer Applications
Description
A study of microcomputer concepts and applications. Topics covered include operating system,
word processing, spreadsheets, data management, and presentation graphics.
Textbooks
1. Text: Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach by
Shelly and Vermaat ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47393-4 or ISBN-10: 0-538-47393-2; Publisher:
Course Technology
2. Either of the Sam 2010 below will work:
• SAM 2010 Projects v2.0 Instant Access Code, 1st Edition Course Technology
ISBN-10: 0-538-75184-3 or ISBN-13: 978-0-538-75184-1 © 2012
• Sam 2010 Accessment, Training, and Projects v2.0 Instant Access Code, 1st Edition
ISBN-10: 1111669368 or ISBN-13: 9781111669362
Schedule
Week 1 - Login and Introductions
Week 1 - Discovering Computers Chapter 1 & 2
Week 1 - Office 2010 and Windows 7
Week 2 - Discovering Computers Chapter 3
Week 2 - Microsoft Office Word 2010 Chapter 1
Week 3 - Discovering Computers Chapter 4
Week 3 - Microsoft Office Word 2010 Chapter 2
Week 4 - EXAM#1
Week 4 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2010 Chapter 1
Week 5 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2010 Chapter 2
Week 5 - Microsoft Office Excel 2010 Chapter 1
Week 6 - Microsoft Office Excel 2010 Chapter 2
Week 7 - EXAM #2
Week 8 - Microsoft Office Access 2010 Chapter 1
Week 9 - Microsoft Office Access 2010 Chapter 2
Week 10 -EXAM #3

Evaluation methods
A. The final grade for the course will be assigned as follows:
1. Twelve to sixteen assignments will be averaged and will count 60% of the semester grade.
2. Three EXAMS will be averaged and will count 30% of the semester grade.
3. Discussions, Quizzes, and other activities 10%
B . The Grading Scale will be as follows:
A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69
F = 0 - 59

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer Extended
Phone
Section 67 email
Rita J. Pringle
WTC1205
903.782.0476
rpringle@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
COSC 1401
Microcomputer Applications
Description
A study of microcomputer concepts and applications to provide the student an understanding of
computer technology, hardware, software and production of meaningful information through the
use of integrated application software.
Textbooks
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach.
ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47393-4
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports
and presentations. Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1 - Introduction To Computers
Week 2 - Microsoft Word Project 1
Week 3- Microsoft Word Project 2 & 3
Week 4- Microsoft Excel Project 1
Week 5 - Microsoft Excel Project 2 & 3
Week 6- Microsoft Access Project 1
Week 7 - Microsoft Access Project 2
Week 8 - Microsoft PowerPoint Project 1
Week 9 - Microsoft PowerPoint Project 2 & 3
Week 10- Final Exam/Projects
Grading Scale: A (90-10); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-59)
Grade Scale is based on a calculated average:
35% -- Tests
25% -- Final Exam
40% -- Homework and Classroom Assignments
Students are required to submit their homework on time. Late assignments will be accepted with
the following penalties:
Late 1 week -- 10 point penalty
Late 2 weeks -- 20 point penalty
Later than 2 weeks -- assignment not accepted

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 114S email
Julie Eckhardt
Office 209
903-457-8716
jeckhardt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
COSC 1401
Introduction to Computing
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
Schedule
Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits = 4 SCH=3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelly
Cashman Series)
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business and academic reports
and presentations. Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Week 1- Introduction to computers, MS Word
Week 2- MS Access
Week 3- MS Excel
Week 4- MS PowerPoint
Week 5- Final Projects
Evaluation methods
This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.
Grading:
Attendance & Behavior: 15%
Final Project: 15%
Quizzes & Assignments: 35%
Exams: 35%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A(90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 15% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total of 100
points. A percentage will be calculated by taking the number of attended class periods divided by
total class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance.
The other 50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. Fifteen
percent of the possible 100 points will then be added to the final grade. Fifteen percent of the final
project will be applied toward the final grade also. All quizzes/applicable assignments will be
averaged first. Then 35% will be applied toward the final grade. Exams will be calculated in the
same way

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011 - 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section S1 email
Mei-Ying (Elaine) Lin
Sulphur Springs Campus 103
(903) 885-1232
mlin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
COSC 1401
Introduction to Computing
Description
Overview of computer systems - hardware, operating systems, and microcomputer application
software, including the Internet, word processing, spreadsheet, presentation graphics, and database.
Current issues such as the effect of computers on society, and the history and use of computers in
business, educational, and other modern settings are also studied.
Textbooks
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach by Shelly
& Vermaat; ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47393-4 or ISBN-10: 0-538-47393-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports
and presentations. Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1 - Introduction to Computers; The Internet and World Wide Web;
Application Software; Operating Systems and Utility Programs.
Week 2 - Computer Security and Safety, Ethics, and Privacy; Internet Explorer;
Office 2010 and Windows 7: Essential Concepts and Skills.
Week 3 - Microsoft Office Word 2010.
Week 4 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2010
Week 5 - Microsoft Office Excel 2010;
Microsoft Office Access 2010.
Attendance & Participation 25%
In Class Activities 25%
Quizzes/Assignments 50%
Grade Scale is based on a calculated average: A (90 – 100); B (80 – 89); C (70 – 79); D(60 – 69); F
(0 – 59).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011 - 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section S1 email
Mei-Ying (Elaine) Lin
Sulphur Springs Campus 103
(903) 885-1232
mlin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
COSC 1401
Introduction to Computing
Description
Overview of computer systems - hardware, operating systems, and microcomputer application
software, including the Internet, word processing, spreadsheet, presentation graphics, and database.
Current issues such as the effect of computers on society, and the history and use of computers in
business, educational, and other modern settings are also studied.
Textbooks
Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2010: A Fundamental Combined Approach by Shelly
& Vermaat; ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47393-4 or ISBN-10: 0-538-47393-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports
and presentations. Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1 - Introduction to Computers; The Internet and World Wide Web;
Application Software; Operating Systems and Utility Programs.
Week 2 - Computer Security and Safety, Ethics, and Privacy; Internet Explorer;
Office 2010 and Windows 7: Essential Concepts and Skills.
Week 3 - Microsoft Office Word 2010.
Week 4 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2010
Week 5 - Microsoft Office Excel 2010;
Microsoft Office Access 2010.
Attendance & Participation 25%
In Class Activities 25%
Quizzes/Assignments 50%
Grade Scale is based on a calculated average: A (90 – 100); B (80 – 89); C (70 – 79); D(60 – 69); F
(0 – 59).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012-2013
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Doug Shuler
AS101
903-782-0497
dshuler@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CRIJ-1301
Introduction to Criminal Justice
Description
An overview of the basics of the Criminal Justice system. Topics include the history and philosophy
of criminal justice, the definition of crime, and its nature and impact. Upon successful completion
of this course, the student will be able to relate the basic principles of the American Criminal
Justice System; the goals of the police; the history of the system; how the system protects the rights
of all persons; and the constitutionally imposed restrictions on the system. This course will acquaint
the student with the history and philosophy of law enforcement, the various agencies that comprise
the criminal justice system, the relationship between the Constitution and the criminal justice
system, and the various processes of the system.
Textbooks
Schedule
Criminal Justice Today – 11th Edition
Schmalleger, ©2011 | Prentice Hall
ISBN-13: 9780135074091
Week 1- History of Policing & Police Organizations. Chapters 5-6 Exam
Week 2- Legal Considerations & Policing Issues. Chapters 7-8 Exam
Week 3- The Courts & Criminal Trial. Chapters 9-10 Exam
Week 4- Sentencing & Probation/Parole. Chapters 11-12 Exam
Week 5- Prisons/Jails & Prison Life. Chapters 13-14 Exam
Evaluation methods
For this Summer session, there will be an examination over the listed chapters per week. The final
examination will cover the chapters listed. A written research paper is also required.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012
Phone
Section 40 email
Lana Biggerstaff Adams
Greenville Campus
903-454-9333
ladams@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CRIJ 1306
Courts and Criminal Procedure
Description
The study of the judicairy in the American criminal justice system and the adjudication process and
procedures. This will include prosecution of offenders, basic right to counsel, the concept of pretrial
release, the purpose of the grand jury, sentencing, and rules of evidence.
Textbooks
Courts and Criminal Justice in America. 1 st Edition, Siegel, Schmalleger, and Worrall, 2011/
Prentice - Hall - ISBN# 13-978031745766
Schedule
Week 1 - Discuss syllabus and Texas v Federal Sytem/Bail Process
Week 2- Courts and Tyes of Cases They Hear/Evidentiary Issues
Week 3- Types of Counsel/Seizure of Property
Week 4- Juvenile Cases/Sentencing Options
Week 5- Witnesses/Mock Trial/Final
Evaluation methods
There will be two tests plus a final. All tests will count equally. There will be a project that will
include going to an actual courtroom and trying a actual case. The project will count equally as a
test grade. Each test and project will have a possible 100 points.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012
Phone
Section 40 email
Lana Biggerstaff Adams
Greenville Campus
903-454-9333
ladams@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CRIJ 1306
Courts and Criminal Procedure
Description
The study of the judicairy in the American criminal justice system and the adjudication process and
procedures. This will include prosecution of offenders, basic right to counsel, the concept of pretrial
release, the purpose of the grand jury, sentencing, and rules of evidence.
Textbooks
Courts and Criminal Justice in America. 1 st Edition, Siegel, Schmalleger, and Worrall, 2011/
Prentice - Hall - ISBN# 13-978031745766
Schedule
Week 1 - Discuss syllabus and Texas v Federal Sytem/Bail Process
Week 2- Courts and Tyes of Cases They Hear/Evidentiary Issues
Week 3- Types of Counsel/Seizure of Property
Week 4- Juvenile Cases/Sentencing Options
Week 5- Witnesses/Mock Trial/Final
Evaluation methods
There will be two tests plus a final. All tests will count equally. There will be a project that will
include going to an actual courtroom and trying a actual case. The project will count equally as a
test grade. Each test and project will have a possible 100 points.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Patrick barron
903-885-1232
pbarron@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CRIJ-1313
Juvenile Justice System
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
A study of the juvenile justice process. Topics include specialized juvenile law, role of the juvenile
courts, role of police agencies, role of correctional agencies, and theories concerning delinquency.
This course provides an introductory study of juvenile justice in the United States. It will acquaint
the student with the history and philosophy of juvenile justice, the various agencies that comprise
the juvenile justice system, and the various roles of agencies comprising the juvenile justice system.
Title The Juvenile Justice System
Author Dean J. Champion
ISBN 978-0-13-500805-8
Publisher Prentice Hall PTR
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
Discuss the history of juvenile justice
Differentiate juvenile from adult criminal procedure
D fi ifi j il j i
Week 1- (July 11th)
Read Chpt.’s 1& 2
Test 1 Review
Test 1
Written Assignment Opens
Week 2- (July 16th)
Read Chpt.’s 3 & 4
Test 2 Review
Test 2
Read Chpt.’s 5 & 6
Test 3 Review
Test 3
Week 3- (July 23rd)
Read Chpt.’s 7 & 8
Test 4 Review
Test 4
Week 4- (July 30th)
R dCh t’ 9&10

Evaluation methods
ITEMS TOTAL POINTS
Major Examinations (5 @ 100 points) 500
Writing Assignment (Research Paper) 100
Final Examamination 200
Total Points 800
A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Holly Robinson
207
903-454-9333
hrobinson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CRIJ 2301
COM RES CORRECTIONS
Description
Textbooks
This course will outline the history, theory, and practice of probation and parole. This course will
discuss juvenile and adult probation and parole issues. Probation and parole in the criminal justice
system and how it works, responsibilities of the probation and parole officers, treatment and theory
practices, sentencing differences, intermediate punishments, and other special issues and programs
in probation and parole are a few of the things to be discussed.
Abadinsky, H. (2012). Probation and Parole: Theory and Practice. Prentice Hall, 11th Edition,
Upper Saddle River, N.J. ISBN-13: 978-0-13-511247-2.
Schedule
Week 1-Chapters 1, 2, & 3 - Probation and Parole- History, Administration, & Sentencing
Week 2-Chapters 4, 5, & 6 - Probation Officers-Juveniles, Parole/Indet. Sentencing, Parole Adm.
Week 3-Chapters 7, 8, & 9-Treatment Theory/Practice, Probation/Parole Officers, & Supervision
Week 4-Chapters 10, 11, & 12-Intermediate Punishments, Special Issues and the Future of Parole
and Probation
Final Exam - July 2, 2012 6:00-9:50
Evaluation methods
300 Point Rubric
1 Exam - 150 Points
1 Project - 100 Points
Class Participation and Attendance - 50 points

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Holly Robinson
207
903-454-9333
hrobinson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CRIJ 2301
COM RES CORRECTIONS
Description
Textbooks
This course will outline the history, theory, and practice of probation and parole. This course will
discuss juvenile and adult probation and parole issues. Probation and parole in the criminal justice
system and how it works, responsibilities of the probation and parole officers, treatment and theory
practices, sentencing differences, intermediate punishments, and other special issues and programs
in probation and parole are a few of the things to be discussed.
Abadinsky, H. (2012). Probation and Parole: Theory and Practice. Prentice Hall, 11th Edition,
Upper Saddle River, N.J. ISBN-13: 978-0-13-511247-2.
Schedule
Week 1-Chapters 1, 2, & 3 - Probation and Parole- History, Administration, & Sentencing
Week 2-Chapters 4, 5, & 6 - Probation Officers-Juveniles, Parole/Indet. Sentencing, Parole Adm.
Week 3-Chapters 7, 8, & 9-Treatment Theory/Practice, Probation/Parole Officers, & Supervision
Week 4-Chapters 10, 11, & 12-Intermediate Punishments, Special Issues and the Future of Parole
and Probation
Final Exam - July 2, 2012 6:00-9:50
Evaluation methods
300 Point Rubric
1 Exam - 150 Points
1 Project - 100 Points
Class Participation and Attendance - 50 points

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Holly Robinson
207
903-454-9333
hrobinson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CRIJ 2301
COM RES CORRECTIONS
Description
Textbooks
This course will outline the history, theory, and practice of probation and parole. This course will
discuss juvenile and adult probation and parole issues. Probation and parole in the criminal justice
system and how it works, responsibilities of the probation and parole officers, treatment and theory
practices, sentencing differences, intermediate punishments, and other special issues and programs
in probation and parole are a few of the things to be discussed.
Abadinsky, H. (2012). Probation and Parole: Theory and Practice. Prentice Hall, 11th Edition,
Upper Saddle River, N.J. ISBN-13: 978-0-13-511247-2.
Schedule
Week 1-Chapters 1, 2, & 3 - Probation and Parole- History, Administration, & Sentencing
Week 2-Chapters 4, 5, & 6 - Probation Officers-Juveniles, Parole/Indet. Sentencing, Parole Adm.
Week 3-Chapters 7, 8, & 9-Treatment Theory/Practice, Probation/Parole Officers, & Supervision
Week 4-Chapters 10, 11, & 12-Intermediate Punishments, Special Issues and the Future of Parole
and Probation
Final Exam - July 2, 2012 6:00-9:50
Evaluation methods
300 Point Rubric
1 Exam - 150 Points
1 Project - 100 Points
Class Participation and Attendance - 50 points

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Patrick barron
903-885-1232
pbarron@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CRIJ-2313
CORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS & PRACTICES
Description
Textbooks
This course provides an overview of the field of corrections. It reviews prisons and jails,
correctional policies, agencies, prison life, and challenges facing corrections.
Credits: SCH = 3 lecture 3 and 0 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: None.
Prerequisite(s): None
Corrections: An Introduction, 3/E, Richard P. Seiter
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
Define terms related to corrections.
Assess the purpose, implementation, and effectiveness of corrections.
Trace the historical evolution of the correctional system.
E i h i i f i
Week 1- (June 4th) Read Chpt.’s 1,2,3,4
Quiz 1 Review (not to be turned in)
Quiz 1 (completed on-line) over chpt.’s 1-4
Week 2- (June 11th) Read Chpt’s 5,6,7
Quiz 2 Review (not to be turned in)
Quiz 2 (completed on-line) over chpt.’s 5-7
Week 3- (June 18th) Read Chpt.’s 8 & 9
Midterm Review (not to be turned in) over Chpt.’s- 1-9
MIDTERM- Chpt’s 1-9
Read Chpt.’s 10 & 13 (note the chapters this week)
Quiz 3 Review (not to be turned in)
Quiz 3 (completed on-line) over chpt.’s 10 & 13
Week 4- (June 25th) Read Chpt.’s 11,12,14
Quiz 4 Review (not to be turned in)
Quiz 4 (completed on-line) over chpt.’s 11,12,14
Week 5- (July 2nd) Read Chpt.’s 15 & 16
Final Review (not to be turned in) over Chpt.’s 10-16
S t Fi l Ch t ’ 10 16

Evaluation methods
ITEMS TOTAL POINTS
Major Examinations (2 @ 100 points) 200
Quizzes (4 @ 100 points) 400
Total Points 600
A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012-2013
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Doug Shuler
AS101
903-782-0497
dshuler@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CRIJ-2323
Legal Aspects of Law Enforcement
Description
Police authority; responsibilities; constitutional constraints; laws of arrest, search, and seizure;
police liability. Defines police authority and explains the responsibilities and constitutional
restraints as enumerated in the Texas Constitution, United States Constitution, and Bill of Rights.
Outlines the law of arrest and search and seizure developed through court decisions and describe
the criminal and civil liability that result from improper acts and/or the failure to act.
Textbooks
Schedule
Texas Law Enforcement Handbook: Contemporary Criminal Procedure
Holtz and Spencer, ©2012 | LexisNexis / Matthew Bender & Company
ISBN-13: 978-1-4224-8512-5
Week 1- Arrest and Search Warrant Requirements
Week 2- Exceptions and Privacy Expectations
Week 3- Non-Governmental and Admin Searches, Fire Scenes
Week 4-Investigative Detentions
Week 5-Interview, Interrogation and Eyewitness Accountability
Evaluation methods
4 - Examinations, 1 - Final Examination and one written research assignment.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Patrick barron
903-885-1232
pbarron@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CRIJ-2328
POLICE SYSTEMS & PRACTICES
Description
This course provides an overview and analysis of the American system of law enforcement,
examining the origins, development, roles, and operations of policing in a modern democratic
society. Students will develop a detailed understanding of the issues involved in policing a
democratic society and will examine critical issues and new advances in law enforcement.
Textbooks
Peak, K.J. (2011). Policing America: Challenges and Best Practices, 7th edition. New Jersey:
Pearson Education, Inc.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon successfully completing this course, students will be familiar with the basic issues
involved in policing in the United States, will develop an understanding of the key problems and
concerns faced by today’s police, and will explore the methods used by the police to address
these problems. Students will be able to:
O li h hi i ld l f lii i A i d li h di i f
Schedule Week 1- (July 11th) Read Chpt.’s 1-3
Intro to course
Cover Chpt.’s 1-3
Test 1 Review
Week 2- (July 16th) Read Chpt’s 4-8
16th- Chpt.’s 4 & 5 NYPD Academy Video
18th- Chpt.’s 6-8
Test 1 Due
Test 2 Review
Week 3- (July 23rd) Read Chpt.’s 9-11
23rd- Chpt.’s 9 & 10
25th- Chpt. 11
Video- Police corruption
Test 2 Due
Test Review 3
Take home Trooper Coats & Constable Lunsford video (reaction paper)
Go over observation exercise
W k 4 (J l 30th) R d Ch t ’ 12 & 13

Evaluation methods
ITEMS TOTAL POINTS
Major Examinations (4 @ 100 points) 400
Papers (combined) 100
Total Points 500
A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Essie Moore
Annex 1
903-782-0494
emoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 1291
Special Topics in Cosmetology
Description
Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the workplace and reveleant to the professional development of the student.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard textbook of cosmetology, delmar learning, (2012).
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Demonstrate performance of skills on clinical floor. Discuss research knowledge pertinent to the
workplace. Execute managerial skills peformed in the workplace.
Schedule
Week 1-Theory Salon Management
Week 2-Operating a successful salon and selling tips
Week 3-How to use time wisely, explore possibilities,seek mentors, and continue to learn.
Week 4-Review procedures and prepare for test
Week 5-Class begins at 7:30-4:30, M-Tr, cycle for this class is complete
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Evaluation methods
Test administed online using Webct, also; skills are performed on live models.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Gena Iglehart
AS-Cosmetology
903-782-0494
giglehart@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 1291
Special Topics in Cosmetology
Description
Topics address current events, skills, knowledge, behaviors, and attitudes that are vital to the
workplace and critical to the development to the student's professional development.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008)
Schedule
Week 1- Salon Management -Topics to cover:
Week 2- Salon Types
Week 3- Resume Guidelines
Week 4-Portfolio Preparation
Week 5-Field Research
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Lab: Students are given assignments sheets and evaluated by instructor observation.
Theory: One hour of classroom theory is given daily. Written tests are administered weekly.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Essie Moore
Annex 1
903-782-0250
emoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 1547
Principles of Skin Care/Facials and Related Theory
Description
In-depth coverage of the theory and practice of the skin, facials and cosmetics.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Texbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2012).
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Demonstrate the use of facial makeup on model
Recognize problems of the face and skin disorders
Identify correct products for the skin
Discuss Key Terms used in skin analysis
Schedule
Week 1-
Theory: Objectives Skin Disorders & Diseases & Facials & Facial Makeup
Lab: Facials, shampooing, chemicals, haicolors, sanitation and disinfection, nails, and manicuring.
Week 2-Disorders of the skin & Aging
Week 3-Skin analysis and consultation & Skincare products
Week 4-Make-up theory, cosmetics, and Determing skin type
Week 5-Review Key Tems and Prepare for test
Week 6-Class begins at 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr.,Cycle for this class is complete
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-

Evaluation methods
Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.
Theory: Test are administered using Blackboard

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Gena Iglehart
AS-Cosmetology
903-782-0494
giglehart@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 1447
Prin skin/facials
Description
This course introduces the student to basic principles relating to skin care, disorders and diseases,
facials, and makeup.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008)
Schedule
Week 1- Chemical Procedures
Week 2-Massage
Week 3-Facial Treatments
Week 4-Makeup Application
Week 5-Artificial eyelashes
Week 6-Hair Removal
Week 7-Light Therapy
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Lab: Students are given assignment sheets and evaluated by instructor observation. Theory is given
for one hour each day and a written test is administered at the conclusion of the topic.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Essie Moore
Annex 1
903-782-0250
emoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 1451
Artistry of Hair Theory & Practice
Description
Instruction in the artistry of hair design. Topics include theory, tech and application of hair design.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2012).
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Demonstrate how to perform a pincurl correctly on manikin
Demonstrate fingerwaving and incoporate into a complete look
Execute iron curling and incoporate into hairstyle
Schedule
Week 1-
Theory: Chapter on Hairstyling
Objectives:Demonstrate finger waving, pin curls, rollers, and wrapping.
Demonstrate various blow-dry styling techniques
Demonstrate (3) basic techniques in hairstyling
Demonstrate use of thermal irons and proper manipulation of irons
Demonstrate the procedures involved in soft pressing and hard pressing.
Week 2-Chapter (continues), Demonstrating techniques in styling
Week 3-Use of Thermal irons and safety concerns when pressing
Week 4-Review Chapter and Key Terms, Prepare for Test.
Week 5-Class begins at 7:30 - 4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cyle for this class is complete.
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-

Evaluation methods
Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.
Theory: Test are administered online using Webct.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Gena Iglehart
AS-Cosmetology
903-782-0494
giglehart@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 1451
Artistry of Hair
Description
This course introduces the student to basic principles relating to cutting, caring for, and styling the
hair.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008)
Schedule
Week 1- Wet Styling
Week 2-Blow Drying and Waving
Week 3-Shear Cutting
Week 4-Thinning
Week 5-Clipper Cutting
Week 6-Razor Cutting
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Lab: Students are given assignment sheets and evaluated by instructor observation. Theory is given
for one hour each day and a written test is administered at the conclusion of the topic.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Essie Moore
Annex 1
903-782-0250
emoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME1531
Principles of Nail Technology
Description
A course in the principles of nail technology, including topics such as, anatomy and physiology,
theory, and skills related to nail technology.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2012).
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Identify Nail disorders and Key terms associated with nails.
Demonstrate Basic Manicure/pedicure
Discuss Muscular and Skeletal system as it pertains to cosmetology
Schedule
Week 1-
Theory: Review A & P Chapter & Manicuring
Objectives:
Week 1-The skeletal system review
Week 2-The muscular system review
Week 3-Nail diseases and disorders & basic manicure and pedicure
Week 4-Review procedures and prepare for test.
Week 5-Class begins 1t 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
W k15

Evaluation methods
Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.
Theory: Test are aministered online using Webct.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Gena Iglehart
AS-Cosmetology
903-782-0494
giglehart@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 1531
Prin Nail Technology
Description
This course introduces the student to basic principles relating to the anatomy and physiology of the
nails, nail diseases, and basic manicures/pedicures.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008)
Schedule
Week 1- Manicuring
Week 2-Pedicuring
Week 3-Anatomy & Physiology of nails
Week 4-Massage
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Lab: Students are given assignment sheets and evaluated by instructor observation. Theory is given
for one hour each day and a written test is administered at the conclusion of the topic.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Essie Moore
Annex 1
903-782-0250
emoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 2401
Principles of Haircoloring & Related Theory
Description
Presentation of the theory and practice of hair color and chemistry. Topics include terminology,
applications and workplace competencies related to color and chemistry.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2012).
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Develop a portfolio of hair color applications by using guidelines prpovided by instructor. This
application will include the demonstration of a virgin tint going darker than the natural shade, A
tint retouch, a virgin bleach . Application will be performed on a manikin.
Demonstrate the use of accuracy when measuring chemicals to apply to the hair.
Identify all safety precautions and sanitary measures before applying chemicals
Schedule
Week 1 Review Chemistry and Haircoloring chapters
Explain differences between organic and inorganic chemicals
Week2-Discuss the different forms of matter, elements, compounds, and mixtures
Week3-Hair facts, color theory, color wheel, and consultation
Week 4- Discuss safety & sanitary rules as described in text and by tdlr.
Review procedures and prepare for test
Week5-Class begins at 7:30-4:30, Mon-Tr. Cycle for this class has ended

Evaluation methods
Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology and Prepare
for Written Test on Blackboard.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Gena Iglehart
AS-Cosmetology
903-782-0494
giglehart@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 2401
Prin of Haircolor
Description
This course introduces the student to basic principles relating to coloring the hair: Temporary, semipermanent,
demi-permanent, and permanent color.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008)
Schedule
Week 1- Temporary color
Week 2-Semi-permanent color
Week 3-Demi-permanent color
Week 4-Permanent color
Week 5-Bleaching/tinting/toning/frosting
Week 6-Highlighting techniques
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Lab: Students are given assignment sheets and evaluated by instructor observation. Theory is given
for one hour each day and a written test is administered at the conclusion of the topic.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Essie Moore
Annex 1
903-782-0250
emoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 2430
Nail Enhancements
Description
A course in the general principles of the theory and application of the artificial nails and related
theory.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2012).
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Demonstrate Acrylic nail application
Demonstrate Gel Nails using the UV Light & Maintenance of nails and execute the proper
application of nail wraps and tips.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1-
Theory: Review Nail wraps, tips, and no-light gels
Objectives:
Week 1-Acrylic Nails
Week 2-UV Gels and nail enhancements
Week 3-Odor acrylic and maintenance of artificaial nails
Week 4-Review procedures and prepare for test.
Week 5-Class begins 1t 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.
Week 6-
Week 7-
k8
Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.
Theory: Test are aministered online using Blackboard

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Gena Iglehart
AS-Cosmetology
903-782-0494
giglehart@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 2430
Nail Enhancements
Description
This course introduces the student to basic principles relating to the theory and application of
artificial nails.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008)
Schedule
Week 1- Nail Tips
Week 2-Nail Wraps
Week 3-Acrylic Nails
Week 4-Gels/dipped nails
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Lab: Students are given assignment sheets and evaluated by instructor observation. Theory is given
for one hour each day and a written test is administered at the conclusion of the topic.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Essie Moore
Annex 1
903-782-0250
emoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 2439
Advanced Hair Design
Description
Advanced concepts in the theory and practice of Cosmetology
Textbooks
Milady's Standard textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Perform Client Consultation interview
Demonstrate how to properly clean Wigs
Apply Hair extenions to manikins
Demonstrate hair braiding and perform fingerwave style on manikin, Also; perform a Spiral curl
demonstration on each other and a Pin-curlset.
Schedule
Week 1-
Theory: Review Hairstyling Chapter
Objectives:
Week 1-Prepare complete head of fingerwaves & style hair
Week 2-Learn how to anchor pin-curls in s-pattern (Clockwise and counter-clockwise).
Week 3-Perform Spiral curl demonstration on manniquins
Week 4-Review procedures and prepare for test.
Week 5-Class begins 1t 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-

Evaluation methods
Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology
Test are administered online using Blackboard

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Gena Iglehart
AS-Cosmetology
903-782-0494
giglehart@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
CSME 2439
Adv Hair Design
Description
This course introduces the student to basic principles relating to designing hair.
Textbooks
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008)
Schedule
Week 1- Wet styling (roll-ups and fingerwaves)
Week 2- Round Brush styling
Week 3-Comb-outs (balancing)
Week 4-Up-dos
Week 5-Thermal Curling
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Lab: Students are given assignment sheets and evaluated by instructor observation. Theory is given
for one hour each day and a written test is administered at the conclusion of the topic.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
William Walker
MB 106
903-782-0488
wwalker@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
DRAM 1310
Theater Appreciation
Description
This course is intended to provide the student with a background understanding of the live theatre
through its history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production procedures and relation to the
cooperative Fine Arts. Core curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Textbook
Book Title: Another Opening, Another Show
Author: Tom Markus & Linda Sarver
Publisher: McGraw-Hill
Edi i /Y 2 d Edi i
Identify the major stages of development in various dramatic forms in Western and Eastern
cultures.
Relate Aristotle's Six Elements of Theatre to an observed live work of theatre.
Live Performance Critique Due July 3, 2012 by 11:59 pm.
-
- All students are required to attend a live performance and write a 2 page paper using Aristotle's
Six Elements. Taking Aristotle's Six Elements and for each element writing a paragraph on
whether or not the element was present in the live work. Make sure that if the performance you see
does not follow each element then explain why.
-
i k
1.) For the Performance Critique the PJC Department of Drama Aristotelian Elements Rubric will
be used to evaluate success in completion of learning objective.
2.) The final exam will be evaluated for success in completion of learning objective with the use of
embedded questions.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
William Walker
MB 106
903-782-0488
wwalker@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
DRAM 1310
Theater Appreciation
Description
This course is intended to provide the student with a background understanding of the live theatre
through its history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production procedures and relation to the
cooperative Fine Arts. Core curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Textbook
Book Title: Another Opening, Another Show
Author: Tom Markus & Linda Sarver
Publisher: McGraw-Hill
Edi i /Y 2 d Edi i
Identify the major stages of development in various dramatic forms in Western and Eastern
cultures.
Relate Aristotle's Six Elements of Theatre to an observed live work of theatre.
Live Performance Critique Due July 3, 2012 by 11:59 pm.
-
- All students are required to attend a live performance and write a 2 page paper using Aristotle's
Six Elements. Taking Aristotle's Six Elements and for each element writing a paragraph on
whether or not the element was present in the live work. Make sure that if the performance you see
does not follow each element then explain why.
-
i k
1.) For the Performance Critique the PJC Department of Drama Aristotelian Elements Rubric will
be used to evaluate success in completion of learning objective.
2.) The final exam will be evaluated for success in completion of learning objective with the use of
embedded questions.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer Mini-term
Phone
Section 69 email
William Walker
MB 106
903-782-0488
wwalker@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
DRAM 1310
Theater Appreciation
Description
This course is intended to provide the student with a background understanding of the live theatre
through its history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production procedures and relation to the
cooperative Fine Arts. Core curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Textbook
Book Title: Another Opening, Another Show
Author: Tom Markus & Linda Sarver
Publisher: McGraw-Hill
Edi i /Y 2 d Edi i
Identify the major stages of development in various dramatic forms in Western and Eastern
cultures.
Relate Aristotle's Six Elements of Theatre to an observed live work of theatre.
Mini-Term -
This course is set to move at the students own pace. As a student you must decide the pace in
which to wish to complete the course as it is a mini-term, 3 week course. Assignments covers
Chapters Quizzes 1 - 17. Final Exams are scheduled for 5/31/12.
**Please see course information on Blackboard concerning computer issues or other issues related
to taking exams or completing assignments.
Evaluation methods
1.) For the Performance Critique the PJC Department of Drama Aristotelian Elements Rubric will
be used to evaluate success in completion of learning objective.
2.) The final exam will be evaluated for success in completion of learning objective with the use of
embedded questions.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Anthony Sawyer
AS 151
903-782-0318
asawyer@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ECON 2301
Principles of Economics
Description
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economic
systemes. Attention given to application of economic principles and problems. (This course
description is the same for both macroeconomics and microeconomics; therefore, some topics are
covered in ECON 2301 and others are covered in ECON 2302).
Textbooks
“macroeconomics” 19th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009.
The ISBN is 9780077337728.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Evaluate economic data.
Demonstrate an understanding of political economy and alternative schools of economic thought.
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.
Schedule
Week 1: Limits, Alternatives, and Choices; The Market System and Circular Flow; Demand,
Supply and Market Equilibrium; International Trade
Week 2: Measuring Domestic Output and National Income; Economic Growth; Business Cycles,
Unemployment, and Inflation
Week 3: Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply; Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt; Money and
Banking; Money Creation; Interest Rates and Monetary Polciy; Current Issues in Macro Theory
and Policy
Week 4: Study for Comprehensive Final Exam
Week 5: Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:
Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Anthony Sawyer
AS 151
903-782-0318
asawyer@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ECON 2301
Principles of Economics
Description
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economic
systemes. Attention given to application of economic principles and problems. (This course
description is the same for both macroeconomics and microeconomics; therefore, some topics are
covered in ECON 2301 and others are covered in ECON 2302).
Textbooks
“macroeconomics” 19th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009.
The ISBN is 9780077337728.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Evaluate economic data.
Demonstrate an understanding of political economy and alternative schools of economic thought.
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.
Schedule
Week 1: Limits, Alternatives, and Choices; The Market System and Circular Flow; Demand,
Supply and Market Equilibrium; International Trade
Week 2: Measuring Domestic Output and National Income; Economic Growth; Business Cycles,
Unemployment, and Inflation
Week 3: Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply; Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt; Money and
Banking; Money Creation; Interest Rates and Monetary Polciy; Current Issues in Macro Theory
and Policy
Week 4: Study for Comprehensive Final Exam
Week 5: Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:
Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I (113S)
Phone
Section 65 email
Anthony Sawyer
AS 151
903-782-0318
asawyer@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ECON 2302
Principles of Economics
Description
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economic
systemes. Attention given to application of economic principles and problems. (This course
description is the same for both macroeconomics and microeconomics; therefore, some topics are
covered in ECON 2301 and others are covered in ECON 2302).
Textbooks
“microeconomics” 19th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009.
The ISBN is 9780077337735.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Evaluate economic data.
Demonstrate an understanding of political economy and alternative schools of economic thought.
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1: Demand, Supply, and Market Equilibrium; Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, and Producer
Surplus; Consumer Behavior
Week 2: The Costs of Production; Pure Competition; Pure Monopoly; Monopolistic Competition
and Oligopoly
Week 3: The Demand for Resources; Wage Determination; Rent, Interest, and Profit; Public
Goods, Externalities, and Information Asymmentries; Public Choice Theory and Economics of
Taxation; Income Inequality, Poverty, and Discrimination
Week 4: Review for Comprehensive Final
Week 5: Final Exam
Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:
Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II (113S)
Phone
Section 65 email
Anthony Sawyer
AS 151
903-782-0318
asawyer@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ECON 2302
Principles of Economics
Description
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economic
systemes. Attention given to application of economic principles and problems. (This course
description is the same for both macroeconomics and microeconomics; therefore, some topics are
covered in ECON 2301 and others are covered in ECON 2302).
Textbooks
“microeconomics” 19th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009.
The ISBN is 9780077337735.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Evaluate economic data.
Demonstrate an understanding of political economy and alternative schools of economic thought.
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1: Demand, Supply, and Market Equilibrium; Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, and Producer
Surplus; Consumer Behavior
Week 2: The Costs of Production; Pure Competition; Pure Monopoly; Monopolistic Competition
and Oligopoly
Week 3: The Demand for Resources; Wage Determination; Rent, Interest, and Profit; Public
Goods, Externalities, and Information Asymmentries; Public Choice Theory and Economics of
Taxation; Income Inequality, Poverty, and Discrimination
Week 4: Review for Comprehensive Final
Week 5: Final Exam
Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:
Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Debbie Jones
AD 134
903-782-0310
d_jones@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EDUC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 02 email
Debbie Jones
AD 134
903-782-0310
d_jones@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EDUC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 03 email
Debbie Jones
AD 134
903-782-0310
d_jones@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EDUC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 04 email
John Spradling
AS 103
903-782-0381
jspradling@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EDUC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Learning Styles
Week 3- Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Note Taking
Week 5- Test Taking
Week 6- Time Management
Week 7- Stress Management
Week 8- Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Planning & Goal Setting
Week 10- Careers & Occupations, Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12- Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13- Financial Responsibility
Week 14- Diversity and Community Service
Week 15- Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points:
College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Evan Moore
GC 111
903-454-9333
evanmoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EDUC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 41 email
John Shasteen
GC 112
903-454-9333
jshasteen@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EDUC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Andrew Fisher
SSC
903-885-1232
afisher@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EDUC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Blaine Jones
WTC 1044
903-782-0735
bjones@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EMSP 2143
Assessment Based Management
Description
A capstone course covering comprehensive, assessment based patient care management. Includes
specific care when dealing with pediatric, adult, geriatric, and special-needs patients.
Textbooks
Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook Revised 3rd Edition and workbook, ISBN: 978-0-323-04691-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for a medical emergency.
2. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for a trauma emergency.
Schedule
Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:
Management of mass casualty incidents and rescue operations, utilize air medical resources; and
identify hazardous materials and major incidents.
*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the Summer semester
Evaluation methods
Exams - 75%
Homework and Quizzes - 25%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Brad Bolton
WTC 1044
903-782-0754
bbolton@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EMSP 2160
Clinical - Emergency Medical EMT Paramedic
Description
A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is proviced by the clinical professional
Textbooks
Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook Revised 3rd Edition and workbook, International Trauma Life
Support ACLS and EKG, ISBN: 978-0-323-04690-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for a medical emergency.
2. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for a trauma emergency.
3. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for patients in special populations. (OB, Pediatric, Geriatric, and Patients
with special needs)
Schedule
Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:
Trauma Systems, MOI, Hemorrhage and Shock,
Soft Tissue Trauma & Musculoskeletal, Burns,
Head and Face Trauma and Spinal Trauma,
Thoracic Trauma and Abdominal Trauma
*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the Spring semester
Evaluation methods
Exams - 75%
Homework and Quizzes - 25%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Brad Bolton
WTC 1044
903-782-0754
bbolton@parisjc.edu
Course
EMSP 2266
Title
Practicum (or Field Experience - Emergency MedicalTechnology/Technician (EMT
Paramedic
Description
Practical, general workplace training supported by an individualized learning plan developed by the
employer, college, and student
Textbooks
Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook Revised 3rd Edition and workbook, International Trauma Life
Support ACLS and EKG, ISBN: 978-0-323-04690-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for a medical emergency.
2. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for a trauma emergency.
3. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for patients in special populations. (OB, Pediatric, Geriatric, and Patients
with special needs.
Schedule
Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:
Trauma Systems, MOI, Hemorrhage and Shock,
Soft Tissue Trauma & Musculoskeletal, Burns,
Head and Face Trauma and Spinal Trauma,
Thoracic Trauma and Abdominal Trauma
*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the Spring semester
Evaluation methods
Exams - 75%
Homework and Quizzes - 25%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Brad Bolton
WTC 1044
903-782-0754
bbolton@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EMSP 2330
Special Populations
Description
A detailed study of the knowledge and skills necessary to reach competence in the assessment and
management of ill or injured patients in non traditional populations.
Textbooks
Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook Revised 3rd Edition and workbook, International Trauma Life
Support ACLS and EKG, ISBN: 978-0-323-04690-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for a medical emergency.
2. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for a trauma emergency.
3. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for patients in special populations. (OB, Pediatric, Geriatric, and Patients
with special needs.
Schedule
Week 1-Neoatology/Pediatrics
Week 2-Pediatrics
Week 3-Pediatrics
Week 4-Geriatrics
Week 5-Abuse/Assault
Evaluation methods
Exams 75%. Homework and Quizzes 25%.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Blaine Jones
WTC 1044
903-782-0735
bjones@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
EMSP 2338
EMS Operations
Description
A detailed study of the knowledge and skills to safely manage the scene of an emergency.
Textbooks
Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook Revised 3rd Edition and workbook, ISBN: 978-0-323-04691-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for a medical emergency.
2. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge
to recognize and care for a trauma emergency.
Schedule
Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:
Management of mass casualty incidents and rescue operations, utilize air medical resources; and
identify hazardous materials and major incidents.
*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the Summer semester
Evaluation methods
Exams - 75%
Homework and Quizzes - 25%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Pamela Smith
AD 125/129
903-782-0225
psmith@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0101.
Development in Writing I
Description
• The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.
• Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.
Textbooks
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each
developmental English course.
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next
sequential English course.
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:
• End punctuation
• Common rules of capitalization
• Subject-verb agreement
• Singulars and plurals of nouns
• Present tense verb formation
• Past tense verb formation
• Formulation of simple sentences
• Formulation of compound sentences
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
taught in Developmental English 0301

Schedule
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)
Week 1:
June 4
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Wingersky-Appendix A: Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)
June 5
Wingersky-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49
June 6
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz
In class writing using definitions
June 7
Evaluation methods
Grades:
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%
Cumulative portfolio 10%
In-class exercises 20%
Paragraphs & Essays + 45%
100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Pamela Smith
AD 125/129
903-782-0225
psmith@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0101.
Development in Writing I
Description
• The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.
• Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.
Textbooks
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each
developmental English course.
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next
sequential English course.
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:
• End punctuation
• Common rules of capitalization
• Subject-verb agreement
• Singulars and plurals of nouns
• Present tense verb formation
• Past tense verb formation
• Formulation of simple sentences
• Formulation of compound sentences
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
taught in Developmental English 0301

Schedule
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)
Week 1:
July 10
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Wingersky-Appendix A: Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)
July 11
Wingersky-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49
July 12
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz
In class writing using definitions
Week 2:
Evaluation methods
Grades:
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%
Cumulative portfolio 10%
In-class exercises 20%
Paragraphs & Essays + 45%
100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Roberta Harris
Room 201 Greenville Campus
903.454.9333
rharris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0101
Development in Writing Lab
Description
Textbooks
The writing lab course is taken concurrently with Developmental English 0301. The lab focuses on
how grammar, usage, and sentence structure contribute to clarity of communication and, thus, to
writing that is clear and easy to understand. The course is designed to facilitate the students'
endeavors to acquire a level of English usage that matches standards of edited American English set
by the core curriculum and the Communications Division.
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. Sixth Edition. Boston: Wadsworth Cengage
Learning, 2009. ISBN 978-1-413-03346-5
Schedule
Lab work will coordinate with assignments in 0301.40
Evaluation methods
All grades in lab practice work will be considered equal.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Roberta Harris
Room 201 Greenville Campus
903.454.9333
rharris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0101
Development in Writing Lab
Description
Textbooks
The writing lab course is taken concurrently with Developmental English 0301. The lab focuses on
how grammar, usage, and sentence structure contribute to clarity of communication and, thus, to
writing that is clear and easy to understand. The course is designed to facilitate the students'
endeavors to acquire a level of English usage that matches standards of edited American English set
by the core curriculum and the Communications Division.
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. Sixth Edition. Boston: Wadsworth Cengage
Learning, 2009. ISBN 978-1-413-03346-5
Schedule
Lab work will coordinate with assignments in 0301.40
Evaluation methods
All grades in lab practice work will be considered equal.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Pamela Smith
AD 125/129
903-782-0225
psmith@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0102.
Development in Writing II
Description
• The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.
• Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.
Textbooks
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each
developmental English course.
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next
sequential English course.
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:
• End punctuation
• Common rules of capitalization
• Subject-verb agreement
• Singulars and plurals of nouns
• Present tense verb formation
• Past tense verb formation
• Formulation of simple sentences
• Formulation of compound sentences
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
taught in Developmental English 0301

Schedule
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)
Week 1:
June 4
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Wingersky-Appendix A: Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)
June 5
Wingersky-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49
June 6
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz
In class writing using definitions
June 7
Evaluation methods
Grades:
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%
Cumulative portfolio 10%
In-class exercises 20%
Paragraphs & Essays + 45%
100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Pamela Smith
AD 125/129
903-782-0225
psmith@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0102.
Development in Writing II
Description
• The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.
• Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0302.
Textbooks
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each
developmental English course.
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next
sequential English course.
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:
• End punctuation
• Common rules of capitalization
• Subject-verb agreement
• Singulars and plurals of nouns
• Present tense verb formation
• Past tense verb formation
• Formulation of simple sentences
• Formulation of compound sentences
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
taught in Developmental English 0301

Schedule
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)
Week 1:
July 10
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Wingersky-Appendix A: Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)
July 11
Wingersky-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49
July 12
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz
In class writing using definitions
Week 2:
July 16
Evaluation methods
Grades:
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%
Cumulative portfolio 10%
In-class exercises 20%
Paragraphs & Essays + 45%
100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Roberta Harris
Room 201 Greenville Campus
903.454.9333
rharris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0102
Development in Writing Lab
Description
Textbooks
The writing lab course is taken concurrently with Developmental English 0301. The lab focuses on
how grammar, usage, and sentence structure contribute to clarity of communication and, thus, to
writing that is clear and easy to understand. The course is designed to facilitate the students'
endeavors to acquire a level of English usage that matches standards of edited American English set
by the core curriculum and the Communications Division.
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. Sixth Edition. Boston: Wadsworth Cengage
Learning, 2009. ISBN 978-1-413-03346-5
Schedule
Lab work will coordinate with assignments in 0302.40.
Evaluation methods
All grades in lab practice work will be considered equal.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Roberta Harris
Room 201 Greenville Campus
903.454.9333
rharris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0102
Development in Writing Lab
Description
Textbooks
The writing lab course is taken concurrently with Developmental English 0301. The lab focuses on
how grammar, usage, and sentence structure contribute to clarity of communication and, thus, to
writing that is clear and easy to understand. The course is designed to facilitate the students'
endeavors to acquire a level of English usage that matches standards of edited American English set
by the core curriculum and the Communications Division.
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. Sixth Edition. Boston: Wadsworth Cengage
Learning, 2009. ISBN 978-1-413-03346-5
Schedule
Lab work will coordinate with assignments in 0302.40.
Evaluation methods
All grades in lab practice work will be considered equal.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Dr. Andrew Fisher
Sulphur Springs
903-885-1232
afisher@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0302/ENGL 0102
Development in Writing II
Description
Textbooks
A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and reinforcement of those skills
taught in EGNL 0301. This course is designed to provide varied writing exercies on paragraphs
and short composition with emapsis on clarity, coherence, and correct usage and mechanics.
Students must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Essay exit exams required. May not be used to
satisfy degree requirements. Prerequisite ENGL 0301 or placement by department.
Wingersky, J., Boerner, J., & Holguin-Balogh, D. (2009). Writing paragraphs and essays:
Integrating reading, writing, and grammar skills (6th 3d.). Wadwsorth Cengage Learning: Boston,
MA.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
At the completeion of this course students will be able to :
1. Compose a five-paragraph essay on a given topic.
2. Construct and identify a thesis statement.
3. Create and support three topic sentences.
Schedule Week 1- a) Introductions b) What is Writing c) Unit 1-Parts 1-5 d)Unit 2 Parts 1-4.
Week 2-a) Unit 2-Part 5 b) Unit 3-Parts1-5 c) Unit 4-Parts 1-4
Week 3-a) Unit 4-Part 5 b) Unit 5-Parts1-5 c) Unit 6-Parts 1-4
Week 4-a) Unit 6-Part 5 b) Unit 7-Parts 1-4
Week 5- a) Writing Assignments

Evaluation methods
There will be four in class writing assignments, two take home assignments and one larger paper.
Each will be evaluated on a 10 point scale, where the larger paper is at a 20 point scale. The
remaning 20 points will come from attendance (10 points) and participation (10 points).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Robin Presley
903-413-6859
Course
Title
English 0102
Developmental Writing
Description
Laboratory instruction designed to continue the instruction in ENGL 0101
and to reinforce those skills taught in ENGL 0302. Fee charged. May not be
used to satisfy degree requirements.
Textbooks
Writing Paragraphs and Essays: Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills by Wingersky,
Boerner, and Holguin-Balogh. Students will also need a current dictionary and thesaurus.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Students will gain the necessary Standard English language skills for effective communication.
Coursework includes grammatical instruction that will aide in syntactical and lexical acuity, as well
as reading comprehension and analyzing data. Furthermore, key elements such as mapping out the
readings and writing outlines will help organize data and thoughts logically. In addition, students
ill l l f d h i i i i i h i i d
Week 1: Why College: Expectations and Responsibilities.
July 10- Introductions and writing assignment/survey
Homework: complete the survey handout, due 7-11-12.
July 11- Homework due; discuss survey.
Homework: read pages 63-70 and do exercises 1 & 2 on page 70-71 in TB, due 7-12-12.
July 12- Homework due, class instruction and discussion on grammar, content, and context.
Homework: read pages 73-80 and do exercises 3, 4, and 5 in TB.
Week 2: Digital Nation
July 16- Watch Frontline documentary “Digital Nation.”
Homework: read pages 81-84 and do exercises 6, 7, & 8 in TB, due 7-17-12.
July 17- Homework due, continue documentary.
Homework: read pages 85-90 and do exercises 9, 10, and 11 in TB, due 7-18-12.
J l 18 H k d di d t “Di it l N ti ”

Evaluation methods
How your grade will be assessed depends on:
1). Class attendance is critical. This class is instructional and participatory for example we will
engage in group-work that entails peer-review sessions, collaborative writing, and exchange of
ideas.
2). Complete and turn in all homework/assignments on time. The assigned homework prepares you
for the next class period. If you do not turn in your homework you will receive a failing grade.
3). You must engage and complete all in-class assignments since they are directly related to your
writing assignments and participation grade.
4). Your writing assignments will be graded on—does the introduction effectively introduce readers
as to what will follow? Does it draw readers’ attention? Is there a clear thesis statement? Do readers
feel lost by the end of the first paragraph, or can they predict what the rest of the paper is going to
be about and care about what the writer (you) is going to say? Are there grammatical errors? Is the
paper painful to read in terms of grammar? Do the supporting paragraphs have a topic sentence that

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Pamela Smith
AD 125/129
903-782-0225
psmith@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0301.
Development in Writing I
Description
• The main purpose of ENGL 0301 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.
• Another purpose of ENGL 0301 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0101.
Textbooks
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each
developmental English course.
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next
sequential English course.
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:
• End punctuation
• Common rules of capitalization
• Subject-verb agreement
• Singulars and plurals of nouns
• Present tense verb formation
• Past tense verb formation
• Formulation of simple sentences
• Formulation of compound sentences
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
taught in Developmental English 0301

Schedule
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)
Week 1:
June 4
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Wingersky-Appendix A: Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)
June 5
Wingersky-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49
June 6
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz
In class writing using definitions
June 7
Evaluation methods
Grades:
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%
Cumulative portfolio 10%
In-class exercises 20%
Paragraphs & Essays + 45%
100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Pamela Smith
AD 125/129
903-782-0225
psmith@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0301.
Development in Writing I
Description
Textbooks
Mastery of the skill of writing is essential to your success in college; therefore, English 0301/0302
is designed to give you an opportunity to master this skill. Our objective in 0301 is for you to be
able to structure a paragraph from a controlling idea to supporting details and/or examples.
Students completing Engl 0301 should be able to state the main idea in a topic sentence, write a
sentence outline, explain the topic sentence with supporting ideas and examples, and conclude each
paragraph with a summary statement.
S d l i 0302 h ld b bl l fi h b i h i
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each
developmental English course.
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next
sequential English course.
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:
• End punctuation
• Common rules of capitalization
• Subject-verb agreement
• Singulars and plurals of nouns
• Present tense verb formation
• Past tense verb formation
• Formulation of simple sentences
• Formulation of compound sentences
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
taught in Developmental English 0301

Schedule
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)
Week 1:
July 10
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Wingersky-Appendix A: Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)
July 11
Wingersky-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49
July 12
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz
In class writing using definitions
Week 2:
Evaluation methods
Grades:
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%
Cumulative portfolio 10%
In-class exercises 20%
Paragraphs & Essays + 45%
100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Roberta Harris
Room 201 Greenville Campus
903.454.9333
rharris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0301.40
DEVELOPMENT IN ENGLISH
Description
Textbooks
ENGL 0301.40 is designed for students to gain skills in writing clear, logically developed
paragraphs using standard English. It is also designed for students seeking English usage mandated
by assessment. A lab (English 0101) is required. An essay lExit Exam is required. even though the
course carries three semester hours of credit, it may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
However, the three class hoours do count toward financial aid, scholarship hours.
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, Diana Holguin-Balogh.Writing Paragraphs and Essays Integrating
Reading, Writing, and grammar Skills. Sixth Edition. Boston: Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2009.
ISBN 978-1-413-03346-5
Schedule
Students will be expected to write every class period.
Week 1: Assessment of writing skills.
Week 2: Praactice writing effective sentences. Write the introduction paragraph.
Week 3: Review basic grammar. Write the body paragraph.
Week 4: Practice punctuation, mechanics, and spelling. Write the closing paragraph.
Week 5: Practice writing paraphaphs and the complete essay.
Evaluation methods
Students will earn grades for writing sentences, paragraphs, and chapter practice assignments.
Students must earn a minimum grade of C in order to move forward in any developmental
sequence. A grade of D or F requires that the student retakes the course(s) or that the student
retakes the placement test to see if he/she can place into a higher level developmental course or test
out of remediation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Roberta Harris
Room 201 Greenville Campus
903.454.9333
rharris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0301.40
DEVELOPMENT IN ENGLISH
Description
Textbooks
ENGL 0301.40 is designed for students to gain skills in writing clear, logically developed
paragraphs using standard English. It is also designed for students seeking English usage mandated
by assessment. A lab (English 0101) is required. An essay lExit Exam is required. even though the
course carries three semester hours of credit, it may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
However, the three class hoours do count toward financial aid, scholarship hours.
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, Diana Holguin-Balogh.Writing Paragraphs and Essays Integrating
Reading, Writing, and grammar Skills. Sixth Edition. Boston: Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2009.
ISBN 978-1-413-03346-5
Schedule
Students will be expected to write every class period.
Week 1: Assessment of writing skills.
Week 2: Praactice writing effective sentences. Write the introduction paragraph.
Week 3: Review basic grammar. Write the body paragraph.
Week 4: Practice punctuation, mechanics, and spelling. Write the closing paragraph.
Week 5: Practice writing paraphaphs and the complete essay.
Evaluation methods
Students will earn grades for writing sentences, paragraphs, and chapter practice assignments.
Students must earn a minimum grade of C in order to move forward in any developmental
sequence. A grade of D or F requires that the student retakes the course(s) or that the student
retakes the placement test to see if he/she can place into a higher level developmental course or test
out of remediation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Pamela Smith
AD 125/129
903-782-0225
psmith@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0302.
Development in Writing II
Description
Textbooks
Students completing 0302 should be able to complete exercises in maintaining focus and unity,
state the main topic in the introductory paragraph and repeat key words throughout the essays to
maintain unity. Engl 0302 students should be able to organize their thoughts logically and use
detailed examples to support topic sentences. All students will use Standard Written English in
essays, work in group settings, and work cooperatively with class members.
By the end of the semester, you should be able to demonstrate the writing process through
b i i i i d f i i i d di i E l 0301/0302 d ill b
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each
developmental English course.
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next
sequential English course.
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:
• End punctuation
• Common rules of capitalization
• Subject-verb agreement
• Singulars and plurals of nouns
• Present tense verb formation
• Past tense verb formation
• Formulation of simple sentences
• Formulation of compound sentences
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
taught in Developmental English 0301

Schedule
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)
Week 1:
June 4
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Wingersky-Appendix A: Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)
June 5
Wingersky-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49
June 6
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz
In class writing using definitions
June 7
Evaluation methods
Grades:
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%
Cumulative portfolio 10%
In-class exercises 20%
Paragraphs & Essays + 45%
100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Pamela Smith
AD 125/129
903-782-0225
psmith@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0302.
Development in Writing II
Description
Textbooks
Students completing 0302 should be able to complete exercises in maintaining focus and unity,
state the main topic in the introductory paragraph and repeat key words throughout the essays to
maintain unity. Engl 0302 students should be able to organize their thoughts logically and use
detailed examples to support topic sentences. All students will use Standard Written English in
essays, work in group settings, and work cooperatively with class members.
By the end of the semester, you should be able to demonstrate the writing process through
b i i i i d f i i i d di i E l 0301/0302 d ill b
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each
developmental English course.
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next
sequential English course.
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:
• End punctuation
• Common rules of capitalization
• Subject-verb agreement
• Singulars and plurals of nouns
• Present tense verb formation
• Past tense verb formation
• Formulation of simple sentences
• Formulation of compound sentences
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
taught in Developmental English 0301

Schedule
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)
Week 1:
July 10
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Wingersky-Appendix A: Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)
July 11
Wingersky-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49
July 12
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz
In class writing using definitions
Week 2:
Evaluation methods
Grades:
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%
Cumulative portfolio 10%
In-class exercises 20%
Paragraphs & Essays + 45%
100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Roberta Harris
Room 201 Greenville Campus
903.454.9333
rharris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0302.40
DEVELOPMENT IN ENGLISH
Description
Textbooks
ENGL 0302.40 is designed for students to gain skills in writing clear, logically developed
paragraphs using standard English. It is also designed for students seeking English usage mandated
by assessment. A lab (English 0101) is required. An essay Exit exam is required. Even though the
course carries three semester hours of credit, it may not be used to satisfy degree requirements. The
three class hours do count toward financial aid.
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, Diana Holguin-Balogh.Writing Paragraphs and Essays Integrating
Reading, Writing, and grammar Skills. Sixth Edition. Boston: Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2009.
ISBN 978-1-413-03346-5
Schedule
Students will be expected to write every class period.
Week 1: Assessment of writing skills.
Week 2: Praactice writing effective sentences. Write the introduction paragraph.
Week 3: Review basic grammar. Write the body paragraph.
Week 4: Practice punctuation, mechanics, and spelling. Write the closing paragraph.
Week 5: Practice writing paraphaphs and the complete essay.
Evaluation methods
Students will earn grades for writing sentences, paragraphs, and chapter practice assignments.
Students must earn a minimum grade of C in order to move forward in any developmental
sequence. A grade of D or F requires that the student retakes the course(s) or that the student
retakes the placement test to see if he/she can place into a higher level developmental course or test
out of remediation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Roberta Harris
Room 201 Greenville Campus
903.454.9333
rharris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0302.40
DEVELOPMENT IN ENGLISH
Description
Textbooks
ENGL 0302.40 is designed for students to gain skills in writing clear, logically developed
paragraphs using standard English. It is also designed for students seeking English usage mandated
by assessment. A lab (English 0101) is required. An essay Exit exam is required. Even though the
course carries three semester hours of credit, it may not be used to satisfy degree requirements. The
three class hours do count toward financial aid.
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, Diana Holguin-Balogh.Writing Paragraphs and Essays Integrating
Reading, Writing, and grammar Skills. Sixth Edition. Boston: Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2009.
ISBN 978-1-413-03346-5
Schedule
Students will be expected to write every class period.
Week 1: Assessment of writing skills.
Week 2: Praactice writing effective sentences. Write the introduction paragraph.
Week 3: Review basic grammar. Write the body paragraph.
Week 4: Practice punctuation, mechanics, and spelling. Write the closing paragraph.
Week 5: Practice writing paraphaphs and the complete essay.
Evaluation methods
Students will earn grades for writing sentences, paragraphs, and chapter practice assignments.
Students must earn a minimum grade of C in order to move forward in any developmental
sequence. A grade of D or F requires that the student retakes the course(s) or that the student
retakes the placement test to see if he/she can place into a higher level developmental course or test
out of remediation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Dr. Andrew Fisher
Sulphur Springs
903-885-1232
afisher@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 0302/ENGL 0102
Development in Writing II
Description
Textbooks
A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and reinforcement of those skills
taught in EGNL 0301. This course is designed to provide varied writing exercies on paragraphs
and short composition with emapsis on clarity, coherence, and correct usage and mechanics.
Students must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Essay exit exams required. May not be used to
satisfy degree requirements. Prerequisite ENGL 0301 or placement by department.
Wingersky, J., Boerner, J., & Holguin-Balogh, D. (2009). Writing paragraphs and essays:
Integrating reading, writing, and grammar skills (6th 3d.). Wadwsorth Cengage Learning: Boston,
MA.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
At the completeion of this course students will be able to :
1. Compose a five-paragraph essay on a given topic.
2. Construct and identify a thesis statement.
3. Create and support three topic sentences.
Schedule Week 1- a) Introductions b) What is Writing c) Unit 1-Parts 1-5 d)Unit 2 Parts 1-4.
Week 2-a) Unit 2-Part 5 b) Unit 3-Parts1-5 c) Unit 4-Parts 1-4
Week 3-a) Unit 4-Part 5 b) Unit 5-Parts1-5 c) Unit 6-Parts 1-4
Week 4-a) Unit 6-Part 5 b) Unit 7-Parts 1-4
Week 5- a) Writing Assignments

Evaluation methods
There will be four in class writing assignments, two take home assignments and one larger paper.
Each will be evaluated on a 10 point scale, where the larger paper is at a 20 point scale. The
remaning 20 points will come from attendance (10 points) and participation (10 points).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Robin Presley
903-413-6859
robinpresley@mac.com
Course
Title
English 0302
Basic English II
Description
Textbooks
A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and
reinforcement of those skills taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed
to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs and short composition
with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and mechanics.
Writing Paragraphs and Essays: Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills by Wingersky,
Boerner, and Holguin-Balogh. Students will also need a current dictionary and thesaurus.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Students will gain the necessary Standard English language skills for effective communication.
Coursework includes grammatical instruction that will aide in syntactical and lexical acuity, as well
as reading comprehension and analyzing data. Furthermore, key elements such as mapping out the
readings and writing outlines will help organize data and thoughts logically. In addition, students
ill l l f d h i i i i i h i i d
Week 1: Why College: Expectations and Responsibilities.
July 10- Introductions and writing assignment/survey
Homework: complete the survey handout, due 7-11-12.
July 11- Homework due; discuss survey.
Homework: read pages 63-70 and do exercises 1 & 2 on page 70-71 in TB, due 7-12-12.
July 12- Homework due, class instruction and discussion on grammar, content, and context.
Homework: read pages 73-80 and do exercises 3, 4, and 5 in TB.
Week 2: Digital Nation
July 16- Watch Frontline documentary “Digital Nation.”
Homework: read pages 81-84 and do exercises 6, 7, & 8 in TB, due 7-17-12.
July 17- Homework due, continue documentary.
Homework: read pages 85-90 and do exercises 9, 10, and 11 in TB, due 7-18-12.
J l 18 H k d di d t “Di it l N ti ”

Evaluation methods
Assessment and Procedure:
How your grade will be assessed depends on:
1). Class attendance is critical. This class is instructional and participatory for example we will
engage in group-work that entails peer-review sessions, collaborative writing, and exchange of
ideas.
2). Complete and turn in all homework/assignments on time. The assigned homework prepares you
for the next class period. If you do not turn in your homework you will receive a failing grade.
3). You must engage and complete all in-class assignments since they are directly related to your
writing assignments and participation grade.
4). Your writing assignments will be graded on—does the introduction effectively introduce readers
as to what will follow? Does it draw readers’ attention? Is there a clear thesis statement? Do readers
feel lost by the end of the first paragraph, or can they predict what the rest of the paper is going to
be about and care about what the writer (you) is going to say? Are there grammatical errors? Is the

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Marian Ellis, M.Ed.
LRC 128
903-782-0421
mellis@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1301
Composition and Rhetoric
Description
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure,
paragraph organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse
with emphasis on the writing of class themes. Individual conferences and required
library work. Prerequisite: ENGL 0302 with a grade of C or above, or placement by
department (based on admission information). Note: Before entering ENGL 1301
all students for whom English is a second or additional language must successfully
complete ENGL 0302. Core Curriculum satisfied for Written Communication.
Textbooks
• Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing. 11th ed. New York:
Bedford/St. Martins 2010. (ISBN: 978-0-312-53551-3).
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 7th ed. New York: Bedford/St Martins 2011. (ISBN: 978-0-
312-60143-0).
•Fitzgerald, F. Scott. The Great Gatsby. Any edition
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs) for College-level English Courses
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.
Schedule
Week 1- Course introduction, The Writing Process; Quiz 1; Narrative Writing, Novel Chs 1-3
Narrative Writing & "Revising & Editing," Quiz 2, Essay #1 Due (Narrative & Descriptive)
Week 2 - Begin Essay (#2) Exemplification, and Definition Essay readings, Essay #2 Due, Novel
Chs 4-6
Week 3- Cause & Effect Essay #3; Comparison & Contrast readings; Quiz 3, Novel Chs 7-9 &
Exam
Week 4- Essay #4 Comparison & Contrast Due; Argumentation Readings, Argumentation Research
Documentation.
Week 5- Complete Research Documentation, Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Semester Grade Determination:
4 Essays 30%
*Argumentation (Research) Essay (Required) 15%
Quizzes, Homework, & In-Class Assignments 15%
Novel Exam 10%
Participation/Attendance (includes in-class work) 10%
*Final Exam (Required) 20%
Total: 100%
90-100 = A, 80 – 89 = B, 70 – 79 = C, 65-69 = D, below 65 = F
*Both the final exam and the documented argumentation essay are required; failure to complete
either one will result in failure for the course.*
*Your grade on each assignment as well as your current total grade points will be available to you
through Blackboard so that you might monitor your status.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Diann V. Mason SPHR
AD 133-B
903 782 0374
dmason@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1301
Composition, Rhetoric, and Reading
Description
ENGL 1301 is a reading and writing intensive course; there will be lecture, group work, in-class
activities, and research involved in producing essays during the semester according to the
specifications outlined in each assignment, as well as reading a novel. Credit value: Three hours.
Prerequisites: based upon TSI placement.
Textbooks
Schedule
Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing. 10th ed. New York:
Bedford/St. Martins 2010. (ISBN: 9780312488413).
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. New York: Bedford/St Martins 2007. (ISBN:
9780312471675)
Hill S Th W i Bl k A di i
Week 1: Description, Narrative, Basic Grammar, and Mechanics
Week 2: The Writing Process, Thesis and Support, Drafting and Revising, Editing and
Proofreading, Definition, and Grammar
Week 3: Classification, Exemplification, Word Choice, Sentence Structure, MLA
The Absolutely True Diary of a Part-Time Indian, Comparison and Contrast
Week Four: Complete novel study, Cause and Effect, Combining the Patterns, Punctuation
Week 5: Argumentation, Punctuation, Academic Writing, final exam
Evaluation methods
The semester grade will be based on the following assignments and points:
300 points reading quizzes and daily homework
400 points (100 each) for 4 essays
100 points for novel objective test
200 points for the final exam essay
900-1000 = A, 800 – 899 = B, 700 – 799 = C, 650-699 = D, below 650 = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 02 email
Miss Marsha Dennis
AD 124
903-782=0317
mdennis@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1301
Composition and Rhetoric
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
ENGL 1301 is a study of grammar and composition through
analysis of sentence structure, paragraph organization, and theme
development. An analysis of written discourse with emphasis on
the writing of themes. Library assignments and an introduction to
reading the novel. Credit value: Three hours.
Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing, 11th ed.
Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2007. (ISBN-13:978-0-312-060152-2)
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference, 6th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2007. (ISBN- 13:978-
0312-45025-0)
W R b P All h Ki ’ M S Di H 1946 (ISBN 0 15 600480 1)
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of
i i id d i i l d d h ff i l
Week 1-go over pp.
1-65 in Patterns; handout on Tokens; brainstorming for
description ideas; discuss diagnostic test.
Thursday June 7 Bring to class a paragraph of description (make 2 copies;
one to keep, one to turn in); Discuss reading (Narration
and Description); Discuss format for papers; Discuss
Research papers.
Week 2-Tuesday June 12 Library Orientation; Huey Long Video; For next class, read
pp. 203-217, Chapter 8 Exemplification;
Essay #1 Due—Narration with Description
Thursday June 14 Discuss reading assignment—Exemplification;
Discuss Chapters 1 & 2 of All the King’s Men;
Begin Documentation/Citation Work for Research Papers
W k 3 T d J 19 F t l d 267 288 Ch t 9 P

Evaluation methods
The semester grade will be based on the following assignments: Major compositions, including
final exam (50%); daily work, such as quizzes, documentation exercises, research preparations, etc.
(20%); class participation (10%) and research paper (20%). Note: Although the final exam counts
as a major composition, it is not optional. Failure to take the final exam will result in failure of the
course. The student’s final letter grade will be determined as follows:
100-90=A 89-80=B 79-70=C 69-65=D 64-0=F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section .40 email
Constance D.C. Hyde
NS 120
903-454-9333
conhyde@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1301
Composition & Rhetoric I
Description
A beginning freshman course in writing with emphasis on paragraphs and the whole composition.
Selected readings, theme writing, a short (3-4 pages) term paper. Emphasis is on the novel and
reading for detail.
Textbooks
Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical Reader and Guide, 13th edition / A Writer's Reference
by Diana Hacker / The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Improve attitudes towards written communication / Review and practice priniciples of basic English
grammar and composition / Refine specific writing and composition skills / Increase specific
critical thinking, reading and writing skills / Build analytical thinking skills / Successfully complete
the preparation of paragraphs and essays
Week 1-Introduction to Course
Week 2-Readings from PATTERNS, 1st essay
Week 3-PATTERNS, preparation for term paper (9/'11: A Decade Later)
Week 4-HUCK FINN
Week 5-HUCK FINN
Evaluation methods
60% essays / 20% short term paper / 20% final exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Janis Thomas
903-348-0158
jthomas@northhopkins.net
Course
Title
ENGL 1301
Composition and Rhetoric
Description
English 1301 is a study of grammar and composition through the analysis of sentence structure,
paragraph organization, and theme development. The course comprises analysis of written
discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Hacker, Diana and Nancy Sommers. A Writer's Reference. 7th ed. Boston: Bedford/St.
Martin's,2011. ISBN: 978-0-312-60143-0; Kirszner, Laurie and Stephen Mandell. Patterns for
College Writing. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin's, 2010. ISBN: 978-0-312-48841-3; Alexie,
Sherman. The Absolutely True Diary of a Part-Time Indian. Any edition. ISBN: 978-0316068208.
The student will a) improve attitudes toward written communications, b) refine writing skills, c)
increase reading skills, d) build analytical thinking skills, and e) practice research skills.
Schedule
Week 1-Ch. 1-3, the Writing Process; Ch. 6, Narration; Introduce the documented essay
Week 2-Work on documented essays; Ch. 12, Classification/Division, Ch. 13, Definiton, Ch. 7,
Description
Week 3-Ch. 11, Compare/Contrast, Ch. 8, Exemplification, Ch. 10, Cause/Effec, Essay #3
Week 4-The novel, Ch. 9, Process, film Smoke Signals, Essay #4
Week 5-Shakespeare in the Park; final
Evaluation methods
Four essays, including one documented essay, will count for 65% of the class grade; daily
participation will count for 20% and will include journals, revision activities, editing conferences,
group work, class discussion, daily quizzes, lecture notes, and reading; the novel tests will count as
15% of the total grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Evelyn Kattes
903-348-0158
ekattes@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1301
Composition and Rhetoric
Description
English 1301 is a study of grammar and composition through the analysis of sentence structure,
paragraph organization, and theme development. The course comprises analysis of written
discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Hacker, Diana and Nancy Sommers. A Writer's Reference. 7th ed. Boston: Bedford/St.
Martin's,2011. ISBN: 978-0-312-60143-0; Kirszner, Laurie and Stephen Mandell. Patterns for
College Writing. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin's, 2010. ISBN: 978-0-312-48841-3; Alexie,
Sherman. The Absolutely True Diary of a Part-Time Indian. Any edition. ISBN: 978-0316068208.
The student will a) improve attitudes toward written communications, b) refine writing skills, c)
increase reading skills, d) build analytical thinking skills, and e) practice research skills.
Schedule
Week 1-Ch. 1-3, the Writing Process; Ch. 6, Narration; Introduce the documented essay
Week 2-Work on documented essays; Ch. 12, Classification/Division, Ch. 13, Definiton, Ch. 7,
Description
Week 3-Ch. 11, Compare/Contrast, Ch. 8, Exemplification, Ch. 10, Cause/Effec, Essay #3
Week 4-The novel, Ch. 9, Process, film Smoke Signals, Essay #4
Week 5-Shakespeare in the Park; final
Evaluation methods
Four essays, including one documented essay, will count for 65% of the class grade; daily
participation will count for 20% and will include journals, revision activities, editing conferences,
group work, class discussion, daily quizzes, lecture notes, and reading; the novel tests will count as
15% of the total grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term summer I
Phone
Section 51 email
Mylissa Bailey
WR
903-885-1232
mbailey@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
English 1301
Composition and Rhetoric
Description
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure, paragraph
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing
of class themes. Individual conferences and required library work.
Textbooks
Krszner, Laurie G.< and Stephen R. Mandell Patterns for College Wrighting: A Rhetorical
Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston/St. Martin's, 2011. ISBN#978-0-312-60152-2
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 11th Ed. Boston: Bedford/St.
Martin’s, 2007. 1301 978-0-312-48841-3 Steinbeck, John. Of Mice and Men.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The general course goals of 1301 are to have students gain more confidence in their writing abilities
and improve their proficiency in critical reading and in writing nonfiction prose, with emphasis on
narration, exposition and persuasion.
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.

Schedule
First Day of Class
Introduction
Audience (p.19), Exercise 2 (p. 21)
Unit1 Read: Narration (p. 83 - 93 ) “Only Daughter” (p. 97)
Read: “Shooting an Elephant” (p. 126) Checking for format (p. 77-79)
MLA Format Example Assign Essay #1 Page 141 Workshop Essay # 1
Bring 2 copies for your essay to class with you for a writer’s workshop
Unit 2: Read: Description (p. 143-160) Read: “Ground Zero” (p. 167-170) “Words Left
Unspoken” (p. 172-174)
Unit 3:Cause and Effect (p. 321-336) Collaborative Cause and Effect Project
Unit 4: Argumentation (p. 547-572) “Debate: Is Wal-Mart good for America” (p. 629-634)
Assign Essay #3 (essay with documentation) MLA Lessons Example Research Paper
Evaluation methods
Unit 5: Read: Process (p. 263 - 279) “How to Escape a Bad Date” (291 - 296)
Collaborative Process Project
Unit 6: Read: Definition (p. 505 - 516), “I Want a Wife” (p. 520) Nov 9 Read: “Wife Beater”
(p 529)
Students will write the following essays: Narration, Description, Definition, Persuasive, Cause an
Effect, and Process
Class Participation 30%
Reading quizzes 20%
Essays 50%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Tina Shelby
Online
903-785-7661
tshelby@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1301
Comp and Rhetoric I
Description
Textbooks
This is a composition course including grammar review, editing, theme development, and critical
reading. The course seeks to strengthen students' writing abilities and improve their proficiency in
critical reading and in writing nonfiction prose, with emphasis on narration, exposition, and
persuasion. Assignments will include writing essays, reading nonfiction essays and a novel, taking a
reading exam over the novel, and working grammar exercises.
Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical Reader and Guide, 11th edition, Laurie G. Kirszner and
Stephen R. Mandell, Bedford/St. Martin's, 2010, ISBN-10: 0-312-48841-6 or ISBN-13: 978-0-312-
48841-3
A Writer's Reference, 6th edition, Diana Hacker, Bedford/St. Martin's, 2007, ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
Pride and Prejudice, Jane Austen, ISBN: 978-0-393-97604-5

Schedule
July 10 - Students will learn to recognize the different sentence types: simple, compound, and
complex. View the "Welcome" PPT. Send me an e-mail through WebCT acknowledging you have
accessed the course. Read the "Discussion Instructions" in the Discussion Forum and respond as
instructed. Post your biography under the "Post Your Biography" topic in the Discussion Forum. In
A Writer's Reference, read pages 507-508. View the "Sentence Types" PPT. Take the quiz on
Sentence Types.
July 11 - Students will learn to recognize sentence structure errors: comma splice, run-on sentence,
sentence fragment. In A Writer's Reference, read pages 3-13 and 204-215. View the "Sentence
Structure" PPT. Take the quiz on Sentence Structure.
July 12 - Students should understand and be able to use a five-paragraph essay format in a variety
of writing circumstances. Note: this is the format that will be required for your essay assignments in
this course. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages 37-64; In A Writer's Reference, read pages
10-11, 14-17. View the "Five-paragraph Format" and the "Thesis Statement" PPTs.
July 13 - Students will learn the criteria for writing a narrative essay, including writing in an
orderly, logical sequence. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages 83-96; Sandra Cisneros'
"Only Daughter" pp. 97-100; George Orwell's "Shooting an Elephant" pp. 126-32. View the
"Narration" PPT. Take the quiz on Orwell. Make a discussion posting on Cisneros in the
Discussion Forum.
ESSAY ASSIGNMENT #1: Write a narrative of 500-600 words on your first college experience.
The essay may be written in first or third person. Remember to use quotation marks if you use
dialogue. THIS ESSAY IS DUE BY MIDNIGHT, SATURDAY, JULY 14.
July 15 - Students will learn to be aware of subject-verb agreement in sentences. In A Writer's
Reference, read pages 163-171. View the "Subject-Verb Agreement" PPT. Take the quiz on
Subject-Verb Agreement.
July 16 - Students will learn the criteria for writing a descriptive essay, relying on the five
senses—sight, hearing, taste, touch, and smell. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages 143-60;
Leah Hager Cohen's "Words Left Unspoken" pp. 172-74; E.B. White's "Once More to the Lake"

Evaluation methods
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES: Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you
check the Blackboard e-mail on a daily basis, as this is how I will provide you with important
information throughout the course. Failure to read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing
to follow instructions or performing a specified task.
IF A DIFFICULTY ARISES, CONTACT ME IMMEDIATELY. Do not fall behind on your
assignments, then e-mail me and tell me, for example, that you have been out-of-town or that
you—or a family member—have been seriously ill. I will work with you if you are up-front and
honest with me. Contact me by Blackboard e-mail at any time.
There are four (4) essay assignments and one novel essay. Each paper will be typed, saved as a
Microsoft® Word document, and submitted through SafeAssignment in Blackboard. I will send an
acknowledgement when I have received and opened the document. I will grade the papers
electronically and return them via Blackboard. IF YOU DO NOT RECEIVE AN
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER SUBMITTING YOUR
PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.
All papers have a specific due date and must be submitted on time. Late papers will only be
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions
of the novel essay WILL NOT be accepted.
DISCUSSION POSTINGS: Discussion postings are a required component of this course. You will
respond to each initial instructor posting with at least a paragraph (6-7 sentences). Under
"Discussions," open the instructor posting, click "Reply," and respond to the question/prompt. You
will also post a response to at least one of your classmates’ responses on each subject. Your
response(s) to your classmate(s) must be more substantive than “I agree” or “Good point” or some
similar comment. DO NOT CREATE A NEW THREAD IN THE DISCUSSION FORUM. If you
do so, I will delete it.There are no specific deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best
if you respond during the time period in which we are studying that particular section. The purpose
of these discussion forums is to take the place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding
to your classmates’ postings can help you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.
EVALUATION: Essays 1, 2, and 4 = 10% each; Documented Essay = 15%; Final Essay (novel) =
20%; Quizzes = 10%; Final Exam = 20%; Discussions = 5%.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 66 email
Marian Ellis, M.Ed.
LRC 128
903-782-0421
mellis@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1301
Composition and Rhetoric
Description
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure,
paragraph organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse
with emphasis on the writing of class themes. Individual conferences and required
library work. Prerequisite: ENGL 0302 with a grade of C or above, or placement by
department (based on admission information). Note: Before entering ENGL 1301
all students for whom English is a second or additional language must successfully
complete ENGL 0302. Core Curriculum satisfied for Written Communication.
Textbooks
• Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for College Writing. 11th ed. New York:
Bedford/St. Martins 2010. (ISBN: 978-0-312-53551-3).
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 7th ed. New York: Bedford/St Martins 2011. (ISBN: 978-0-
312-60143-0).
•Fitzgerald, F. Scott. The Great Gatsby. Any edition
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs) for College-level English Courses
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.
Schedule
Week 1- Course introduction, The Writing Process; Quiz 1; Narrative Writing, Novel Chs 1-3
Narrative Writing & "Revising & Editing," Quiz 2, Essay #1 Due (Narrative & Descriptive)
Week 2 - Begin Essay (#2) Exemplification, and Definition Essay readings, Essay #2 Due, Novel
Chs 4-6
Week 3- Cause & Effect Essay #3; Comparison & Contrast readings; Quiz 3, Novel Chs 7-9 &
Exam
Week 4- Essay #4 Comparison & Contrast Due; Argumentation Readings, Argumentation Research
Documentation.
Week 5- Complete Research Documentation, Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Semester Grade Determination:
4 Essays 30%
*Argumentation (Research) Essay (Required) 15%
Quizzes, Homework, & In-Class Assignments 15%
Novel Exam 10%
Participation/Attendance (includes in-class work) 10%
*Final Exam (Required) 20%
Total: 100%
90-100 = A, 80 – 89 = B, 70 – 79 = C, 65-69 = D, below 65 = F
*Both the final exam and the documented argumentation essay are required; failure to complete
either one will result in failure for the course.*
*Your grade on each assignment as well as your current total grade points will be available to you
through Blackboard so that you might monitor your status.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 67 email
Tina Shelby
Online
903-785-7661
tshelby@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1301
Comp and Rhetoric I
Description
Textbooks
This is a composition course including grammar review, editing, theme development, and critical
reading. The course seeks to strengthen students' writing abilities and improve their proficiency in
critical reading and in writing nonfiction prose, with emphasis on narration, exposition, and
persuasion. Assignments will include writing essays, reading nonfiction essays and a novel, taking a
reading exam over the novel, and working grammar exercises.
Patterns for College Writing: A Rhetorical Reader and Guide, 11th edition, Laurie G. Kirszner and
Stephen R. Mandell, Bedford/St. Martin's, 2010, ISBN-10: 0-312-48841-6 or ISBN-13: 978-0-312-
48841-3
A Writer's Reference, 6th edition, Diana Hacker, Bedford/St. Martin's, 2007, ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
Pride and Prejudice, Jane Austen, ISBN: 978-0-393-97604-5

Schedule
June 4 - Students will learn to recognize the different sentence types: simple, compound, and
complex. View the "Welcome" PPT. Send me an e-mail through WebCT acknowledging you have
accessed the course. Read the "Discussion Instructions" in the Discussion Forum and respond as
instructed. Post your biography under the "Post Your Biography" topic in the Discussion Forum. In
A Writer's Reference, read pages 507-508. View the "Sentence Types" PPT. Take the quiz on
Sentence Types.
June 5 - Students will learn to recognize sentence structure errors: comma splice, run-on sentence,
sentence fragment. In A Writer's Reference, read pages 3-13 and 204-215. View the "Sentence
Structure" PPT. Take the quiz on Sentence Structure.
June 6 - Students should understand and be able to use a five-paragraph essay format in a variety of
writing circumstances. Note: this is the format that will be required for your essay assignments in
this course. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages 37-64; In A Writer's Reference, read pages
10-11, 14-17. View the "Five-paragraph Format" and the "Thesis Statement" PPTs.
June 7 - Students will learn the criteria for writing a narrative essay, including writing in an orderly,
logical sequence. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages 83-96; Sandra Cisneros' "Only
Daughter" pp. 97-100; George Orwell's "Shooting an Elephant" pp. 126-32. View the "Narration"
PPT. Take the quiz on Orwell. Make a discussion posting on Cisneros in the Discussion Forum.
ESSAY ASSIGNMENT #1: Write a narrative of 500-600 words on your first college experience.
The essay may be written in first or third person. Remember to use quotation marks if you use
dialogue. THIS ESSAY IS DUE BY MIDNIGHT, FRIDAY, JUNE 8.
June 9 - Students will learn to be aware of subject-verb agreement in sentences. In A Writer's
Reference, read pages 163-171. View the "Subject-Verb Agreement" PPT. Take the quiz on
Subject-Verb Agreement.
June 11 - Students will learn the criteria for writing a descriptive essay, relying on the five
senses—sight, hearing, taste, touch, and smell. In Patterns for College Writing, read pages 143-60;
Leah Hager Cohen's "Words Left Unspoken" pp. 172-74; E.B. White's "Once More to the Lake"
pp. 183-88. View the "Description" PPT. Take the quiz on Cohen. Make a discussion posting on

Evaluation methods
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES: Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you
check the Blackboard e-mail on a daily basis, as this is how I will provide you with important
information throughout the course. Failure to read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing
to follow instructions or performing a specified task.
IF A DIFFICULTY ARISES, CONTACT ME IMMEDIATELY. Do not fall behind on your
assignments, then e-mail me and tell me, for example, that you have been out-of-town or that
you—or a family member—have been seriously ill. I will work with you if you are up-front and
honest with me. Contact me by Blackboard e-mail at any time.
There are four (4) essay assignments and one novel essay. Each paper will be typed, saved as a
Microsoft® Word document, and submitted through SafeAssignment in Blackboard. I will send an
acknowledgement when I have received and opened the document. I will grade the papers
electronically and return them via Blackboard. IF YOU DO NOT RECEIVE AN
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER SUBMITTING YOUR
PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.
All papers have a specific due date and must be submitted on time. Late papers will only be
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions
of the novel essay WILL NOT be accepted.
DISCUSSION POSTINGS: Discussion postings are a required component of this course. You will
respond to each initial instructor posting with at least a paragraph (6-7 sentences). Under
"Discussions," open the instructor posting, click "Reply," and respond to the question/prompt. You
will also post a response to at least one of your classmates’ responses on each subject. Your
response(s) to your classmate(s) must be more substantive than “I agree” or “Good point” or some
similar comment. DO NOT CREATE A NEW THREAD IN THE DISCUSSION FORUM. If you
do so, I will delete it.There are no specific deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best
if you respond during the time period in which we are studying that particular section. The purpose
of these discussion forums is to take the place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding
to your classmates’ postings can help you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.
EVALUATION: Essays 1, 2, and 4 = 10% each; Documented Essay = 15%; Final Essay (novel) =
20%; Quizzes = 10%; Final Exam = 20%; Discussions = 5%.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Joan Mathis
AD 125
903.782.0314
jmathis@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
English 1302
Composition, Rhetoric, and Reading
Description
English 1302 is a continuation of English 1301. Emphasis is placed on critical reading, competent
writing, vocabulary building, and use of the library. This includes assigned literary study, library
readings, research essays, and analysis of themes.
Textbooks
The Bedford Introduction to Literature, Michael Meyer, Bedford/St. Martins, 9th edition,
2011, ISBN-10: 0-312-64361-6 or ISBN-13: 978-0-312-53921-4
Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. 6th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s,
2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-312-59332-2 or ISBN-10: 0-312-59332-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1.The student will effectively plan and write compositions which demonstrate a mastery of the
rhetorical and language skills learned in English 1301; write critically about fictin, poetry, and
drama, demonstrating a clear focus, clear organization, valid support for a thesis by the use of
examples from the literary selection being analyzed, and an explanation of the literary terms' role in
i h l i ' h
Week 1-Introduction to the course
Week 1 Day 2-Discussion of Reading and Writing About Fiction
Week 1 Day 3-Reading Critically short stories, applying the fictional elements to the stories
Week 1 Day 4-Writing and Editing the Essay I
Week 2 Day 1- Begin the Poetry Unit.
Week 2 Day 2-Study Roethke's and Browning's Poetry, focusing on the poetical elements
Week 2 Day 3-Study the Poetry of Shelley, Hughes, Plath, Donne
Week 2 Day 4-Completion for the Poetry Unit and Unit Exam
Week 3 Day 1-Begin the study of drama.
Week 3 Day 2-Discussion of August Wilson's "Fences."
Week 3 Day 3-Discuss Doubt: A Parable.
Week 3 Day 4-Completion of the Drama Unit Exam
Week 4 Research, Projects and Preparation for the Final
Evaluation methods
Exams=35% (Poetry, Drama, Short Story, & Final)
Writing=35% (Poetry Essay, 10%; Drama Essay 10%; Research Essay 15%)
Quizzes=20% (also includes Peer Reviews)
Participation & Attendance (this includes all in-class daily work) =10%
Total: 100%
*Both the final exam and documented research paper are required; failure to complete either one
will result in failure of the course*

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Diann V. Mason SPHR
AD 133-B
903 782 0374
dmason@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1302
Composition, Rhetoric, and Reading
Description
A traditional lecture course continuing the development of skills learned in ENGL 1301. Emphasis
is on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary building, and use of library. Assigned literary
study, library readings, research essay, and essays are required. Credit value: Three hours.
Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENGL 1301.
Textbooks
• Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing. 8th ed.
Bedford: 2008. 9780312452827
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. 9780312471675
Schedule
Week 1: Reading Poetry; Poetry in Popular, Word Choice, Order, Tone,
Sound, Basic Grammar.
Week 2: Figures of Speech, Symbol, Allegory, and Irony, Writing about Poetry, Grammar, MLA,
Reading Fiction
Week 3: Plot, Researching, Grammar, Point of View, Symbolism.
Week 4:
Style, Tone, and Irony , Writing About Fiction, Theme, Reading Drama, Elements of Drama
Week 5: Drama; final exam
Evaluation methods
The semester grade will be based on the following assignments and points:
400 points reading quizzes and daily homework
300 points (100 each) for 3 essays
200 points for the documented essay
100 points for the final exam essay & test
1000 points total
900-1000 = A, 800 – 899 = B, 700 – 799 = C, 650-699 = D, below 650 = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Constance Deane Hyde
GC 204
903-454-9333
conhyde@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1302
Composition, Rhetoric, and Reading
Description
The continued development of skills acquired in English 1301 and development of skills in
argumentation and analysis. Study of various types of literature, extensive writing, study of
research methods and materials, preparation of the documented paper, indiviual conferences.
Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENGL 1301.
Textbooks
• Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing. 8th ed.
Bedford: 2008. 9780312452827
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. 9780312471675
Schedule
July 12: Begin play "Death of a Salesman"/Start textbook/Essays
late July: Midterm over text
late July - early August - 11: "Death of a Salesman" and final exam
Evaluation methods
FINAL GRADE WILL BE DETERMINED BY:
60% papers, quizzes, test
20% Term paper
20% Final Exam on all films, stories and poems/plays

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 41 email
Rennda R. Partin
GC 220
903.454.9333
rpartin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1302
Composition, Rhetoric, and Reading (23.0401.51 12)
Description
Textbooks
Schedule
Principles and techniques of written, expository, and persuasive composition; analysis of literary,
expository, and persuasive texts; and critical thinking. Emphasis on critical reading, competent
writing, vocabulary building, and use of library. Assigned literary study, library readings, research
essay, and themes. Credits SCH=3 lecture and 0 laboratory hours per week, from approved
course list.
Michael Meyer, ed. The Bedford Introduction to Literature, 9th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin's,
2011. ISBN: 978-0-312-53921-4 (9th ed.).
Diana Hacker. The Writer's Reference, 6th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin's, 2009.
ISBN: 978-0-312-45025-0 (6th ed.)
Week 1 Introduction to fiction: short stories/novels; begin short story unit.
Week 2 Continue short story unit; study literary analysis and writing about literature.
Week 3 Study poetry unit; continue study of literary analysis and analytical writing.
Week 4 Complete poetry unit; begin study of drama unit and literary research.
Week 5 Complete drama unit and literary research; final exam.
Evaluation methods
A final grade for the course will be determined according to percentage basis with emphasis upon
compositions and tests.
Class discussion, class participation, journals, quizzes, reports/presentations, grammar/composition
writing exercises will constitute 20% of the final grade.
Essays, documented
research essay, major exams, and the final will constitute 80% of the final grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Janis Thomas
Online
903-885-1232
jthomas@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
English 1302
Composition and Rhetoric
Description
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure, paragraph
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing of
class themes. Individual conferences and required library work. Prerequisite: ENGL 0302 with a
grade of C or above, or placement by department (based on admission information).
Textbooks
TBD
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
By the end of this course students should be prepared for every mode of writing encountered in
their collegiate academic career. They should improve their rhetorical style and functionality, while
making significant gains in overall composition studies.
Schedule
Week 1
Syllabus, Course Procedures, Introductions, Intro to Literary Theory, Literary Theory Test, Review
MLA, MLA Test, Writing about Short Stories, Short Stories Due.
Week 2
Writing about Non-Fiction, Non-Fiction Due, Writing about Fiction, Fiction Due
Week 3
Intro to the Poetry Project, Poetry Project Due, Writing about Drama (Film), Film Theory, Rear
Window, Drama Due
Week 4
Intro to Research Paper, Research Cards Due, Annotated Bibliography Due
Week 5
Rough Draft Due, Revising and Editing, Final Draft Research Paper Due – Presentations

Evaluation methods
HOW YOUR COURSE GRADE WILL BE CALCULATED
Grades will be determined by your writing, participation, tests, and research paper. There will be
four (4) essays, two (2) tests, a creative writing project, and a major research paper.
Essays (4) 10 points each
Poetry Project 10 points
Tests (2) 5 points each
Research Paper 40 point total
Research cards 5 points
Bibliography 5 points
Rough Draft 10 points
Final Draft 20 points
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 51 email
Carey Gable
Online
903-227-8806
cgable@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
English 1302
Composition and Rhetoric
Description
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure, paragraph
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing of
class themes. Individual conferences and required library work. Prerequisite: ENGL 0302 with a
grade of C or above, or placement by department (based on admission information).
Textbooks
TBD
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
By the end of this course students should be prepared for every mode of writing encountered in
their collegiate academic career. They should improve their rhetorical style and functionality, while
making significant gains in overall composition studies.
Schedule Week 1
Syllabus, Course Procedures, Introductions, Intro to Literary Theory, Literary Theory Test, Review
MLA, MLA Test, Writing about Short Stories, Short Stories Due.
Week 2
Writing about Non-Fiction, Non-Fiction Due, Writing about Fiction, Fiction Due
Week 3
Intro to the Poetry Project, Poetry Project Due, Writing about Drama (Film), Film Theory, Rear
Window, Drama Due
Week 4
Intro to Research Paper, Research Cards Due, Annotated Bibliography Due
Week 5
Rough Draft Due, Revising and Editing, Final Draft Research Paper Due – Presentations

Evaluation methods
HOW YOUR COURSE GRADE WILL BE CALCULATED
Grades will be determined by your writing, participation, tests, and research paper. There will be
four (4) essays, two (2) tests, a creative writing project, and a major research paper.
Essays (4) 10 points each
Poetry Project 10 points
Tests (2) 5 points each
Research Paper 40 point total
Research cards 5 points
Bibliography 5 points
Rough Draft 10 points
Final Draft 20 points
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Tina Shelby
Online
903-785-7661
tshelby@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1302
Comp/Rhetoric/Read
Description
This is an introductory literature course that also includes a research paper. Students will read
poetry, drama, and short stories in addition to writing papers.
Textbooks
The Bedford Introduction to Literature, Michael Meyer, ed., Bedford/St. Martin’s, 9th edition,
2011. ISBN: 0-312-53921-5.
A Writer's Reference, Diana Hacker, Bedford/St. Martin's, 6th edition, 2007, ISBN: 0-312-45025-7

Schedule
WEEK 1 - Students will begin reading poetry to develop an appreciation for literature. This lesson
will also introduce the idea of an explication and close reading, as well as writing about literature.
TOPICS: Poetry, explication, close reading, diction, poetic diction, formal diction, middle diction,
informal diction, denotation, connotation, persona, ambiguity, syntax, tone.
In The Bedford Introduction to Literature, read “Writing About Poetry” pp. 790-98; “Word Choice,
Word Order, and Tone” pp. 799-804. See "Study Links" 1.1x. Note: The “x” indicates there are
several links; i.e., 1.11, 1.12, etc. Read the assigned pages and learn the terms under Topics; some
of these terms will appear on your quizzes and exams. View CD presentations 1.11–Introduction to
English, 1.12-Poetry Introduction, and 1.13-Rhyme and Meter. Take Poetry Quiz 1.1. Make
discussion posting on 1.1 - Explication.
MAKE AN APPOINTMENT NOW TO TAKE MAJOR EXAM 1, which is scheduled for July 16-
20.
Students will learn the fundamental concepts of conducting research.
TOPICS: Research, database, search engine, scholarly source, abstract, PDF, primary source,
secondary source, bibliography, periodical, plagiarism, summary, paraphrase, quotation, MLA,
APA, CMS, citation.
In A Writer's Reference, read "Conducting Research" pp. 333-349. See "Study Links" 1.2x. Read
the assigned pages. View CD presentation 1.21-"Research." Take Introductory Research Quiz 1.2.
There is no discussion posting for this lesson.
Students will learn to recognize and understand different images and figures of speech used in
poetry.
TOPICS: Image, figures of speech, simile, metaphor, extended metaphor, controlling metaphor
In The Bedford Guide to Literature, read "Images" pp. 837-40; "Figures of Speech" pp. 864-69.
See "Study Links" 1.3x. Read the assigned pages. View CD presentation 1.31-Image, Simile,
Metaphor. Take Poetry Quiz 1.3. Make discussion posting on 1.3 – Image, Simile, Metaphor.
Students will learn to identify and understand symbols, allegory, and irony in poetry.
TOPICS: Symbol, allegory, irony, poetry
In The Bedford Introduction to Literature, read “Symbol, Allegory, and Irony” pp. 888-95. See
"Study Links" 1.4x. Read the assigned pages. View CD presentation 1.41-"Explications." Take

Evaluation methods
There are four (4) essay assignments and one research paper. Each paper will be typed per the
specified essay guidelines, saved as a Microsoft® Word document, and submitted as an e-mail
attachment through WebCT. I will send an acknowledgement when I have received and opened the
document. I will grade the papers electronically and return them via WebCT e-mail. IF YOU DO
NOT RECEIVE AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER
SUBMITTING YOUR PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.
All papers have a specific due date and must be submitted on time. Late papers will only be
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions
of the Research Paper WILL NOT be accepted.
Discussion postings are a required part of the course. In these discussions, post at least a paragraph
(6-7 sentences) in response to the initial question/prompt. You will also post a response to at least
one of your classmates' responses on each subject. Under "Communication" in the Course Menu,
click "Discussions." Open the instructor posting, click "Reply," and respond to the
question/prompt. Your response(s) to your classmates must be more substantive than “I agree” or
“Good point” or some similar comment.
There are no specific deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best if you respond during
the time period in which we are studying that particular section. The purpose of these discussion
forums is to take the place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding to your classmates’
postings can help you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.
Two of the three major exams are required to be proctored, which means they must be taken in an
on-campus testing center. Students will contact the campus of their choice at least one week prior to
the beginning date of each of the proctored exams to make an appointment to take the exams. Paris -
(903) 782-0446; Greenville - (903) 454-9333; or Sulphur Springs - (903) 885-1232. DO NOT
WAIT UNTIL THE LAST MINUTE TO ATTEMPT TO TAKE THESE EXAMS; I HAVE NO
CONTROL OVER THE TESTING CENTER HOURS.
The other major exam can be taken like the quizzes.
Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you check the WebCT e-mail on a daily
basis, as this is how I will provide you with important information throughout the course. Failure to
read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing to follow instructions or performing a
specified task.
IF A DIFFICULTY ARISES, CONTACT ME IMMEDIATELY. Do not fall behind on your

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Tina Shelby
Online
903-785-7661
tshelby@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 1302
Comp/Rhetoric/Read
Description
This is an introductory literature course that also includes a research paper. Students will read
poetry, drama, and short stories in addition to writing papers.
Textbooks
The Bedford Introduction to Literature, Michael Meyer, ed., Bedford/St. Martin’s, 9th edition,
2011. ISBN: 0-312-53921-5.
A Writer's Reference, Diana Hacker, Bedford/St. Martin's, 6th edition, 2007, ISBN: 0-312-45025-7

Schedule
WEEK 1 - Students will begin reading poetry to develop an appreciation for literature. This lesson
will also introduce the idea of an explication and close reading, as well as writing about literature.
TOPICS: Poetry, explication, close reading, diction, poetic diction, formal diction, middle diction,
informal diction, denotation, connotation, persona, ambiguity, syntax, tone.
In The Bedford Introduction to Literature, read “Writing About Poetry” pp. 790-98; “Word Choice,
Word Order, and Tone” pp. 799-804. See "Study Links" 1.1x. Note: The “x” indicates there are
several links; i.e., 1.11, 1.12, etc. Read the assigned pages and learn the terms under Topics; some
of these terms will appear on your quizzes and exams. View CD presentations 1.11–Introduction to
English, 1.12-Poetry Introduction, and 1.13-Rhyme and Meter. Take Poetry Quiz 1.1. Make
discussion posting on 1.1 - Explication.
MAKE AN APPOINTMENT NOW TO TAKE MAJOR EXAM 1, which is scheduled for June 11-
15.
Students will learn the fundamental concepts of conducting research.
TOPICS: Research, database, search engine, scholarly source, abstract, PDF, primary source,
secondary source, bibliography, periodical, plagiarism, summary, paraphrase, quotation, MLA,
APA, CMS, citation.
In A Writer's Reference, read "Conducting Research" pp. 333-349. See "Study Links" 1.2x. Read
the assigned pages. View CD presentation 1.21-"Research." Take Introductory Research Quiz 1.2.
There is no discussion posting for this lesson.
Students will learn to recognize and understand different images and figures of speech used in
poetry.
TOPICS: Image, figures of speech, simile, metaphor, extended metaphor, controlling metaphor
In The Bedford Guide to Literature, read "Images" pp. 837-40; "Figures of Speech" pp. 864-69.
See "Study Links" 1.3x. Read the assigned pages. View CD presentation 1.31-Image, Simile,
Metaphor. Take Poetry Quiz 1.3. Make discussion posting on 1.3 – Image, Simile, Metaphor.
Students will learn to identify and understand symbols, allegory, and irony in poetry.
TOPICS: Symbol, allegory, irony, poetry
In The Bedford Introduction to Literature, read “Symbol, Allegory, and Irony” pp. 888-95. See
"Study Links" 1.4x. Read the assigned pages. View CD presentation 1.41-"Explications." Take

Evaluation methods
There are four (4) essay assignments and one research paper. Each paper will be typed per the
specified essay guidelines, saved as a Microsoft® Word document, and submitted as an e-mail
attachment through WebCT. I will send an acknowledgement when I have received and opened the
document. I will grade the papers electronically and return them via WebCT e-mail. IF YOU DO
NOT RECEIVE AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER
SUBMITTING YOUR PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.
All papers have a specific due date and must be submitted on time. Late papers will only be
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions
of the Research Paper WILL NOT be accepted.
Discussion postings are a required part of the course. In these discussions, post at least a paragraph
(6-7 sentences) in response to the initial question/prompt. You will also post a response to at least
one of your classmates' responses on each subject. Under "Communication" in the Course Menu,
click "Discussions." Open the instructor posting, click "Reply," and respond to the
question/prompt. Your response(s) to your classmates must be more substantive than “I agree” or
“Good point” or some similar comment.
There are no specific deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best if you respond during
the time period in which we are studying that particular section. The purpose of these discussion
forums is to take the place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding to your classmates’
postings can help you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.
Two of the three major exams are required to be proctored, which means they must be taken in an
on-campus testing center. Students will contact the campus of their choice at least one week prior to
the beginning date of each of the proctored exams to make an appointment to take the exams. Paris -
(903) 782-0446; Greenville - (903) 454-9333; or Sulphur Springs - (903) 885-1232. DO NOT
WAIT UNTIL THE LAST MINUTE TO ATTEMPT TO TAKE THESE EXAMS; I HAVE NO
CONTROL OVER THE TESTING CENTER HOURS.
The other major exam can be taken like the quizzes.
Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you check the WebCT e-mail on a daily
basis, as this is how I will provide you with important information throughout the course. Failure to
read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing to follow instructions or performing a
specified task.
IF A DIFFICULTY ARISES, CONTACT ME IMMEDIATELY. Do not fall behind on your

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 66 email
Staff
Online
Course
Title
ENGL 1302
Comp/Rhetoric/Read
Description
This is an introductory literature course that also includes a research paper. Students will read
poetry, drama, and short stories in addition to writing papers.
Textbooks
The Bedford Introduction to Literature, Michael Meyer, ed., Bedford/St. Martin’s, 9th edition,
2011. ISBN: 0-312-53921-5.
A Writer's Reference, Diana Hacker, Bedford/St. Martin's, 6th edition, 2007, ISBN: 0-312-45025-7
Schedule
AN INSTRUCTOR HAD NOT BEEN ASSIGNED TO THIS COURSE AT THE TIME THE
SYLLABUS WAS ADDED TO THE ONLINE DATA. FOR DETAILS, CONTACT THE
DIVISION OFFICE AT 903-782-0310.

Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1, 2012
Phone
Section 65 email
Rhonda Armstrong
On-line
903.885.1232 (SSC)
rarmstrong@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
English 2322
Literature of England 1
Description
This course is a study of the masterworks of the literature of England from the Anglo-Saxon period
beginning with the epic tradition as illustrated by Beowulf, to the decline of Neo-Classicism.
Emphasis is on the masterworks of principal authors. The course will utilize reading assignments,
class/group discussions, exams, live chat sessions, and audio/visual.
Credits: 3
Textbooks
P i i ( ) S d h f ll l d E li h 1301 d
Greenblatt, Stephen, eds. et al. The Norton Anthology of English Literature:
Major Authors, 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006. [This is a one-volume edition and will be used for
ENGL 2322/2323.] ISBN#: 0-393-92829-2.
Shakespeare, William. King Lear. Ed. Sylvan Barnet. New York: Signet, 1998.
[Any edition will work.]
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Students will be able to arrange a thesis statement.
2. Students will be able to apply correct forms of English most widely accepted as clear and proper.
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish
appropriate modes of communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.

Schedule
Week 1: Introduction; "The Dream of the Rood" (24-26); BEOWULF (31-97);the Epic.
SIR GAWAIN AND THE GREEN KNIGHT (114-65); Romance; Essay and Exam 1.
Week 2: Chaucer (165-70); "The General Prologue"; "The Miller's Tale and Prologue"; "The
Wife of Bath's Tale and Prologue"; Fabliau; Malory (299-301); MORTE DARTHUR (301-18)
Bible (354); Spenser (365-69); THE FAERIE QUEENE (Book 2, Canto 12, pages 424-
34); 16th/17th Centuries"; Exam 2.
Week 3: Shakespeare's KING LEAR (Acts 1, 2) ; Shakespeare's KING LEAR (Acts 3, 4, 5); Tragic
Hero; On-campus Exam 3
Week 4: Milton (pp. 693-96); PARADISE LOST (pp. 723-24; Book 1--p. 726, lines 1-26; Book 2--
pp. 743-65; Book 9--pp. 811-35; Book 10--pp. 836-48); Epic; Swift (971-73); GULLIVER'S
TRAVELS (Part 3, Chapter 2, "The Flying Island of Laputa"--1056-61; Part 3, Chapter 10, "The
Struldbruggs"--1064-69); Satire; Exam 4
Week 5--prepare for final; Choose topic, research, prepare and submit ppt. Final
Evaluation methods
The student will be required to complete reading assignments, participate in discussion forums and
chat sessions, write an essay over an assigned topic, submit a PowerPoint research project, and
perform satisfactorily on examinations. He/She will take four unit exams concerned with ideas
presented by literature, techniques discovered in the literature, biographical information on authors,
and historical perspective.
Discussion forums count 12%; chat, 8%; exams, 60%--15% each; the PowerPoint project, 10%;
personal response essay, 10%.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2, 2012
Phone
Section 65 email
Rhonda Armstrong
On-line
903.885.1232 (SS)
rarmstrong@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
English 2323
Literature of England 2
Description
This course is a study of the masterworks of the literature of England from the Anglo-Saxon period
beginning with the epic tradition as illustrated by Beowulf, to the decline of Neo-Classicism.
Emphasis is on the masterworks of principal authors. The course will utilize reading assignments,
class discussions forums, chat sessions, emails, research projects/PowerPoints, exams, instructorprovided
PowerPoints.
Credits: 3 (= 3 lecture hours)
Textbooks
Greenblatt, Stephen, eds. et al. The Norton Anthology of English Literature:
Major Authors. 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006. [This is a one-volume edition and will be used for
ENGL 2322/2323.] ISBN#: 0-393-92829-2.
Hardy, Thomas. The Mayor of Casterbridge. [Any 1818 edition will work.]
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Students will be able to arrange a thesis statement.
2. Students will be able to apply correct forms of English most widely accepted as clear and proper.
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish
appropriate modes of communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.

Schedule
Week 1-Romantic Period; Smith; Blake; Blake; Burns; Wollstonecraft; Wordsworth; Coleridge;
Exam 1
Week 2- Byron; P. Shelley; Essay due; Keats; M. Shelley; Victorian Age; Carlyle; Exam 2
Week 3-E.B. Browning; Tennyson; R. Browning; E. Bronte; Arnold; Carroll; Exam 3
Week 4-Wilde; 20th Century; Hardy; exam 4
Week 5-Yeats; Woolf; Lawrence--PowerPoint Research Project/Final
Evaluation methods
The student will be required to complete reading assignments, participate in discussion forums and
live chat sessions, write an essay over an assigned topic, submit a research project in PowerPoint
form as the final exam, and perform satisfactorily on unit examinations. He/She will take four unit
exams concerned with ideas presented by literature, techniques discovered in the literature,
biographical information on authors, and historical perspective.
Exams: 60% (15% each)
Essay: 10%
Project: 10%
Discussion Forums: 12 %
Chat Sessions: 8%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-12
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Joan Mathis
AD125
903-782-0314
jmathis@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 2327
American Literature I
Description
A study of American literature masterworks from the Colonial Period until the beginning of the
Twentieth Century, with emphasis on major writers and representative writers of the periods,
including collateral readings, class themes, projects and class reports.
Credits: This class meets for two hours on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday.
Textbooks
Belasco, Susan, and Linck Johnson, eds. The Bedford Anthology of American Literature. Volume
One: Beginnings to 1865. Boston: Bedford, 2008. ISBN 978-0-312-48299-2
Hawthorne, Nathaniel. The Blithedale Romance. New York: Penguin, 1986.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Course Objectives
1. To study the major literary periods and trends in American literature.
2. To become familiar with the primary works of the major American writers.
3. To understand the relationship between the authors and their respective places in literary history.
4. To develop in each student the ability to assess objectively the quality of writing of the various
types of literature and develop an understanding of the main currents in American literary thought.
5. For each student to articulate his/her feelings, beliefs and opinions of those authors and works
studied.
6. To participate in a group to learn to work together listening, thinking and responding.
Schedule
The course is divided into three sections:
Week One: Literature to 1750
Native American Origin and Creation Stories
Colonial Settlements (Captain John Smith, Bradford, John Winthrop, and
Anne Bradstreet.
Week Two: Colonial Settlements (Taylor, Philip Freneau, Phillis Wheatley, Samuel
Sewall, Cotton Mather, and Jonathan Edwards)
Week Three: American Literature, 1750-1830
Writing Colonial Lives: Benjamin Franklin, John Woolman, Samson
Occom, Olaudah Equiano, and William Cullen Bryant
Week Four: American Literature, 1830-1865
The Era of Reform (Ralph Waldo Emerson, Margaret Fuller, Harriet
Beecher Stowe, Henry David Thoreau, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Walt
Whitman, and Emily Dickinson

Evaluation methods Class attendance (20%)
Reading Quizzes (20%)
Class Presentations (10%)
The Three Exams (50%)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year Summer 2012
Office
Term Summer Extended
Phone
Section 65 email
Ken Haley
LC 124
903.782.0311
khaley@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
English 2327
American Literarure I
Description
Selected significant works of American literature. May include movements, schools, or periods.
Textbooks
The Bedford Anthology of American Literature by Belasco and Johnson, Volume I, Bedford/St.
Martin's, ISBN #0-312-48299-x. Novel: Uncle Tom's Cabin.
Schedule
Lesson #1 John Smith and Early Colonies
Lesson #2 William Bradford
Lesson #3 Anne Bradstreet
Lesson #4 Edward Taylor
Lesson #5 Jonathan Edwards
Lesson #6 Benjamin Franklin
Lesson #7 Olaudah Equiano
Lesson #8 Thomas Paine
Lesson #9 Philip Freneau
Lesson #10 Phillis Wheatley
Lesson #11 Washington Irving
Lesson #12 Ralph Waldo Emerson
Lesson #13 Henry David Thoreau
Lesson #14 Frederick Douglass
Lesson # 15 The Novel: Uncle Tom's Cabin
Lesson # 16 Nathaniel Hawthorne
Lesson #17 Edgar Allan Poe
Lesson #18 Herman Melville
Lesson # 19 Walt Whitman
Lesson #20 Emily Dickinson

Evaluation methods
Evaluation:
Exams=50% Writing=25% Quizzes=25%
A = 90-100 B = 80-89 C = 70-79 D = 60-69 F = below 60
The course requires quiz submissions in essay form, discussion postings, two poetry explications,
and a paper over the novel. The explication assignments appear in lessons #3 and #20. The novel
assignment appears in lesson #15.
Grading Rubric: Letter Grade Description For Written Papers and Essay Exams:
The "A" Essay: An "A" essay is error free or nearly so in grammar. It addresses the topic directly
and in detail. It provides very good, clear examples and illustrations. It provides enough elaboration
to cover the topic and does so in an easy-to-read manner without straying from the topic.
The "B" Essay: The "B" essay response is well written and contains few grammar problems. It
addresses the topic adequately and provides some illustrations or examples. It provides a good level
of detail, but not as much as the "A" paper. It may stray a little from the topic, but is generally on
track.
The "C" Essay: The "C" essay likely contains some substantial grammar problems, and it does not
have the level of detail desired for an essay response. It may provide something in the way of
illustration or example, but not as much as needed or the examples used may not be so good. It may
stray from the topic or not address it as directly as desired.
The "D" Essay: The "D" essay likely has substantial grammar problems or it is simply inadequate in
length or detail. It lacks substance and often strays from the topic or does not address it very well. It
may contain some information that is on track, but it is marred by grammar problems or suffers
from a lack of development.
The "F" Essay: The "F" essay likely does not address the topic or is severely hampered by
grammar problems. It lacks development and simply does not provide an adequate response at the
college level.
The "0" Essay: The "0" essay is a copy and paste essay or one that is otherwise plagiarized or not
original to the student enrolled in the course. Don't even think about it. You will not only get a "0"
for this paper, but you may fail the course as well.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Joan Mathis
AD 125
903.782.0314
jmathis@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ENGL 2328
Literature of America II
Description
A study of American Literature masterworks of the Twentieth Century, with emphasis on major
writers and representative writers of the periods. Collateral readings, class themes and research
projects.
Textbooks
Belasco, Susan, and Linck Johnson, eds., The Bedford Anthology of American Literature Volume
Two: 1865 to Present. New York: Bedford/St. Martin’s. 2008. -ISBN-10: 0-312-41208-8
Novel: The Grapes ofWrath by Annie Proulx
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Specific learning objectives follow:
1. Students will be able to identify major literary movements and their characteristics and
demonstrate this knowledge in quizzes, exams, and papers.
2. Students will be able to identify major literary genres such as poetry, the short story, drama, and
the novel and demonstrate their understanding of these genres in quizzes, exams, and papers.
3. Students will be able to write essays to interpret literary works, and they will demonstrate this
knowledge in essays evaluated by a rubric system.
4. Students will be able to identify major writers and their particular approaches to writing, and the
students will demonstrate this ability by responding to quizzes and exams.
Schedule
Week 1- Introduction to Course,
Chapters 1-3, Quiz
Week 2- Chapters 4-6, Quiz, Exam 1
Week 3- American Lit, 1865-1914: Up From Slavery, 439
Week 4- EXAM I
Week 5- Modernisms in American Poetry; The GRAPES of Wrath
Week 6- Students’ Poetry Presentations; The Grapes of Wrath 10, 11, & 12 Quiz
Week 7- Trifles, 782 and The Grapes of Wrath: 13, 14 & 15
Week 8- At Home and Abroad: American Fiction Between the Wars
Week 9- “Almos’ a Man,” 1010 and “A Worn Path,” 1022
Week 10-“That Evening Sun,” 951 and “Barn Burning,” 963
Week 11- EXAM II
Week 12-American Literature Since 1945: From Modernism to Postmodernism
Week 13-Roethke, Bishop, Lowell, Brooks
Week 14-Plath, Albee’s The Sandbox, 1334
Week 15-Carver’s “Are These Actual Miles?” and O’Brien’s “The Things They Carried,” 1458
Week 16- EXAM III

Evaluation methods
Three grades represent 20% each of the total 100% overall course grade: The three-grade
components include three exams, three essays; the 40% includes essay corrections, revisions,
objective quizzes, group presentations and the cumulative points for daily work/quizzes on reading
assignments-class preparation requirements.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section .65 email
Michael Barnett
NS 113/123
903 7820481
mbarnett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
GEOL 1403
General Geology I
Description
Geology: General Geology I is a laboratory science course that studies Earth materials, physical features, and t
that shape them.
Textbooks
Essentials of Geology, 11e Lutgens / Tarbuck / Tasa ISBN: 0321714725
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Evaluation methods
1.Explain why geologic study is necessary. 2. Describe the physical properties of minerals 3. Explain the rock
formation and characteristics of igneous rocks. 4. Describe the formation and characteristics of volcanoes. 5. E
mechanical and chemical weathering of rocks. 6. Explain the formation and characteristics of sedimentary rock
the formation and characteristics of metamorphic rocks. 8. Explain the formation and characteristics of geologi
Describe the formation and characteristics of earthquakes. 10. Describe the formation and characteristics of ear
11. Briefly explain the theory of plate tectonics. 12. Understand the origin of oceanic lithosphere including the
oceanic ridges and the mechanism of seafloor spreading.
CHAPTER 1 – An Introduction to Geology.....................................................................1
CHAPTER 2 – Matter and Minerals...............................................……………………..8
CHAPTER 3 – Igneous Rocks and Intrusive Activity....................................................12
CHAPTER 4 – Volcanoes and Volcanic Hazards .....................……………………….18
CHAPTER 5 – Weathering and Soils......................……………………………………22
CHAPTER 6 – Sedimentary Rocks ................................................................................26
CHAPTER 7 – Metamorphism and Metamorphic Rocks...............................................30
CHAPTER 14 – Earthquakes and Earth’s Interior .........................................................58
CHAPTER 15 – Plate Tectonics: A Scientific Revolution Unfolds...............................64
CHAPTER 16 – Origin and Evolution of the Ocean Floor ............................................68
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material. Lecture - exam
25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory 25%

the processes
cycle and the
Explain
ks. 7. Describe
ic structures. 9.
rth's interior.
role of
s (10-12), 50%,

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section .65 email
Michael Barnett
NS 113/123
903 7820481
mbanett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
GEOL1404
General Geology II
Description
Geology 1404 is a laboratory science course that studies the topics of Mass Wasting, Running Water, Groundw
and Glaciation, Deserts and Wind, Shorelines, Crustal Deformation and Mountain Building, Geologic Time, an
Change
Textbooks
Essentials of Geology, 11e Lutgens / Tarbuck / Tasa ISBN: 0321714725
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
a. Describe the concept of geologic time. b. Describe the concepts of mass wasting. c. Describe the dynamics o
Describe the dynamics of groundwater and water resources. e. Describe the dynamics of winds and deserts. f. E
glaciers form and list the different types of glaciers. g. Describe general characteristics of our atmosphere. h. E
issues relating to geologic resources, their availability, their cost, and the consequences of their use. i. Describe
features of the sea floor. j. Explain the dynamics of mountain ranges and features of the earth's crust.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Chapter 8: Mass Wasting
Chapter 9: Running Water
Chapter 10: Groundwater
Chapter 11: Glaciers and Glaciation
Chapter 12: Deserts and Wind
Chapter 13: Shorelines
Chapter 17: Crustal Deformation and Mountain Building
Chapter 18: Geologic Time
Chapter 19: Earth’s Evolution through Geologic Time
Chapter 20: Global Climate Change
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material. Lecture - 50% e
25% daily grades. Laboratory – 25%.

water, Glaciers
nd Climate
of streams. d.
Explain how
Explain the
e the key
exams (10-12),

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Ruth Ann Alsobrook
WTC 1103
903 782-0767
ralsobrook@sbcglobal.net
Course
Title
GOVT 2305
US Government
Description
Textbooks
US Government is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems: executive,
judicial, and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution; foreign and military
policies; economic and financial development; formation and organization; political parties and
ideologies; federal ind interstate relations; and a close study of various current problems. Credit:
Three semester hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI Requirement: MO, R2, W1.
GOVT 2305 Paris Junior College: American Democracy Now, 2nd Ed. Brigid Callahan Harrison
and Jean Wahl Harris. McGraw Hill, ISBN 12-978-0-07-754784-4
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the US political system with a focus on
the growth of political institutions. 2. Students will comprehend the aspects of the US political
system with a focus on the US Constitution. 3. Students will comprehend various aspects of US
policy-making.
Week 1- Syllabus, Foundations of Democracy, The Making of the Constitution, Federalism Week 2-
Civil Liberties, Civil Rights, and The US Constitution
Week 3- Political Socialization & the Media, Political Parties, Voting, Elections & Special Interest
Groups
Week 4- The Congress, The Presidency and The Bureaucracy
Week 5- The Courts, Public Policy and Economic Policy
Evaluation methods
This is a regular lecture course, taught on the Paris campus, that is divided into four units of study
that cover the entire textbook, Chapters 1-15. Each unit will cover specific chapters. There are
four unit tests, one at the end of each unit that will each be worth 25% of the final grade For a
grade of A, the student must accumulate an average of 90-100. For a grade of B, the student must
accumulate an average of 80-89. For a grade of C, the student must accumulate an average of 70-
79. For a grade of D, the student must accumulate an average of 60-69. There are also two extra
credit opportunities that are designed to increase the student's level of citizen participation in
political activity.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Staff
Course
Title
Govt 2305
United States Government
Description
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems
Textbooks
American Democracy Now, Texas Edition, 2nd edition. By Brigid Harrison, Jean Harris and Gary
Halter.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
• developing and communicating alternative explanations or solutions for contemporary social
issues.
• using and critiquing alternative explanatory systems or theories.
• analyzing the effects of historical, social, political, economic, cultural and global forces on the
d d
Week 1 -
Week 2 -
Week 3 -
Week 4 -
Week 5 -

Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Frank Newhouse
Room 201
903.468.8729
fNewhouse@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Govt 2305
United States Government
Description
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems
Textbooks
American Democracy Now, Texas Edition, 2nd edition. By Brigid Harrison, Jean Harris and Gary
Halter.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
• developing and communicating alternative explanations or solutions for contemporary social
issues.
• using and critiquing alternative explanatory systems or theories.
• analyzing the effects of historical, social, political, economic, cultural and global forces on the
d d
June 4 Syllabus Review
June 5 Introduction to Am Govt
June 6 The Constitution
June 7 Federalism
June 11 EXAM I
June 12 Political Socialization & Public Opinion
June 13 Interest Groups
June 14 Elections
June 18 EXAM II
June 19 Congress
June 20 Executive Branch
June 21 Judiciary Branch
June 25 EXAM III
June 26 Civil Liberties
June 27 Civil Rights
June 28 Landmark court cases
July 2 EXAM IV
J l 3 Lib Ti / ffi h

Evaluation methods
Evaluation
Grades will be determined as follows:
Exam I 20%
Exam II 20%
Exam III 20%
Exam IV 20%
Essay Assignment 20%
Eaminations: The exams will have multiple choice/true and false questions worth 15% and one
essay question worth 5%; a total worth of 20%.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
David Larkin
Greenville Center 204
(903) 457-8726
dlarkin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
GOVT 2305
US Government
Description
Textbooks
A study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial, and legislative
powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies, economic and
financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies; federal and
interstate relations; close study of various current problems. Core Curriculum satisfied for Political
Science/Government
American Democracy Now, 2nd edition. ISBN: 0077550285. Any current source of articles on an
aspect of the American Government for article review/discussion in class. Supplemental video clips
and articles will be included on the instructor's Blackboard page for this class.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Paris Junior College students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the U.S. political
system with a focus on the growth of political institutions.
2. Students will comprehend the aspects of the U.S. political system with a focus on the U.S.
Constitution.
3 S d ill h d i f U S li ki
Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter One; Chapter Two; Chapter Three
Week 2- Exam One (Chpts. 1-3); Chapter Four; Chapter Five; Chapter Thirteen; Article Discussion
Week 3- Exam Two (Chpts. 4 -5, 13); Chapter Six; Chapter Seven; Chapter Eight
Week 4- Exam Three (Chpts. 6 - 8); Chapter Nine; Chapter Ten; Article Discussion; Exam Four
(Chpts. 9 -10)
Week 5- Chapter Eleven; Chapter Twelve; Article Discussion; Exam Five (Chpts. 11 - 12)

Evaluation methods Five Exams 100pts. Each;
Attendance (55pts. Total); 2pts./class; 3pts./Article Discussion Days; 5pts./Exams
Three Article Assignments 25pts. Each
Total 630 points.
To receive an "A" you must have 567 - 630 points
To receive a "B" you must have 504 - 566 points
To receive a "C" you must have 441 - 503 points
To receive a "D" you must have 378 - 440 points
An "F" will be received if you have less than 378 points.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 41 email
Barbara Lenington
Room 221
903.454-9333
blenington@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Govt 2305
United States Government
Description
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems
Textbooks
American Democracy Now, Texas Edition, 2nd edition. By Brigid Harrison, Jean Harris and Gary
Halter.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
• developing and communicating alternative explanations or solutions for contemporary social
issues.
• using and critiquing alternative explanatory systems or theories.
• analyzing the effects of historical, social, political, economic, cultural and global forces on the
d d
June 4 Syllabus Review
June 5 Introduction to Am Govt
June 6 The Constitution
June 7 Federalism
June 11 EXAM I
June 12 Political Socialization & Public Opinion
June 13 Interest Groups
June 14 Elections
June 18 EXAM II
June 19 Congress
June 20 Executive Branch
June 21 Judiciary Branch
June 25 EXAM III
June 26 Civil Liberties
June 27 Civil Rights
June 28 Landmark court cases
July 2 EXAM IV
J l 3 Lib Ti / ffi h

Evaluation methods
Evaluation
Grades will be determined as follows:
Exam I 20%
Exam II 20%
Exam III 20%
Exam IV 20%
Essay Assignment 20%
Eaminations: The exams will have multiple choice/true and false questions worth 15% and one
essay question worth 5%; a total worth of 20%.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Staff
Course
Title
Govt 2305
United States Government
Description
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems
Textbooks
American Democracy Now, Texas Edition, 2nd edition. By Brigid Harrison, Jean Harris and Gary
Halter.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
• developing and communicating alternative explanations or solutions for contemporary social
issues.
• using and critiquing alternative explanatory systems or theories.
• analyzing the effects of historical, social, political, economic, cultural and global forces on the
d d
Week 1 -
Week 2 -
Week 3 -
Week 4 -
Week 5 -

Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Betty Mills
WFB 1012
bmills@parisjc.edu
(903) 782-0725
Course
Title
Govt. 2305
US Govt.
Description
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.
Textbooks
American Democracy Now, second edition by Bridget Harrison and Jean Harris, McGraw Hill.
ISBN 978-0-07-754784-4 available at PJC bookstore
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Paris Junior College students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the U.S. political system
with a focus on the growth of the legislative branch, the courts, and political parties. Students will
comprehend the aspects of the U.S. political system with a focus on the U.S. Constitution. Students
will comprehend the influence of interest groups, political parties, and the media on U.S. policy -
making.
UNIT I:
Chapter 1 "People, Politics, and Participation”
Chapter 2 "The Constitution"
Chapter 3 "Federalism"
UNIT II:
Chapter 4 "Civil Liberties"
Chapter 5 "Civil Rights"
UNIT III:
Chapter 6 "Political Socialization and Public Opinion "
Chapter 8 " Political Parties”
Chapter 9 " Elections, Campaigns, and Voting"
UNIT IV:
Chapter 11 "Congress"
Chapter 12 "The Presidency"
Chapter 14 "The Courts"

Evaluation methods The average of all chapter tests 20%
Unit I Test 20%
Unit II Test 20%
Unit III Test 20%
Unit IV Test 20%
Total 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 65 email
Corkill, John
online
(905) 782-0209
jcorkill@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
GOVT 2305
United States Government
Description
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.
Textbooks
American Democracy Now by Harrison, Harris. 2nd Edition ISBN # 0077550285 McGraw-Hill
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon successful completion of GOVT 2305, the student will: • Increase their awareness of a
citizen’s responsibility within a democracy. • Enhance his/her critical thinking skills and realize the
implications of governmental structure on American society. • Understand the structure and the
organization of the federal government; the functions and roles of the President, Congress, the
Judiciary and the bureaucracy. • Increase his/her knowledge and understanding of the United States
Constitution and federalism. • Understand the political environment; political parties, campaigns,
elections and voting; the role of the media and public opinion.
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1, 2, 3
Week 2- Chapter 11, 12, 14
Week 3- Mid-Term Exam; Chapter 4, 5
Week 4- Chapter 6, 8, 9
Week 5- Final Exam

Evaluation methods Discussion Board Posting 20%
Mid-term 40%
Final 40%
Total 100%
Course grades will be assigned based in the following formula:
F= 59 or below
D= 60-69
C= 70-79
B= 80-89
A= 90-100

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 66 email
Betty Mills
WFB 1012
bmills@parisjc.edu
(903) 782-0725
Course
Title
Govt. 2305
US Govt.
Description
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.
Textbooks
American Democracy Now, second edition by Bridget Harrison and Jean Harris, McGraw Hill.
ISBN 978-0-07-754784-4 available at PJC bookstore
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Paris Junior College students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the U.S. political system
with a focus on the growth of the legislative branch, the courts, and political parties. Students will
comprehend the aspects of the U.S. political system with a focus on the U.S. Constitution. Students
will comprehend the influence of interest groups, political parties, and the media on U.S. policy -
making.
UNIT I:
Chapter 1 "People, Politics, and Participation”
Chapter 2 "The Constitution"
Chapter 3 "Federalism"
UNIT II:
Chapter 4 "Civil Liberties"
Chapter 5 "Civil Rights"
UNIT III:
Chapter 6 "Political Socialization and Public Opinion "
Chapter 8 " Political Parties”
Chapter 9 " Elections, Campaigns, and Voting"
UNIT IV:
Chapter 11 "Congress"
Chapter 12 "The Presidency"
Chapter 14 "The Courts"

Evaluation methods The average of all chapter tests 20%
Unit I Test 20%
Unit II Test 20%
Unit III Test 20%
Unit IV Test 20%
Total 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Ruth Ann Alsobrook
WTC 1103
903 782-0767
ralsobrook@sbcglobal.net
Course
Title
GOVT 2306
State and Local Government
Description
Textbooks
State and Local Government is a study of the legislative, executive, and judicial systems in state
and local governments in the US, with the emphasis on Texas. The course will cover the Texas
socio-political culture, current issues in Texas government, the Texas Constitution and its history,
the US Constitution as it pertains to state and local governments and their interaction with the
federal government, political parties in Texas, elections, voting, and special interest groups, and
Practicing Texas Politics: A Brief Survey by Lyle C. Brown, Joyce A. Langenegger, Sonia R.
Garcia, and Ted A. Lewis. 2011-2012 Edition. ISBN 978-0-495-80284-6. Wadsworth/Cengage
Learning.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the US political system with a focus on
the growth of political institutions in state and local governments. 2. Students will comprehend the
aspects of the US political system with a focus on the US Constitution and state constitutions. 3.
Students will comprehend various aspects of US policy-making with a focus on state and local
li ki
Week 1- Syllabus, Texas Political Culture, The Texas Constitution, Local Governments
2- Political Parties, Voting, Campaigns, Elections and Special Interest Groups
Week 3- The 82 Texas Legislature, The Texas Legislature
Week 4- The Governor and the Plural Executive
Week 5- The Texas Bureaucracy, The Courts, Public Policy and Economic Policy
Week
Evaluation methods
This is a regular lecture course that is divided into four units of study that cover the entire textbook,
Chapters 1-11. Each unit will cover specific chapters. There are four unit tests, one at the end of
each unit, that are each be worth 25% of the final grade For a grade of A, the student must
accumulate an average of 90-100. For a grade of B, the student must accumulate an average of 80-
89. For a grade of C, the student must accumulate an average of 70-79. For a grade of D, the
student must accumulate an average of 60-69. There are also two extra credit projects that are
designed to increase the student's level of citizen participation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
David Larkin
Greenville Center 204
(903) 457-8726
dlarkin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
GOVT 2306
Texas State and Local Government
Description
Textbooks
A study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial, and legislative
powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies, economic and
financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies; federal and
interstate relations; close study of various current problems. Core Curriculum satisfied for Political
Science/Government
Practicing Texas Politics, 2011 - 2012 edition. ISBN: 0495802840. Any current source of articles
on an aspect of the Texas state Government for article review/discussion in class. Supplemental
video clips and articles will be included on the instructor's Blackboard page for this class.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Paris Junior College students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the Texas political
system with a focus on the growth of political institutions.
2. Students will comprehend the aspects of the Texas political system with a focus on the Texas
Constitution.
3 S d ill h d i f T li ki
Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter One; Chapter Two; Exam One (Chpts. 1 - 2)
Week 2- Chapter Three; Chapter Four; Article Discussion; Exam Two (Chpts. 3 - 4)
Week 3- Chapter Five; Chapter Six; Article Discussion; Exam Three (Chpts. 5 - 6)
Week 4- Chapter Seven; Chapter Eight; Exam Four (Chpts. 7 - 8)
Week 5- Chapter Nine; Chapter Eleven; Chapter Ten; Article Discussion; Exam Five (Chpts. 9 -
11)

Evaluation methods Five Exams 100pts. Each;
Attendance (55pts. Total); 2pts./class; 3pts./Article Discussion Days; 5pts./Exams
Three Article Assignments 25pts. Each
Total 630 points.
To receive an "A" you must have 567 - 630 points
To receive a "B" you must have 504 - 566 points
To receive a "C" you must have 441 - 503 points
To receive a "D" you must have 378 - 440 points
An "F" will be received if you have less than 378 points.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section .41 email
Ricky Moser
TBA
TBA
rmoser@kilgore.edu
Course
Title
GOVT 2306
State and Local Government
Description
Government 2306 is a study of the nature, organization, and general principles of state and local
governmentw within the United States and Texas.
Textbooks
Practicing Texas Politics, 2011-2012 Edition, ISBN: 978-0-49580284-6.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
After completing this course, the student should be able to 1) Use and critique alternative
explanatory systems or theories 2) Analyze the effect of historical, social, political, economic, and
cultural forces on the Texas political system 3) Analyze, critically assess, and develop creative
solutions to public policy problems 4) Identify and understand the differences and commonalities
ihi di l
Week 1- Chapters 1 - 3
Week 2- Chapters 4 - 6
Week 3- Chapters 7 - 9
Week 4- Chapters 10 - 11
Week 5- FINAL EXAM

Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Ruth Ann Alsobrook
WTC 1103
903 782-0767
ralsobrook@sbcglobal.net
Course
Title
GOVT 2306
State and Local Government
Description
Textbooks
State and Local Government is a study of the legislative, executive, and judicial systems in state
and local governments in the US, with the emphasis on Texas. The course will cover the Texas
socio-political culture, current issues in Texas government, the Texas Constitution and its history,
the US Constitution as it pertains to state and local governments and their interaction with the
federal government, political parties in Texas, elections, voting, and special interest groups, and
Practicing Texas Politics: A Brief Survey by Lyle C. Brown, Joyce A. Langenegger, Sonia R.
Garcia, and Ted A. Lewis. 2011-2012 Edition. ISBN 978-0-495-80284-6. Wadsworth/Cengage
Learning.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the US political system with a focus on
the growth of political institutions in state and local governments. 2. Students will comprehend the
aspects of the US political system with a focus on the US Constitution and state constitutions. 3.
Students will comprehend various aspects of US policy-making with a focus on state and local
li ki
Week 1- Syllabus, Texas Political Culture, The Texas Constitution, Local Governments
2- Political Parties, Voting, Campaigns, Elections and Special Interest Groups
Week 3- The 82 Texas Legislature, The Texas Legislature
Week 4- The Governor and the Plural Executive
Week 5- The Texas Bureaucracy, The Courts, Public Policy and Economic Policy
Week
Evaluation methods
This is an internet course that is divided into four units of study that cover the entire textbook,
Chapters 1-11. Each unit will cover specific chapters. There is a syllabus quiz that is worth 20% of
the grade and four unit tests, one at the end of each unit, that are each be worth 20% of the final
grade For a grade of A, the student must accumulate an average of 90-100. For a grade of B, the
student must accumulate an average of 80-89. For a grade of C, the student must accumulate an
average of 70-79. For a grade of D, the student must accumulate an average of 60-69. There are
also two extra credit projects that are designed to increase the student's level of citizen
participation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 65 email
Betty Mills
WFB 1012
bmills@parisjc.edu
(903) 782-0725
Course
Title
Govt. 2306
State&Loc al Govt.
Description
Textbooks
GOVT 2306 is a functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the
legislative functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with
an emphasis on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government
in our federal system.
Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.
State and Local Government Textbook: Practicing Texas Politics, Updated 2011-2012 Edition by
Brown, Langenegger, Garcia, Lewis , and Biles. ISBN 978-0-49580284-6. Wadsworth. Cengage
Learning, publishers.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
• Upon successful completion of GOVT 2306, the student will demonstrate a knowledge of the
following:
1. a citizen’s responsibility within a democracy.
2. the Texas governmental structure.
3. the Texas Constitution and the states place in federalism.
Schedule
UNIT I: Texas Environment, Politics, Federalism, and Constitutionalism
Chapter 1 "The Environment of Texas Politics”
Chapter 2 "Federalism and The Texas Constitution"
UNIT II: Texas Elections, Voting, and Political Parties
Chapter 4 "Political Parties"
Chapter 5 “Campaigns and Elections”
UNIT III: Texas Government Legislative and Executive Institutions
Chapter 7 "The Legislature"
Chapter 6 "The Politics of Interest Groups"
Chapter 8 "The Executive"
UNIT IV: The Texas Judiciary and Local Government
Chapter 10 "Laws, Courts, and Justice"
Chapter 3 " Local Governments"

Evaluation methods The average of all chapter tests 20%
Unit I Test 20%
Unit II Test 20%
Unit III Test 20%
Unit IV Test 20%
Total 100%
FOR A GRADE OF D, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 60-69
FOR A GRADE OF C, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 70-79
FOR A GRADE OF B, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 80-89
FOR A GRADE OF A, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 90-100

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 66 email
Farrar, Blake
Via email/phone
512-484-4878
bfarrar@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
GOVT 2306
Texas State and Local Government
Description
This course is an introduction to Texas state and local government. The course includes an introduction to a fr
analyzing Texas government and politics, the constitutional basis for Texas government and politics, the proce
government and politics, the institutions of Texas government and politics, and the policies of Texas governme
Textbooks
Brown, Langenegger, Garcia, Lewis and Biles, Practicing Texas Politics; 14th Edition., Houghton Miffliin, Co
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
- Develop and communicate alternative explanations or solutions for contemporary problems and issues facing
local governments in Texas.
- Use and critique alternative explanatory systems or theories.
- Analyze the effects of historical, social, political, economic, cultural and global forces on politics.
- Understand the evolution and current role of the state in the federal system.
- Analyze, critically assess, and develop creative solutions to public policy issues.
- Recognize and assume one's responsibilities as a citizen in a democratic society by learning to think for onese
engaging in public discourse, and by obtaining information through news media and other appropriate informa
about politics and public policy.
- Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures
- Comprehend the origins and evolution of US political systems, with a focus on the growth of political institut
constitution of the state of Texas, federalism, civil liberties, and civil and human rights.
Week 1- Ch1 Texas Political Environment, Ch2 Federalism and Texas Constitution, Ch3 Local Governments.
Week 2- Ch4 Political Parties, Ch1-4 Quizzes and Section 1 Exam submission deadline June 15th.
Week 3- Ch 5 Elections, Ch 6 Interest Groups, Ch 7 Legislature, Ch 5-7 Quizzes and Exam 2 submission dead
Week 4- Ch 8 Executive/Governor, Ch 9 Public Policy and Admin, Ch 10 Judiciary
Week 5- Ch 11 Finance and Fiscal Policy, Ch 8-11 Quizzes and Exam 3 submission deadline June 3rd.

Evaluation methods
The course consists of 11 Chapter Quizzes worth 30% of your Final Grade. Quizzes are multiple choice over t
covered in that chapter. (You are not responsible for reading the Selected Readings after each chapter.)
Each Quiz is worth 3 points and one quiz will be dropped (the lowest quiz grade). This means that if something
a student misses 1 Quiz, it will not be detrimental to your Final Grade. Also, if at the end of the semester, you a
with your Quiz Grade, you will not have to take the eleventh quiz.
The course is divided into 3 Sections with an Exam at the end of each section. Exams will be multiple choice a
material from the section's chapter quizzes. They will also include two essay questions that will be provided ah
the student can prepare for the response prior to the exam.
Each Exam is worth 20% of your Final Grade. The First Section Exam covers Chapters 1-4, the Second Section
Chapters 5-8 and the final is not cumulative but focuses solely on Chapters 9-11 Again ALL EXAMS MUST

amework for
esses of Texas
ent and politics.
o. 2011-2012.
g state and
elf, by
ation sources
tions, the
line June 22nd.

the material
g comes up and
are satisfied
and cover the
head of time so
n Exam covers
T BE TAKEN

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 66 email
Betty Mills
WFB 1012
bmills@parisjc.edu
(903) 782-0725
Course
Title
Govt. 2306
State&Loc al Govt.
Description
Textbooks
GOVT 2306 is a functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the
legislative functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with
an emphasis on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government
in our federal system.
Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.
State and Local Government Textbook: Practicing Texas Politics, Updated 2011-2012 Edition by
Brown, Langenegger, Garcia, Lewis , and Biles. ISBN 978-0-49580284-6. Wadsworth. Cengage
Learning, publishers.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
• Upon successful completion of GOVT 2306, the student will demonstrate a knowledge of the
following:
1. a citizen’s responsibility within a democracy.
2. the Texas governmental structure.
3. the Texas Constitution and the states place in federalism.
Schedule
UNIT I: Texas Environment, Politics, Federalism, and Constitutionalism
Chapter 1 "The Environment of Texas Politics”
Chapter 2 "Federalism and The Texas Constitution"
UNIT II: Texas Elections, Voting, and Political Parties
Chapter 4 "Political Parties"
Chapter 5 “Campaigns and Elections”
UNIT III: Texas Government Legislative and Executive Institutions
Chapter 7 "The Legislature"
Chapter 6 "The Politics of Interest Groups"
Chapter 8 "The Executive"
UNIT IV: The Texas Judiciary and Local Government
Chapter 10 "Laws, Courts, and Justice"
Chapter 3 " Local Governments"

Evaluation methods The average of all chapter tests 20%
Unit I Test 20%
Unit II Test 20%
Unit III Test 20%
Unit IV Test 20%
Total 100%
FOR A GRADE OF D, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 60-69
FOR A GRADE OF C, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 70-79
FOR A GRADE OF B, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 80-89
FOR A GRADE OF A, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 90-100

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 01 email
Charlie Hodgkiss
WTC 1156
903-782-0465
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1401
Electricity Principles
Description
Principles of electricity including proper use of test equipment, A/C circuits, and air conditioning
and refrigeration control component theory and operation, single phase and three phase motors and
controls. Fee charged.
Textbooks
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair regrigerators and freezers.
Schedule
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder.
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder.
Week 3-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 4-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 5-Use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on
it.
Week 6-Practice safe use of voltmeter and ammeter to take electrical measurements with voltage
on.
Week 7-Practice safe use of ohmmeter to take resistance and continuity measurements with voltage
off.
Week 8-Practice checking single phase motors for shorts and grounds; identifying common, start,
run terminals.
Week 9-Practice wiring and running shaded-pole motors; split-phase motors with current and solidtt
l

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1152
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1401
Electricity Principles
Description
Principles of electricity including proper use of test equipment, A/C circuits, and air conditioning
and refrigeration control component theory and operation, single phase and three phase motors and
controls. Fee charged.
Textbooks
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair regrigerators and freezers.
Schedule
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder.
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder.
Week 3-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 4-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 5-Use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on
it.
Week 6-Practice safe use of voltmeter and ammeter to take electrical measurements with voltage
on.
Week 7-Practice safe use of ohmmeter to take resistance and continuity measurements with voltage
off.
Week 8-Practice checking single phase motors for shorts and grounds; identifying common, start,
run terminals.
Week 9-Practice wiring and running shaded-pole motors; split-phase motors with current and solidtt
l

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 40 email
Chris Bardrick
Greenville Campus
903-454-9333
cbardrick@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1401
Electricity Principles
Description
Principles of electricity including proper use of test equipment, A/C circuits, and air conditioning
and refrigeration control component theory and operation, single phase and three phase motors and
controls. Fee charged.
Textbooks
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair regrigerators and freezers.
Schedule
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder.
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder.
Week 3-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 4-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 5-Use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on
it.
Week 6-Practice safe use of voltmeter and ammeter to take electrical measurements with voltage
on.
Week 7-Practice safe use of ohmmeter to take resistance and continuity measurements with voltage
off.
Week 8-Practice checking single phase motors for shorts and grounds; identifying common, start,
run terminals.
Week 9-Practice wiring and running shaded-pole motors; split-phase motors with current and solidtt
l

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 01 email
Charlie Hodgkiss
WTC 1056
903-782-0465
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1403
Control Principles
Description
A basic study of electrical, pressure and temperature controls including motor
starting devices, operating relays, troubleshooting safety controls and devices.
Emphasis on use of wiring diagrams to analyze high and low voltage circuits.
A review of Ohm’s law as applied to A/C controls and circuits. Fee charged.
Textbooks
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice wire basic control board. Practice adjusting temperature and pressure switches as
assigned.
Week 2-Practice adjust electrical and electromechanical controls on lab training units as assigned.
Week 3-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting pressure switches on training units as
assigned.
Week 4-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting overloads and other electrical and
temperature safety devices on training units as assigned.
Week 5-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting oil failure control on training units as
assigned.
Week 6-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting electrical and electromechanical controls on
training units as assigned.
Week 7-Practice drawing schematic symbols and schematics of specific units assigned.
Week 8-Practice programming thermostats. Wiring of electronic and programmable controls as
assigned.
Week 9-Practice installation, troubleshooting and repair of electronic and programmable controls as
assigned.
Week 10-Practice control wiring on training units assigned.
W k 11 P ti i t lli d t bl h ti t d t f P ti i lt

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormbsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1403
Control Principles
Description
A basic study of electrical, pressure and temperature controls including motor
starting devices, operating relays, troubleshooting safety controls and devices.
Emphasis on use of wiring diagrams to analyze high and low voltage circuits.
A review of Ohm’s law as applied to A/C controls and circuits. Fee charged.
Textbooks
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice wire basic control board. Practice adjusting temperature and pressure switches as
assigned.
Week 2-Practice adjust electrical and electromechanical controls on lab training units as assigned.
Week 3-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting pressure switches on training units as
assigned.
Week 4-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting overloads and other electrical and
temperature safety devices on training units as assigned.
Week 5-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting oil failure control on training units as
assigned.
Week 6-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting electrical and electromechanical controls on
training units as assigned.
Week 7-Practice drawing schematic symbols and schematics of specific units assigned.
Week 8-Practice programming thermostats. Wiring of electronic and programmable controls as
assigned.
Week 9-Practice installation, troubleshooting and repair of electronic and programmable controls as
assigned.
Week 10-Practice control wiring on training units assigned.
W k 11 P ti i t lli d t bl h ti t d t f P ti i lt

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012
Phone
Section 40 email
Chris Bardrick
Greenville Campus
903-454-9333
cbardrick@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1403
Control Principles
Description
A basic study of electrical, pressure and temperature controls including motor
starting devices, operating relays, troubleshooting safety controls and devices.
Emphasis on use of wiring diagrams to analyze high and low voltage circuits.
A review of Ohm’s law as applied to A/C controls and circuits. Fee charged.
Textbooks
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice wire basic control board. Practice adjusting temperature and pressure switches as
assigned.
Week 2-Practice adjust electrical and electromechanical controls on lab training units as assigned.
Week 3-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting pressure switches on training units as
assigned.
Week 4-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting overloads and other electrical and
temperature safety devices on training units as assigned.
Week 5-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting oil failure control on training units as
assigned.
Week 6-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting electrical and electromechanical controls on
training units as assigned.
Week 7-Practice drawing schematic symbols and schematics of specific units assigned.
Week 8-Practice programming thermostats. Wiring of electronic and programmable controls as
assigned.
Week 9-Practice installation, troubleshooting and repair of electronic and programmable controls as
assigned.
Week 10-Practice control wiring on training units assigned.
W k 11 P ti i t lli d t bl h ti t d t f P ti i lt

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Charlie Hodgkiss
WTC 1056
903-782-0465
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1407
Refrigeration Principles
Description
Textbooks
An introduction to the refrigeration cycle, basic thermodynamics, heat
transfer, temperature/pressure relationship, safety, refrigeration containment
and refrigeration components. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.
Schedule
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 3-use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on
it.
Week 4-Practice measuring low side and high side measurements in PSIG; converting to PSIA.
Week 5-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 6-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 7-Practice using recovery machine on training units assigned.
Week 8-Practice using vacuum pumps and vacuum gauges on training units assigned.
Week 9-Practice charging by vapor method on training units assigned.
Week 10-practice charging by weight method on training units assigned.
Week 11-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 12-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 13-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 14-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
W k15 R i

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormbsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1407
Refrigeration Principles
Description
Textbooks
An introduction to the refrigeration cycle, basic thermodynamics, heat
transfer, temperature/pressure relationship, safety, refrigeration containment
and refrigeration components. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.
Schedule
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 3-use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on
it.
Week 4-Practice measuring low side and high side measurements in PSIG; converting to PSIA.
Week 5-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 6-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 7-Practice using recovery machine on training units assigned.
Week 8-Practice using vacuum pumps and vacuum gauges on training units assigned.
Week 9-Practice charging by vapor method on training units assigned.
Week 10-practice charging by weight method on training units assigned.
Week 11-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 12-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 13-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 14-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
W k15 R i

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 40 email
Chris Bardrick
Greenville Campus
903-454-3380
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1407
Refrigeration Principles
Description
Textbooks
An introduction to the refrigeration cycle, basic thermodynamics, heat
transfer, temperature/pressure relationship, safety, refrigeration containment
and refrigeration components. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.
Schedule
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of
copper and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.
Week 3-use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on
it.
Week 4-Practice measuring low side and high side measurements in PSIG; converting to PSIA.
Week 5-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 6-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 7-Practice using recovery machine on training units assigned.
Week 8-Practice using vacuum pumps and vacuum gauges on training units assigned.
Week 9-Practice charging by vapor method on training units assigned.
Week 10-practice charging by weight method on training units assigned.
Week 11-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 12-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 13-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
Week 14-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.
W k15 R i

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 01 email
Charlie Hodgkiss
WTC 1056
903-782-0465
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1441
Residential Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description
Textbooks
A study of components, applications and installation of mechanical air
conditioning systems including operating conditions, troubleshooting, repair
and charging of air conditioning systems. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat and heat pumps.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.
Week 2-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic refrigerator defrost circuits.
Week 3-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.
Week 4-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.
Week 5-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing domestic freezers.
Week 6-Practice installation of assigned air conditioning systems. Use of psychrometrics to adjust
system performance.
Week 7-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.
Week 8-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.
Week 10-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 11-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 12-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 13-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 14-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1441
Residential Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description
Textbooks
A study of components, applications and installation of mechanical air
conditioning systems including operating conditions, troubleshooting, repair
and charging of air conditioning systems. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat and heat pumps.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.
Week 2-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic refrigerator defrost circuits.
Week 3-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.
Week 4-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.
Week 5-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing domestic freezers.
Week 6-Practice installation of assigned air conditioning systems. Use of psychrometrics to adjust
system performance.
Week 7-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.
Week 8-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.
Week 10-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 11-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 12-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 13-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 14-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 40 email
ChrisBardrick
Greenville Campus
903-454-9333
cbardrick@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1441
Residential Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description
Textbooks
A study of components, applications and installation of mechanical air
conditioning systems including operating conditions, troubleshooting, repair
and charging of air conditioning systems. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat and heat pumps.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.
Week 2-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic refrigerator defrost circuits.
Week 3-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.
Week 4-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.
Week 5-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing domestic freezers.
Week 6-Practice installation of assigned air conditioning systems. Use of psychrometrics to adjust
system performance.
Week 7-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.
Week 8-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.
Week 10-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 11-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 12-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 13-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 14-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 01 email
Charlie Hodgkiss
WTC 1056
903-782-0465
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1445
Gas and Electric Furnaces
Description
Textbooks
A study of the procedures and principles used in servicing heating systems
including gas fired and electric furnaces. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple
electric furnace.
Week 2-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple
electric furnace.
Week 3-Practice measuring BTU output of electric furnace by converting watts on assigned units.
Week 4-Practice measuring air flow in electric furnaces using the sensible heat formula on assigned
units.
Week 5-Practice measuring gas pressure in assigned units.
Week 6-Practice adjusting combustion in gas furnaces as assigned.
Week 7-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces assigned.
Week 8-Practice wiring gas-fired boiler as assigned.
Week 9-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 10-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 11-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 12-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 13-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units.
Week 14-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units.
W k15 R i

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1445
Gas and Electric Furnaces
Description
Textbooks
A study of the procedures and principles used in servicing heating systems
including gas fired and electric furnaces. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple
electric furnace.
Week 2-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple
electric furnace.
Week 3-Practice measuring BTU output of electric furnace by converting watts on assigned units.
Week 4-Practice measuring air flow in electric furnaces using the sensible heat formula on assigned
units.
Week 5-Practice measuring gas pressure in assigned units.
Week 6-Practice adjusting combustion in gas furnaces as assigned.
Week 7-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces assigned.
Week 8-Practice wiring gas-fired boiler as assigned.
Week 9-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 10-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 11-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 12-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 13-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units.
Week 14-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units.
W k15 R i

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 40 email
ChrisBardrick
Greenville Campus
903-454-9333
cbardrick@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 1445
Gas and Electric Furnaces
Description
Textbooks
A study of the procedures and principles used in servicing heating systems
including gas fired and electric furnaces. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple
electric furnace.
Week 2-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple
electric furnace.
Week 3-Practice measuring BTU output of electric furnace by converting watts on assigned units.
Week 4-Practice measuring air flow in electric furnaces using the sensible heat formula on assigned
units.
Week 5-Practice measuring gas pressure in assigned units.
Week 6-Practice adjusting combustion in gas furnaces as assigned.
Week 7-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces assigned.
Week 8-Practice wiring gas-fired boiler as assigned.
Week 9-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 10-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 11-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 12-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.
Week 13-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units.
Week 14-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units.
W k15 R i

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 01 email
Charlie Hodgkiss
WTC 1056
903-782-0465
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2436
Troubleshooting
Description
Textbooks
An advanced course in application of troubleshooting principles and use of
test instruments to diagnose air conditioning and refrigeration components
and system problems including conducting performance tests.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using voltage-drop method on assigned units.
Week 2-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using schematics and the "hop-skotch" method on
assigned units.
Week 3-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial
refrigeration units by measuring superheat.
Week 4-Practice troubleshooting, repairing and adjusting defrost systems on assigned commercial
units.
Week 5-Practice charging and start-up of assigned commercial refrigeration systems.
Week 6-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial air
conditioning units by measuring superheat.
Week 7-Practice adjusting thermostatic expansion valves on assigned units. Practice bench testing
of thermostatic expansion valves.
Week 8-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 9-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 10-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 11-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 12-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
W k 13 P ti h i l t bl h ti ith d th t i d it

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormbsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2436
Troubleshooting
Description
Textbooks
An advanced course in application of troubleshooting principles and use of
test instruments to diagnose air conditioning and refrigeration components
and system problems including conducting performance tests.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using voltage-drop method on assigned units.
Week 2-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using schematics and the "hop-skotch" method on
assigned units.
Week 3-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial
refrigeration units by measuring superheat.
Week 4-Practice troubleshooting, repairing and adjusting defrost systems on assigned commercial
units.
Week 5-Practice charging and start-up of assigned commercial refrigeration systems.
Week 6-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial air
conditioning units by measuring superheat.
Week 7-Practice adjusting thermostatic expansion valves on assigned units. Practice bench testing
of thermostatic expansion valves.
Week 8-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 9-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 10-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 11-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 12-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
W k 13 P ti h i l t bl h ti ith d th t i d it

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 40 email
Chris Bardrick
WTC 1056
903-454-9333
cbardrick@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2436
Troubleshooting
Description
Textbooks
An advanced course in application of troubleshooting principles and use of
test instruments to diagnose air conditioning and refrigeration components
and system problems including conducting performance tests.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using voltage-drop method on assigned units.
Week 2-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using schematics and the "hop-skotch" method on
assigned units.
Week 3-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial
refrigeration units by measuring superheat.
Week 4-Practice troubleshooting, repairing and adjusting defrost systems on assigned commercial
units.
Week 5-Practice charging and start-up of assigned commercial refrigeration systems.
Week 6-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial air
conditioning units by measuring superheat.
Week 7-Practice adjusting thermostatic expansion valves on assigned units. Practice bench testing
of thermostatic expansion valves.
Week 8-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 9-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 10-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 11-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
Week 12-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.
W k 13 P ti h i l t bl h ti ith d th t i d it

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 01 email
Charlie Hodgkiss
WTC 1056
903-782-0465
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2438
Installation and Service
Description
Textbooks
A study of air conditioning system installation, refrigerant piping, condensate
disposal and air cleaning equipment with emphasis on service, troubleshooting,
performance testing and repair techniques.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair refrigerators, freezers, Window
ACs. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units
using electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Week 1-Install assigned window air conditioners.
Week 2-Install assigned refrigerators and freezers.
Week 3-Install split system with gas furnace.
Week 4-Install split system with electric furnace.
Week 5-Install heat pump system with auxiliary electric heating.
Week 6-Install three-door medium-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 7-Install three-door low-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 8-Install 12-foot medium-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 9-Add cooling system to existing heating system with emphasis on phasing of low voltage
transformers.
Week 10-Install roof-top package unit.
Week 11-Install 12-foot low-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 12-Check system performance on assigned systems.
Week 13-Check system performance on assigned systems.
Week 14-Check system performance on assigned systems.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2438
Installation and Service
Description
Textbooks
A study of air conditioning system installation, refrigerant piping, condensate
disposal and air cleaning equipment with emphasis on service, troubleshooting,
performance testing and repair techniques.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair refrigerators, freezers, Window
ACs. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units
using electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Week 1-Install assigned window air conditioners.
Week 2-Install assigned refrigerators and freezers.
Week 3-Install split system with gas furnace.
Week 4-Install split system with electric furnace.
Week 5-Install heat pump system with auxiliary electric heating.
Week 6-Install three-door medium-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 7-Install three-door low-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 8-Install 12-foot medium-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 9-Add cooling system to existing heating system with emphasis on phasing of low voltage
transformers.
Week 10-Install roof-top package unit.
Week 11-Install 12-foot low-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 12-Check system performance on assigned systems.
Week 13-Check system performance on assigned systems.
Week 14-Check system performance on assigned systems.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 40 email
Chris Bardrick
WTC 1056
903-454-9333
cbardrick@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2438
Installation and Service
Description
Textbooks
A study of air conditioning system installation, refrigerant piping, condensate
disposal and air cleaning equipment with emphasis on service, troubleshooting,
performance testing and repair techniques.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair refrigerators, freezers, Window
ACs. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units
using electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Week 1-Install assigned window air conditioners.
Week 2-Install assigned refrigerators and freezers.
Week 3-Install split system with gas furnace.
Week 4-Install split system with electric furnace.
Week 5-Install heat pump system with auxiliary electric heating.
Week 6-Install three-door medium-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 7-Install three-door low-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 8-Install 12-foot medium-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 9-Add cooling system to existing heating system with emphasis on phasing of low voltage
transformers.
Week 10-Install roof-top package unit.
Week 11-Install 12-foot low-temperature refrigeration system.
Week 12-Check system performance on assigned systems.
Week 13-Check system performance on assigned systems.
Week 14-Check system performance on assigned systems.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 01 email
Charlie Hodgkiss
WTC 1056
903-782-0465
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2441
Commercial Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description
Textbooks
The student will demonstrate knowledge of systems components; diagnose
and troubleshoot systems; describe system application and demonstrate system
installation procedures.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Schedule
Week 1-Check evaporator superheat on assigned units.
Week 2-Check evaporator performance on assigned units.
Week 3-Check condenser sub-cooling on assigned units.
Week 4-Check condenser performance on assigned units.
Week 5-Adjust open compressor speed on assigned units.
Week 6-Check compression ratio on assigned units.
Week 7-Perform bench testing of thermostatic expansion valves.
Week 8-Adjust superheat on assigned high temperature systems.
Week 9-Adjust evaporator pressure regulators on assigned units.
Week 10-Adjust crankcase pressure regulators on assigned units.
Week 11-Practice adjusting low pressure switches on assigned units.
Week 12-Practice adjusting high pressure switches on assigned uni
Week 13-Practice troubleshooting filter dryers on assigned units.
Week 14-Practice system pump down on assigned units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2441
Commercial Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description
Textbooks
The student will demonstrate knowledge of systems components; diagnose
and troubleshoot systems; describe system application and demonstrate system
installation procedures.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Schedule
Week 1-Check evaporator superheat on assigned units.
Week 2-Check evaporator performance on assigned units.
Week 3-Check condenser sub-cooling on assigned units.
Week 4-Check condenser performance on assigned units.
Week 5-Adjust open compressor speed on assigned units.
Week 6-Check compression ratio on assigned units.
Week 7-Perform bench testing of thermostatic expansion valves.
Week 8-Adjust superheat on assigned high temperature systems.
Week 9-Adjust evaporator pressure regulators on assigned units.
Week 10-Adjust crankcase pressure regulators on assigned units.
Week 11-Practice adjusting low pressure switches on assigned units.
Week 12-Practice adjusting high pressure switches on assigned uni
Week 13-Practice troubleshooting filter dryers on assigned units.
Week 14-Practice system pump down on assigned units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 40 email
Chris Bardrick
Greenville Campus
903-454-9333
cbardrick@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2441
Commercial Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description
Textbooks
The student will demonstrate knowledge of systems components; diagnose
and troubleshoot systems; describe system application and demonstrate system
installation procedures.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Schedule
Week 1-Check evaporator superheat on assigned units.
Week 2-Check evaporator performance on assigned units.
Week 3-Check condenser sub-cooling on assigned units.
Week 4-Check condenser performance on assigned units.
Week 5-Adjust open compressor speed on assigned units.
Week 6-Check compression ratio on assigned units.
Week 7-Perform bench testing of thermostatic expansion valves.
Week 8-Adjust superheat on assigned high temperature systems.
Week 9-Adjust evaporator pressure regulators on assigned units.
Week 10-Adjust crankcase pressure regulators on assigned units.
Week 11-Practice adjusting low pressure switches on assigned units.
Week 12-Practice adjusting high pressure switches on assigned uni
Week 13-Practice troubleshooting filter dryers on assigned units.
Week 14-Practice system pump down on assigned units.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2443
Industrial Air Conditioning
Description
A study of components, accessories, applications, and installation of air conditioning systems above
25 tons capacity(direct digital controls, energy management).
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Book ISBN Number: 43047
Author: Ralph Jensen
Book Title: Control Systems
Publisher: Schoolcraft Publishing
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair window unit air conditioners.
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair central air conditioning units
using electric furnances, gas furnaces, or heat pumps. Graduates will be able to install, service,
troubleshoot and repair commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment. Graduates will be able to
demonstrate control sequence and operation of air conditioning and refrigeration equipment using
direct digital controls. Graduates will be able to successfully complete section 608 EPA
Certification exam.
Week 1- DDC programming, Ch 4, energy management
Week 2- Sequence of operation, test Ch 4 Labor Day Holiday
Week 3- Ch 5, Backup and restore software, blueprints
Week 4- Blueprints continued, spec sheets, hand held controller
Week 5- Handheld controller, test Ch 5
Week 6- Open Lab, Open Lab, addressing circuit boards
Week 7- Addressing Circuit boards, lab
Week 8- Ch 6, Lab, Lab, Lab
Week 10- Ch 6 test, graphics, lab
Week 11- Graphics, lab, lab
Week 12- Software, wiring circuit boards
Week 13- Software, wiring circuit boards
Week 14- Unit demo, wire window unit or wall pack ac, or commercial ice machine
Week 15- Unit demo, wire window unit or wall pack ac, or commercial ice machine
Week 16- Final Exams

Evaluation methods Classroom and Testing 15%
Lab 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 01 email
Charlie Hodgkiss
WTC 1056
903-782-0465
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2445
Air Conditioning System Design
Description
Textbooks
A study of the properties of air and results of cooling, heating, humidifying or
dehumidifying; ACCA Manual J heat gain and heat loss calculations including
equipment selection, ACCA Manual D duct design and balancing the air
system.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice with u-tube manometer.
Week 2-Practice checking air flow with velometer.
Week 3-Practice traversing duct with pitot tube.
Week 4-Practice assembling round duct.
Week 5-Practice installing flex duct.
Week 6-Practice installing duct board.
Week 7-Practice sizing duct using friction chart.
Week 8-Practice sizing duct using duct calculator.
Week 9-Practice evaluating building envelope R-values.
Week 10-Practice air balancing using electronic velometer.
Week 11-Manual J
Week 12-Manual J
Week 13-Manual D
Week 14-Manual D
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2445
Air Conditioning System Design
Description
Textbooks
A study of the properties of air and results of cooling, heating, humidifying or
dehumidifying; ACCA Manual J heat gain and heat loss calculations including
equipment selection, ACCA Manual D duct design and balancing the air
system.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice with u-tube manometer.
Week 2-Practice checking air flow with velometer.
Week 3-Practice traversing duct with pitot tube.
Week 4-Practice assembling round duct.
Week 5-Practice installing flex duct.
Week 6-Practice installing duct board.
Week 7-Practice sizing duct using friction chart.
Week 8-Practice sizing duct using duct calculator.
Week 9-Practice evaluating building envelope R-values.
Week 10-Practice air balancing using electronic velometer.
Week 11-Manual J
Week 12-Manual J
Week 13-Manual D
Week 14-Manual D
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 40 email
Chris Bardrick
Greenville Campus
903-454-9333
cbardrick@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2445
Air Conditioning System Design
Description
Textbooks
A study of the properties of air and results of cooling, heating, humidifying or
dehumidifying; ACCA Manual J heat gain and heat loss calculations including
equipment selection, ACCA Manual D duct design and balancing the air
system.Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.
Schedule
Week 1-Practice with u-tube manometer.
Week 2-Practice checking air flow with velometer.
Week 3-Practice traversing duct with pitot tube.
Week 4-Practice assembling round duct.
Week 5-Practice installing flex duct.
Week 6-Practice installing duct board.
Week 7-Practice sizing duct using friction chart.
Week 8-Practice sizing duct using duct calculator.
Week 9-Practice evaluating building envelope R-values.
Week 10-Practice air balancing using electronic velometer.
Week 11-Manual J
Week 12-Manual J
Week 13-Manual D
Week 14-Manual D
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 01 email
Charlie Hodgkiss
WTC 1056
903-782-0465
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2449
Heat Pumps
Description
Textbooks
A study of heat pumps, heat pump control circuits, defrost controls, auxiliary
heat, air flow and other topics related to heat pump systems. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair heat pumps for central air
conditioning.
Schedule
Week 1-Study heat pump piping and refrigerant flow with heat pump trainer.
Week 2-Practice using schematics to determine component operation in heat pump circuits.
Week 3-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with ICM defrost control.
Week 4-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with Ranco E-15 defrost control.
Week 5-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with G.E./Carrier mechanical defrost timer.
Week 6-Practice troubleshooting reversing valve mechanically and electrically on assigned units.
Week 7-Practice charging heat pumps in heating mode with manufacturer's charging charts on
assigned units.
Week 8-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 10-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 11-Practice calculating the balance point on assigned heat pumps.
Week 12-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 13-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 14-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2449
Heat Pumps
Description
Textbooks
A study of heat pumps, heat pump control circuits, defrost controls, auxiliary
heat, air flow and other topics related to heat pump systems. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair heat pumps for central air
conditioning.
Schedule
Week 1-Study heat pump piping and refrigerant flow with heat pump trainer.
Week 2-Practice using schematics to determine component operation in heat pump circuits.
Week 3-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with ICM defrost control.
Week 4-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with Ranco E-15 defrost control.
Week 5-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with G.E./Carrier mechanical defrost timer.
Week 6-Practice troubleshooting reversing valve mechanically and electrically on assigned units.
Week 7-Practice charging heat pumps in heating mode with manufacturer's charging charts on
assigned units.
Week 8-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 10-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 11-Practice calculating the balance point on assigned heat pumps.
Week 12-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 13-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 14-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 40 email
Chris Bardrick
Greenville Campus
903-454-9333
cbardrick@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2449
Heat Pumps
Description
Textbooks
A study of heat pumps, heat pump control circuits, defrost controls, auxiliary
heat, air flow and other topics related to heat pump systems. Fee charged.
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: N/A
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair heat pumps for central air
conditioning.
Schedule
Week 1-Study heat pump piping and refrigerant flow with heat pump trainer.
Week 2-Practice using schematics to determine component operation in heat pump circuits.
Week 3-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with ICM defrost control.
Week 4-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with Ranco E-15 defrost control.
Week 5-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with G.E./Carrier mechanical defrost timer.
Week 6-Practice troubleshooting reversing valve mechanically and electrically on assigned units.
Week 7-Practice charging heat pumps in heating mode with manufacturer's charging charts on
assigned units.
Week 8-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 10-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 11-Practice calculating the balance point on assigned heat pumps.
Week 12-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 13-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 14-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.
Week 15-Review
Week 16-Final Test

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2480
Cooperative Education - Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description
Career-related activities encountered in the student's area of specialization offered through an
individualized agreement among the college, employer, and student. Under the supervision of the
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Includes
a lecture component. Prerequisite: instructor approval
Textbooks
N/A
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair electric furnaces, gas furnaces and
heat pumps for central air conditioning. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and
repair commercial/industrial refrigeration systems. Graduates will be able to install, service,
troubleshoot and repair Refrigerators, freezers, and Window ACs.
Week 1-Initial Meeting with Student and Employer
Week 2-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 3-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 4-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 6-Meeting with Student and Employer
Week 7-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 8-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 9-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 10-Meeting with Student and Employer
Week 11-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 12-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 13-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 14-Meeting with Student and Employer
Week 15-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 16-Final Review with Student

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2012 Phone
Section 02 email
Jenna Ormsbee
WTC 1052
903-782-0347
jormsbee@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HART 2481
Cooperative Education - Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Description
Career-related activities encountered in the student's area of specialization offered through an
individualized agreement among the college, employer, and student. Under the supervision of the
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Includes
a lecture component. Prerequisite: instructor approval
Textbooks
N/A
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair electric furnaces, gas furnaces and
heat pumps for central air conditioning. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and
repair commercial/industrial refrigeration systems. Graduates will be able to install, service,
troubleshoot and repair Refrigerators, freezers, and Window ACs.
Week 1-Initial Meeting with Student and Employer
Week 2-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 3-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 4-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 6-Meeting with Student and Employer
Week 7-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 8-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 9-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 10-Meeting with Student and Employer
Week 11-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 12-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 13-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 14-Meeting with Student and Employer
Week 15-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work
Week 16-Final Review with Student

Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%
Lab Projects 85%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Debbie Burks
Adjunct - No office
Adjunct - No office
dburks@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1301
U.S. History to 1877
Description
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.
Textbooks
Visions of America by Jennifer Keene, et.al.
1st Edition ISBN 978-0-321-0687-9
Pearson/Prentice-Hall
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of HIST1301, students will be able to:
1. Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world.
2. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures.
3. Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
h
Week 1- Ch 1-3, Atlantic World to 1590, Early Settlements, Colonial America
Week 2- Ch 4-5, Revolution America, Creating a New Nation
Week 3- Ch 6-8, The New Republic, Jeffersonian America, Democrats and Whigs
Week 4- Ch 9, 11-13 American Economy, Westward Expansion, Sectionalism, Civil War
Week 5- Ch 13-14, Civil War, Reconstruction
Evaluation methods
There will be a major test over each of four units. Each test will be 25% of the final grade. A
makeup test will have a ten point penalty. Options for extra credit will be presented in class.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer 1
Phone
Section 040 email
Paul e. Sturdevant
GC 201
903 455 9333
jeannest@geusnet.com
Course
Title
Hist 1301
American History to 1877
Description
A study of the political economic and social events and forces that effected the history of
Americans from the time of Columbus to the end ofReconstruction,
Textbooks
Visions of America
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Learn to think critically
Gain understanding of the heritage of American History and responsibilities to it.
Prepare onself for more advanced learning experiences
Schedule
Week 1 Chapters 1-4
Week 2 Chapters 5-8
Week 3 Chapters 9-12
Week 4 Chapters 13-14
Week 5 Concluding work
Evaluation methods
There will be four exams for a total of 50% of grade. There are three short opinion papers for 40%
of grade and remaining 10% is for participation. A=90-100; B=80-89; C=70-79; D=60-69; below
60=F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011- 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Matt White
RM 211
903 457 8712
mwhite@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1301
U.S. History to 1877
Description
HIST 1301 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history
of the United States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.
Textbooks
"Visions of America" by Jennifer D. Keene et al, Prentiss Hall Publishers, 2010 edition. ISBN 0-
321-06687-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
research.

Schedule
Day 1 Introduction
Day 2 Chapter 1
Day 3 Chapter 2
Day 4 Chapter 3
Day 5 Chapter 4
Day 6 Chapter 5
Day 7 Chapter 6
Day 8 Mid-Term
Day 9 Chapter 7
Day 10 Chapter 8
Day 11 Chapter 9
Day 12 Chapter 10
Day 13 Chapter 11
Day 14 Chapter 12
Day 15 Chapter 13-14
Day 16 FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods
90-100=A Evaluation rubric
80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
There will be a mid Term evaluation (worth 40%) and a Final project (worth 40%) as well as
random in class grades or daily quizzes (together worth 20%).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term summer I
Phone
Section 41 email
john a miller
greenville 206
903-454-9333
jmiller@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
1301
U.S.History to 1865
Description
This is a survey course covering the cultural, political, constitutional, and economic development of
the United States from pre-European colonization to the post-Civil War reconstruction
Textbooks
Visions of America. ISBN 978-0-06687-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
In addition to increasing the students' general knowledge of United States history--
1. The role of the Enlightenment in influencing the Founding Fathers
2. The role of sectional differences (political, economic, and cultural) that spurred the growth of the
country, yet also propelled the nation into a terrible civil war.
Week 1. Chapters 1, 2, and 4
Week 2. Chapters 4, 5, and 6
Week 3. Chapters 7, 8, and 9
Week 4. Chapters 10, 11, 12
Week 5. Chapters !3 and 14
Evaluation methods
5 weekly quizzes @ 100 points each 500
Geography Quiz 100
Eight participation opportunities @ 20 points each 160
Final's Presentation 250
Critique of classmate's presentations 50
This totals 1060 points--the grade will be based on 1000 points-
900-1000 =A; 800-899=B, etc--so there is 60 extra credit points built in.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Matt White
GRV 211, SS RM C
903-885-1232
mwhite@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1301
U.S. History to 1877
Description
HIST 1301 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history
of the United States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.
Textbooks
"Visions of America" by Jennifer D. Keene et al, Prentiss Hall Publishers, 2010 edition. ISBN 0-
321-06687-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
research.

Schedule
Day 1 Introduction
Day 2 Chapter 1
Day 3 Chapter 2
Day 4 Chapter 3
Day 5 Chapter 4
Day 6 Chapter 5
Day 7 Chapter 6
Day 8 Mid-Term
Day 9 Chapter 7
Day 10 Chapter 8
Day 11 Chapter 9
Day 12 Chapter 10
Day 13 Chapter 11
Day 14 Chapter 12
Day 15 Chapter 13-14
Day 16 FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods
90-100=A Evaluation rubric
80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
There will be a mid Term evaluation (worth 40%) and a Final project (worth 40%) as well as
random in class grades or daily quizzes (together worth 20%).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Anna Rhea
Sulphur Springs
903-885-1232
anna.m.rhea@gmail.com
Course
Title
HIST 1301
United States History to 1877
Description
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United
States from the discovery of the America through Reconstruction. Core Curriculum satisfied for
US History.
Textbooks
Keene, J. D., Cornell, S., & O'Donnell, E.T. Visions of america: A history of the united states.
Pearson ISBN: 13:978-0-321-06687-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1) Compare and contrast various European nations' motives for and methods of exploration and
colonization of the New World. 2) Identify and explain the causes and outcomes of the American
Revolution. 3) Examine the Constitutional Convention from the perspectives of its purpose,
participants, and outcomes.
Unit1- Chapter 1 and 2
Unit 2-Chapter 3 and 4
Unit 3-Chapter 5 and 6
Unit 4-Chapter 7 and 8
Unit 5-Chapter 9 and 10
Unit 6-Chapter 10 and 11
Unit 7-Chapter 12 and 13
Unit 8-Chapter 13 and 14

Evaluation methods Mid-term (40%), Final Project (40%), Homework (20%)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Anna Rhea
Sulphur Springs
903-885-1232
anna.m.rhea@gmail.com
Course
Title
HIST 1301
United States History to 1877
Description
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United
States from the discovery of the America through Reconstruction. Core Curriculum satisfied for
US History.
Textbooks
Keene, J. D., Cornell, S., & O'Donnell, E.T. Visions of america: A history of the united states.
Pearson ISBN: 13:978-0-321-06687-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1) Compare and contrast various European nations' motives for and methods of exploration and
colonization of the New World. 2) Identify and explain the causes and outcomes of the American
Revolution. 3) Examine the Constitutional Convention from the perspectives of its purpose,
participants, and outcomes.
Unit1- Chapter 1 and 2
Unit 2-Chapter 3 and 4
Unit 3-Chapter 5 and 6
Unit 4-Chapter 7 and 8
Unit 5-Chapter 9 and 10
Unit 6-Chapter 10 and 11
Unit 7-Chapter 12 and 13
Unit 8-Chapter 13 and 14

Evaluation methods Mid-term (40%), Final Project (40%), Homework (20%)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1
Phone
Section .65 email
Lisa Johnson
WTC 1014
903-782-0752
ljohnson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1301
HIST 1301 Beginnings to 1877
Description
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Title Experience History, 7th edition
Author Davidson
ISBN 0077884175 for PJC Bookstore / ISBN-13 9780073385679 for online and other retailers
Publisher McGraw Hill, 2011
Bi di P b k
Upon completion of HIST1301, students will be able to:
1. Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world.
2. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures.
3. Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
h
Schedule 1. Unit 1: Exploration and Colonization Chapters 1-4
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 1 The First Civilizations of North America in textbook.
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and Tegrity lecture
captures where available. Take graded chapter test. Chapter 1 Test due by June 11 at
11:55 p.m.
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 2 Old Worlds, New Worlds 1400-1600
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and Tegrity lecture
captures where available. Take graded chapter test. Chapter 2 Test due by June 11 at 11:55 p.m.
Assignment 3: Read Chapter 3 Colonization and Conflict in the South 1600 - 1750
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and Tegrity lecture
captures where available. Take graded chapter test. Chapter 3 Test due by June 11 at 11:55 p.m.
Assignment 4: Read Chapter 4 Colonization and Conflict in the North 1600 - 1700
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and Tegrity lecture
captures where available. Take graded chapter test. Chapter 4 Test due by June 11 at 11:55 p.m.
Take Unit 1 Exam -- This Exam is not proctored and may be taken at home or off campus. See
Testing Information tab folder in your course for arrangements. Unit 1 Exam is available until June
12 t 11 55

Evaluation methods
Grading Plan
Chapter Tests (15 Chapters Assigned)
20% of Course Grade
Each regular chapter test will be worth up to 100 points each. Chapter tests may be made up with
significant point reductions for each day the test is late. Chapter tests will be averaged together to
count as 20% of the final course grade.
Unit Exams (4)
80% of Course Grade
Regular Unit Exams are worth a minimum of 100 points each. Unit Exams missed may be made up
with instructor permission for a maximum of 80 points each Each Unit Exam is worth 20% of the

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Angela Roberts
N/A
806-407-9919
adroberts@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1301
HIST 1301 Beginnings to 1877
Description
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.
Textbooks
All students will need the text, Experience History: Interpreting America's Past, Vol. I, 7th Ed.,
published by McGraw-Hill. ISBN 978-0077368319
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of HIST1301, students will be able to:
1. Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world.
2. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures.
3. Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
research.

Schedule
Evaluation methods
July 10 (Tues.) – First class day. All students must log into online classes. Please read and print
out the syllabus, read everything contained in the Course Introduction link found on the Course
Content, and get started on the Syllabus Quiz. Be sure you participate in the Course Introduction
Discussion Forum so that we can all get to know each other.
Introductory Unit opens—note: there are no writing assignments or weekly discussions due for the
Introductory Unit.
July 12 (Thurs.)
Syllabus Quiz must be submitted by 11:59 p.m. CST.
Unit One writing assignments must be submitted by 11:59 p.m. CST.
July 14 (Sat.)
Unit Two discussions must be completed by 11:59 p.m. CST.
July 16 (Mon.)
Unit Three writing assignments must be submitted by 11:59 p.m. CST.
July 17 (Tues.) – Exam 1 closes at 11:59 p.m. CST.
Exam 1 covers the Introductory Unit through Unit 3.
July 18 (Wed.)
Unit Four discussions must be completed by 11:59 p.m. CST.
July 20 (Fri )
Examinations:
There will be four multiple choice exams this semester. Each exam is worth 50 points. The first
exam will cover chapters 2, 3, 4, and 5 (Introductory Unit-Unit 3). The second exam will cover
chapters 6, 7, and 8 (Units 4-6). The third exam will cover chapters 9, 10, 11, and 12 (Units 7-10).
The final exam is not comprehensive and will cover chapters 13, 14, 15, and 16 (Units 11-13).
Each test will consist of 50 multiple choice questions over the material covered in the textbook.
You will have 60 minutes in which to take the exams. For purposes of this class, this means 60
consecutive minutes. I will provide a review sheet for each exam approximately one week before
the exam opens.
If you have computer problems while taking your exam, please call me or send me a coursemail as
soon as possible. If you are unable to reach me on the phone or it is too late to call, you must send
me a coursemail immediately. It is your responsibility to let me know that you have a problem as
soon as the problem occurs. If you do not let me know about the problem until after the exam
closes, you will not be able to take the exam.
Individual Writing Assignments:
Required:
There will be a total of 7 short writing assignments posted this semester. These short papers (2-3
paragraphs maximum) will be worth ten points each. You will write a brief analysis of assigned
images, documents, and websites. Specific instructions for each assignment will be included in
each weekly unit. All individual written assignments must be submitted via the writing assignment
link contained within each unit. I will not accept any assignments submitted by any other means.
Essays will receive a score from one to ten, and the grades will be posted to the gradebook a week
after the assignments are due. Points will be deducted if essays are not free of spelling, grammar,
and structural errors and should be written in paragraph form

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1
Phone
Section .66 email
Lisa Johnson
WTC 1014
903-782-0752
ljohnson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1301
HIST 1301 Beginnings to 1877
Description
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Title Experience History, 7th edition
Author Davidson
ISBN 0077884175 for PJC Bookstore / ISBN-13 9780073385679 for online and other retailers
Publisher McGraw Hill, 2011
Bi di P b k
Upon completion of HIST1301, students will be able to:
1. Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world.
2. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures.
3. Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
h
Schedule 1. Unit 1: Exploration and Colonization Chapters 1-4
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 1 The First Civilizations of North America in textbook.
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and Tegrity lecture
captures where available. Take graded chapter test. Chapter 1 Test due by June 11 at
11:55 p.m.
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 2 Old Worlds, New Worlds 1400-1600
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and Tegrity lecture
captures where available. Take graded chapter test. Chapter 2 Test due by June 11 at 11:55 p.m.
Assignment 3: Read Chapter 3 Colonization and Conflict in the South 1600 - 1750
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and Tegrity lecture
captures where available. Take graded chapter test. Chapter 3 Test due by June 11 at 11:55 p.m.
Assignment 4: Read Chapter 4 Colonization and Conflict in the North 1600 - 1700
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and Tegrity lecture
captures where available. Take graded chapter test. Chapter 4 Test due by June 11 at 11:55 p.m.
Take Unit 1 Exam -- This Exam is not proctored and may be taken at home or off campus. See
Testing Information tab folder in your course for arrangements. Unit 1 Exam is available until June
12 t 11 55

Evaluation methods
Grading Plan
Chapter Tests (15 Chapters Assigned)
20% of Course Grade
Each regular chapter test will be worth up to 100 points each. Chapter tests may be made up with
significant point reductions for each day the test is late. Chapter tests will be averaged together to
count as 20% of the final course grade.
Unit Exams (4)
80% of Course Grade
Regular Unit Exams are worth a minimum of 100 points each. Unit Exams missed may be made up
with instructor permission for a maximum of 80 points each Each Unit Exam is worth 20% of the

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Allen Williams
WTC 1006
903 782-0724
awilliams@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
History 1302
U.S. History 1877 to Present
Description
HIST 1302 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural and intellectual history of
the United States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.
Textbooks
Visions of America by Jennifer Keene, et.al.
1st Edition ISBN # 0558800440
Pearson/Prentice-Hall is the publisher
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of HIST1302, students will be able to:
• increase his/her knowledge and understanding of how and why the United States came to be what
it is today.
• comprehend that the past, like the present, is a complex fabric of cause and effect relationships.
d l d l d kill i i l hi ki kill d i i kill i h f
Units Within This Course
Unit I
Chapter 18 – Creating a Democratic Paradise: The Progressive Era, 1895-1915
Chapter 19 – Imperial America: The United States in the World, 1890-1914
Chapter 20 – The Great War: World War I, 1914-1918
Unit II
Chapter 22 – A New Deal for America: The Great Depression, 1929-1940
Chapter 23 – World War II: Fighting the Good War, 1939-1945
Chapter 24 – A Divided World: The early Cold War, 1945-1963
Unit III
Chapter 25 – In a Land of Plenty: Contentment and Discord, 1945-1960
Chapter 26 – A Nation Divided: The Vietnam War, 1945-1975
Chapter 27 – A Decade of Discord: The Challenge of the Sixties
Chapter 28 –Righting a Nation Adrift: America in the 1970’s and 1980’s

Evaluation methods
The instructor utilizes a lecture/discussion format and complements the text with occasional films.
Students are provided the opportunity to discuss the readings in class and your participation is
expected. This course is reading-intensive and success will require you to keep current with
selected reading assignments. Chapter quizzes will be administered as will some other related
assignments. These are used as a means of accumulating additional points and keeping students “on
target” with class readings.
After studying the text, lecture materials and viewing related films, the student should be able to
satisfactorily demonstrate competence in each of the areas described in the course objectives of the
class syllabus. The student will be expected to demonstrate competence in the course by achieving
at least a passing grade on tests, quizzes and related assignments.
Three major exams will be given during the semester. Eight chapter quizzes will also be
administered. The final grade for the course will be determined by adding all points earned during
the term and seeing how that number relates to the following scale:

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 40 email
Matt White
RM 211
903 457 8712
mwhite@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1302
US History 1877 to the Present
Description
HIST 1302 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history
of the United States from Reconstruction to the present.
Textbooks
"Visions of America" by Jennifer D. Keene et al, Prentiss Hall Publishers, 2010 edition. ISBN 0-
321-06687-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
research.

Schedule
Day Introduction
Day 2 Chapter 15
Day 3 Chapter 16
Day 4 Chapter 17
Day 5 Chapter 18
Day 6 Chapter 19
Day 7 Chapter 20
Day 8 Mid-Term
Day 9 Chapter 21
Day 10 Chapter 22
Day 11 Chapter 23
Day 12 Chapter 24
Day 13 Chapter 25
Day 14 Chapter 26
Day 15 Chapter 27
Day 16 FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods
90-100=A Evaluation rubric
80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
There will be a mid Term evaluation (worth 40%) and a Final project (worth 40%) as well as
random in class grades or daily quizzes (together worth 20%).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term summer II
Phone
Section 41 email
john a miller
greenville 206
903-454-9333
jmiller@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
1302
U. S. History from 1865
Description
This is a survey course covering the cultural, political, constitutional, and economic development of
the United States from the American Civil War to the present day.
Textbooks
Visions of America. ISBN 978-0-06687-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. The prolonged and often painful civil rights movement.
2. America's ever increasing role as a world power.
3. The political and cultural mood changes of American society from generation to generation.
Schedule
Week 1. Chapters 15, 16, and 17
Week 2. Chapters 18, 19, and 20
Week 3. Chapters 21, 22, and 23
Week 4. Chapters 24, 25, and 26
Week 5. Chapters 27 and 28
Evaluation methods
5 weekly quizzes @ 100 points each 500
Geography Quiz 100
Eight participation opportunities @ 20 points each 160
Final's Presentation 250
Critique of classmate's presentations 50
This totals 1060 points--the grade will be based on 1000 points-
900-1000 =A; 800-899=B, etc--so there is 60 extra credit points built in.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 50 email
Matt White
GRV 211, SS RM C
903 885-1232
mwhite@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1302
US History 1877 to the Present
Description
HIST 1302 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history
of the United States from Reconstruction to the present.
Textbooks
"Visions of America" by Jennifer D. Keene et al, Prentiss Hall Publishers, 2010 edition. ISBN 0-
321-06687-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
research.

Schedule
Day Introduction
Day 2 Chapter 15
Day 3 Chapter 16
Day 4 Chapter 17
Day 5 Chapter 18
Day 6 Chapter 19
Day 7 Chapter 20
Day 8 Mid-Term
Day 9 Chapter 21
Day 10 Chapter 22
Day 11 Chapter 23
Day 12 Chapter 24
Day 13 Chapter 25
Day 14 Chapter 26
Day 15 Chapter 27
Day 16 FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods
90-100=A Evaluation rubric
80-89=B
70-79=C
60-69=D
0-59=F
There will be a mid Term evaluation (worth 40%) and a Final project (worth 40%) as well as
random in class grades or daily quizzes (together worth 20%).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Mr. Ken Hanushek
WTC 1108
903-782-0728
khanushek@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1302
US History 1877 to the Present
Description
HIST 1302 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history
of the United States from Reconstruction to the present.
Textbooks
"Visions of America" by Jennifer D. Keene et al, Prentiss Hall Publishers, 2010 edition. ISBN 0-
321-06687-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
research.
Week 1-Course Introduction/Rags to Riches
Growth of Cities and Industry/Plight of the Farmer
The gay Nineties/The American West/The American Empire
Week 2-Exam #1/The Progessive Era
World War I
The Roarin' Twenties
Week 3-The Great Depression
World War II
Week 4-Exam #2/The Cold War/Entering the Fifties
The Fifties
The Sixties/Vietnam
Week 5-To the Present
Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Each student must complete each of the three100-point exams during the term. No make-up exams
will be given after the last make-up date. Exams will mainly be multiple choice, but the instructor
reserves the right to ask any type of question on any test. The grading scale is: 270-300=A
240-269=B 210-239=C 180-209=D Below 180=F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 65 email
Angela Roberts
N/A
806-407-9919
adroberts@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1302
HIST 1302 - 1877-Present
Description
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United
States from Reconstruction to the present.
Textbooks
All students will need the text, Experience History: Interpreting America's Past, Vol. II, 7th Ed.,
published by McGraw-Hill. ISBN 978-0077368326
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
research.

Schedule
Evaluation methods
June 4 (Mon.) – First class day. All students must log into online classes. Please read and print out
the syllabus, read everything contained in the Course Introduction link found on the Course
Content, and get started on the Syllabus Quiz. Be sure you participate in the Course Introduction
Discussion Forum so that we can all get to know each other.
Introductory Unit opens—note: there are no writing assignments or weekly discussions due for the
Introductory Unit.
June 7 (Thurs.)
Syllabus Quiz must be submitted by 11:59 p.m. CST.
Unit One writing assignments must be submitted by 11:59 p.m. CST.
June 9 (Sat.)
Unit Two discussions must be completed by 11:59 p.m. CST.
June 11 (Mon.)
Unit Three writing assignments must be submitted by 11:59 p.m. CST.
June 12 (Tues.) – Exam 1 closes at 11:59 p.m. CST.
Exam 1 covers the Introductory Unit through Unit 3 (chapters 17-20).
June 13 (Wed.)
Unit Four discussions must be completed by 11:59 p.m. CST.
June 15 (Fri )
Examinations:
There will be four multiple choice exams this semester. Each exam is worth 50 points. The first
exam will cover chapters 17-20 (Introductory Unit-Unit 3). The second exam will cover chapters 21-
24 (Units 4-6). The third exam will cover chapters 25-28 (Units 7-10). The final exam is not
comprehensive and will cover chapters 29-32 (Units 11-13).
Each test will consist of 50 multiple choice questions over the material covered in the textbook.
You will have 60 minutes in which to take the exams. For purposes of this class, this means 60
consecutive minutes. I will provide a review sheet for each exam approximately one week before
the exam opens.
If you have computer problems while taking your exam, please call me or send me a coursemail as
soon as possible. If you are unable to reach me on the phone or it is too late to call, you must send
me a coursemail immediately. It is your responsibility to let me know that you have a problem as
soon as the problem occurs. If you do not let me know about the problem until after the exam
closes, you will not be able to take the exam.
Individual Writing Assignments:
Required:
There will be a total of 7 writing assignments posted this semester. These short papers will be worth
ten points each. Specific instructions for each assignment will be included in each weekly unit. All
individual written assignments must be submitted via the writing assignment link contained within
each unit. I will not accept any assignments submitted by any other means.
Essays will receive a score from one to ten, and the grades will be posted to the gradebook
approximately one week after the assignments are due. Points will be deducted if essays are not free
of spelling, grammar, and structural errors and should be written in paragraph form.
Submission of Writing Assignments: Assignments must be submitted by entering your assignment

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Angela Roberts
N/A
806-407-9919
adroberts@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HIST 1302
HIST 1302 1877-Present
Description
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United
States from Reconstruction to the present.
Textbooks
All students will need the text, Experience History: Interpreting America's Past, Vol. II, 7th Ed.,
published by McGraw-Hill. ISBN 978-0077368326
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Evaluation methods
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
research.
July 10 (Tues.) – First class day. All students must log into online classes. Please read and print
out the syllabus, read everything contained in the Course Introduction link found on the Course
Content, and get started on the Syllabus Quiz. Be sure you participate in the Course Introduction
Discussion Forum so that we can all get to know each other.
Introductory Unit opens—note: there are no writing assignments or weekly discussions due for the
Introductory Unit.
July 12 (Thurs.)
Sllb Qi b b i db 11 9 CS
Examinations:
There will be four multiple choice exams this semester. Each exam is worth 50 points. The first
exam will cover chapters 17-20 (Introductory Unit-Unit 3). The second exam will cover chapters 21-
24 (Units 4-6). The third exam will cover chapters 25-28 (Units 7-10). The final exam is not
comprehensive and will cover chapters 29-32 (Units 11-13).
Each test will consist of 50 multiple choice questions over the material covered in the textbook.
You will have 60 minutes in which to take the exams. For purposes of this class, this means 60
consecutive minutes. I will provide a review sheet for each exam approximately one week before
the exam opens.
If you have computer problems while taking your exam, please call me or send me a coursemail as
soon as possible. If you are unable to reach me on the phone or it is too late to call, you must send
me a coursemail immediately. It is your responsibility to let me know that you have a problem as
soon as the problem occurs If you do not let me know about the problem until after the exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 66 email
*STAFF
Course
Title
HIST 1302
HIST 1302 1877-Present
Description
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United
States from Reconstruction to the present.
Textbooks
All students will need the text, Experience History: Interpreting America's Past, Vol. II, 7th Ed.,
published by McGraw-Hill. ISBN 978-0077368326
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
research.
*AT THE TIME THIS SYLLABUS WAS POSTED TO THE WEBSITE, AN INSTRUCTOR
HAD NOT BEEN ASSIGNED TO THE COURSE. FOR INQUIRIES, PLEASE CONTACT THE
SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION OFFICE AT (903) 782-0209. THANK YOU.
Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Mistie Ford
Internet
903-782-0734
mford@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HITT 1301
Health Data Content and Structure
Description
Introduction to systems and processes for collecting, maintaining, and disseminating primary and
secondary health related information including content of health record, documentation
requirements, registries, indices, licensing, regulatory agencies, forms, and screens.
Textbooks
Health Information Technology: An Applied Approach, 3rd Edition, Merida L. Johns, AHIMA
2011, ISBN # : 9781584262596
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Analyze health records for documentation that reflects the correct DRG assignment.
2. Analyze health records for documentation that reflects the correct selection of the Principal
Diagnosis.
3. Analyze health records for documentation that reflects the correct discharge status.
Schedule
Week 1-Project 1, Chapter 1 and Hospital Oreintation
Week 2- Chapters 2 & 3 Assignment and Power Point lecture, Project 2
Week 3- Chapters 6 & 8 Assignment and Power Point lecture, Terminal Digit filing exercise
Week 4- Chapters 4, 5 and 9 Assignments and PowerePoint lecture, Project 3
Week 5- Comprehensive Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grading Criteria: Exams are 60% of the final grade, Chapter reviews and Projects are 15% of the
final grade, daily grades are 10% of the final grade and the final Exam is 15% of the final grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012-2013
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Mistie Ford
By Appointment
903-782-0379
mford@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HITT 1305
Medical Terminology
Description
Textbooks
HITT 1305 Medical Terminology 3.3.2
Instruction in the practical application of a medical vocabulary system. Topic
include structure; recognition; analysis; definition; spelling; pronunciation;
and combination of medical terms from prefixes, suffixes, roots, and combining
forms Credits: 3 SCH 3 lecture and 2 lab hours per week from approved course list
1. Mastering Healthcare Terminology, 3rd Edition, Betsy J. Shiland
ISBN: 978-0-323-05506-2
2. Student Media Package (CD) accompanies textbook
Schedule
Week 1: Introduction to Healthcare Terminology/Body Structure and Directional Terminology
Week 2: Musculoskeletal System / Integumentary System
Week 3: Gastrointestinal System / Urinary System
Week 4: Male Reproductive System / Female Reproductive System
Week 5: Blood, Lymphatic, and Immune Systems
Week 6: Cardiovascular System
Week 7: Respiratory System / Nervous System
Week 8: Mental and Behavioral Health / Special Senses: Eye and Ear
Week 9: Endocrine System / Oncology
Week 10: Final Exam
Evaluation methods
1. Complete the text-workbook, Mastering Healthcare Termnilogy, 3rd Edition, by Betsy J.
Shiland. Complete the modules for each chapter contained under the Course Doucument’s icon on
WebCT. Each module contains lessons, activities, quizzes and exams. The student will do this for
each chapter in the book—chapters 1 through 16.
2. Complete the assignments for each chapter. These may be completed in the book as well as on
the computer. There is also a CD in the back of the textbook that can be used for additional
material. For each module there are section quizzes in WebCT that will help prepare the student
for the exams that are in the WebCT for each chapter.
3 Complete all the exams for each chapter module

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Karen Powers
WTC 1066
903-782-0734
kpowers@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HPRS 2300
Pharmacology for Health Professions
Description
A study of drug classifications, actions, therapeutic uses, adverse effects, routes of administration
and calculation of dosages.
Textbooks
Pharmacology Clear & Simple (Make sure that the textbook has the accompanying CD), Nina
Beaman, F.A. Davis, 1st edition, 2008 ISBN: 978-0-8036-1239-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
At the completion of the course, the student will demonstrate knowledge of drug classifications,
actions, therapeutic uses, adverse effects, routes of administration and calculation of dosages.
Schedule
Week 1- Patient Safety, Laws and Regulations Related to Medications,
Drug Sources and Actions, Drug Forms and Routes,
Prescriptions and Drug Labeling
Drug Resources, Medication Administration
Week 2- Exam I, Review of Basic Math and Drug Measurement systems,
Nervous System Medications, Cardiovascular Medications,
Immunologic Medications, Integumentary Medications
Week 3- Pulmonary Medications, Exam 2, Gastrointestinal Medications
Dosage Calculations, Musculoskeletal Medications
Endocrine Medications
Week 4- Reproductive and Urinary Medications
Eye and Ear Medications, Herbs, Vitamins and Minerals, Exam 3
Week 5- Extra Credit Final
Evaluation methods
Credits 3 sch. TSI: None Prerequisite(s): None
The final grade in this course will consist of the following: Seven (7) CD-Learning Modules worth
7% of the grade. Weekly assignments (14) are worth 15% of the grade and End of Chapter
Activities (18) are worth 10% of the grade. There are also 3 exams worth 51% (17% each) of the
grade. A Pharmacology Project worth 17% of the grade is also required. An opportunity to take an
extra credit final exam is given; the score is multiplied by 0.05, which can add a maximum of 5%
extra points to your final course grade. The extra credit final is the only opportunity for extra credit
within the course. The following is the criteria for letter grades in this course: 90-100 points = A,
80-89 = B, 70-79 = C, 60-69 = D, Below 60=F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Blair Daiker
WTC 1030
903-782-0734
bdaiker@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HPRS 2300
Pharmacology for Health Professions
Description
A study of drug classifications, actions, therapeutic uses, adverse effects, routes of administration
and calculation of dosages.
Textbooks
Pharmacology Clear & Simple (Make sure that the textbook has the accompanying CD), Nina
Beaman, F.A. Davis, 1st edition, 2008 ISBN: 978-0-8036-1239-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
At the completion of the course, the student will demonstrate knowledge of drug classifications,
actions, therapeutic uses, adverse effects, routes of administration and calculation of dosages.
Schedule
Week 1- Patient Safety, Laws and Regulations Related to Medications,
Drug Sources and Actions, Drug Forms and Routes,
Prescriptions and Drug Labeling
Drug Resources, and Medication Administration
Week 2- Exam I, Review of Basic Math and Drug Measurement Systems,
Nervous System Medications, Cardiovascular Medications,
Immunologic Medications, and Integumentary Medications
Week 3- Pulmonary Medications, Exam 2, Dosage Calculations, Gastrointestinal Medications,
Musculoskeletal Medications and Endocrine Medications
Week 4- Reproductive and Urinary Medications,
Eye and Ear Medications, Herbs, Vitamins and Minerals, Exam 3
Week 5- Optional Extra Credit Final
Evaluation methods
Credits 3 sch. TSI: None Prerequisite(s): None
The final grade in this course will consist of the following: Seven (7) CD-Learning Modules worth
7% of the grade. Weekly assignments (14) are worth 15% of the grade and End of Chapter
Activities (18) are worth 10% of the grade. There are also 3 exams worth 51% (17% each) of the
grade. A Pharmacology Project worth 17% of the grade is required. An opportunity to take an
extra credit final exam is given; the score is multiplied by 0.05, which can add a maximum of 5% to
the final course grade. The extra credit final is the only opportunity for extra credit within the
course. The following is the criteria for letter grades in this course: 90-100 points = A, 80-89 = B,
70-79 = C, 60-69 = D, Below 60=F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Donna Gatlin
903-782-0734
dgatlin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HPRS 2301
Pathophysiology
Description
A study of the pathology and general health management of diseases and injuries across the life
span. Topics include etiology, symptoms, and the physical and psychological reactions to diseases
and injuries.
Textbooks
An Introduction to Human Disease Pathology and Pathophysiology Correlations , Leonard V.
Crowley, Jones & Bartlett, Eighth Edition, ISBN:10: 0-7637-6591-0
An Introduction to Human Disease: Student Workbook, Leonard V. Crowley, M.D., Jones and
Bartlett, Eighth Edition, IBS:978-0-7637-7467-7
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
At the completion of this pathophysiology course, students will have a knowledge of both the
structural and the functional changes caused by disease in tissues and organs. This will provide a
basis for the understanding of the clinical manifestations and principles of treatment
Schedule
Week 1-Concepts of Disease, Cells & Tissues, Chromosomes, Genes, Inflammation
Immunity, Hypersensitivity & Pathogens, Animal Parasites,
Communicable Diseases
Week 2-Congenital & Hereditary Diseases, Neoplastic Disease, Abnormalities of Blood
Coagulation & Circulation, Cardiovascular System, Hematopoietic
and Lympatic Systems
Week 3-Respiratory System, Breast, Female Reproductive
Prenatal and Diseases Associated with Pregnancy, Urniary System,
Male Reproductive System
Week 4-Liver, Biliary system, Pancreas, Diabetes, Gastrointestinal Tract
Fluid, Electolytes & Acid Base imbalance, Endocrine System and Nervous System
Musculoskeletal System
Week 5-Review and Final Exam
Evaluation methods
In order to pass HPRS 2301, the student must achieve a final average grade of 70 or higher. the
final grade will consist of:
4 Assignments: averaged 20%
4 Chapter Reviews (averaged, timed, open book) 65%
A Comprehensive Final Exam 15%
(proctored at a testing center, not open book, averaged and timed)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Donna Gatlin
903-782-0734
dgatlin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HPRS 2301
Pathophysiology
Description
A study of the pathology and general health management of diseases and injuries across the life
span. Topics include etiology, symptoms, and the physical and psychological reactions to diseases
and injuries.
Textbooks
An Introduction to Human Disease Pathology and Pathophysiology Correlations , Leonard V.
Crowley, Jones & Bartlett, Eighth Edition, ISBN:10: 0-7637-6591-0
An Introduction to Human Disease: Student Workbook, Leonard V. Crowley, M.D., Jones and
Bartlett, Eighth Edition, IBS:978-0-7637-7467-7
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
At the completion of this pathophysiology course, students will have a knowledge of both the
structural and the functional changes caused by disease in tissues and organs. This will provide a
basis for the understanding of the clinical manifestations and principles of treatment
Schedule
Week 1-Concepts of Disease, Cells & Tissues, Chromosomes, Genes, Inflammation
Immunity, Hypersensitivity & Pathogens, Animal Parasites,
Communicable Diseases
Week 2-Congenital & Hereditary Diseases, Neoplastic Disease, Abnormalities of Blood
Coagulation & Circulation, Cardiovascular System, Hematopoietic
and Lympatic Systems
Week 3-Respiratory System, Breast, Female Reproductive
Prenatal and Diseases Associated with Pregnancy, Urniary System,
Male Reproductive System
Week 4-Liver, Biliary system, Pancreas, Diabetes, Gastrointestinal Tract
Fluid, Electolytes & Acid Base imbalance, Endocrine System and Nervous System
Musculoskeletal System
Week 5-Review and Final Exam
Evaluation methods
In order to pass HPRS 2301, the student must achieve a final average grade of 70 or higher. the
final grade will consist of:
4 Assignments: averaged 20%
4 Chapter Reviews (averaged, timed, open book) 65%
A Comprehensive Final Exam 15%
(proctored at a testing center, not open book, averaged and timed)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Tony Underwood
AS 137
(903)782-0383
tunderwood@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1301
Jewelry Techniques I
Description
Introduction to the basic techniques of jewelry repair including layout, sawing , filing and emery.
Emphasis on industry standards.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry
nomenclature, and ethics.
2. Demonstrate skills in metal fabrication techniques: lay-out, sawing, filing and drilling.
3. Demonstrate a professional image
Schedule May 14th through June 5th 2012:
Class date: Lecture: Project #
May 14th Lay-out 90 degrees #1 #101
Lay-out 90 degrees #2 #102
May 15th Lay-out Geo-charms #103
May 16th Sawing Techniques #1 (Square/L's) #104
May 17th Sawing Techniques #2 (Curves) #105
May 21st Filing Techniques #1 ("L" shape) #106
May 22nd Filing Techniques #2 (Curves) #107
May 23rd Emery Techniques #1 (Square) #108
May 24th Emery Techniques #2 (Triangle) #109
May 29th Emery Techniques #3 (Hexagon) #110
May 30 and 31st Emery Techniques #4 (Pierced Frame) #111

Evaluation methods
Students are evaluated in three areas:
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Tony Underwood
AS 137
(903) 782-0383
tunderwood@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1302
Jewelry Techniques II
Description
Continuation of Jewelry Techniques I with emphasis on polishing.
Textbooks
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Evaluation methods
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry
nomenclature, and ethics.
2. Demonstrate skills in metal fabrication techniques: lay-out, sawing, filing, drilling, finishing,
polishing soldering and wire rolling.
3. Demonstrate a professional image.
June 6th through June 27th 2012:
Class Date: Lecture: Project#:
June 6th LoneStar Plate #112
June 11th Shape/Polish Frame #113
June 13th Shape/Polish LoneStar #114
June 18th Soldering Tree #115
June 25th Soldering Techniques #1 #116
Students are evaluated in three areas:
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Shannon Calloway
AS 126
(903) 782-0249
scalloway@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1303
Jewelry Techniques III
Description
Continuation of Jewelry Techniques II with an emphasis on rolling mill and wire drawing
techniques, torch soldering, and ring fabrication. Prerequisite: Completion of HRGY 1302.
Textbooks
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry
nomenclature, and ethics.
2. Demonstrate skills in metal fabrication techniques: lay-out, sawing, filing and drilling, finishing,
polishing, soldering, wire rolling and drawing. 3.
Demonstrate a professional image.
July 2- July 23, 2012
Class Date Lecture Project #
July 2, Soldering Project #2 #117
July 9 Wedding Band #1 #118
July 11 Wedding Band #2 #119
July 16 Charm Bracelet #120
July 18 Soldering #121

Evaluation methods
Students are evaluated in three areas:
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Shannon Calloway
AS 126
(903) 782-0249
scalloway@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1304
Jewelry Techniques IV
Description
Continuation of Jewelry Techniques III with emphasis on chain making, catch construction, ring
sizing, and mass finishing. Prerequisite: Completion of HRGY 1303.
Textbooks
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry
nomenclature, and ethics.
2. Demonstrate skills in metal fabrication techniques: lay-out, sawing, filing, drilling, finishing,
polishing, soldering, shaping, forming, doming, wire rolling and drawing. 3.
Demonstrate skills in jewelry repair: ring sizing, and box catch repair.
4. Demonstrate a professional image.
Schedule July 23 - August 9, 2012
Class Date Lecture Project #
July 23rd Ring Sizing #122
Ring Sizing #123
July 30th Fabrication #124
Fabrication #125
August 6 Repair #126
Bracelet #127
Finishing #128

Evaluation methods
Students are evaluated in three areas:
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Shannon Calloway
AS126
903-782-0249
scalloway@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1309
Casting I
Description
Textbooks
Emphasis on lost wax casting, both centrifugal and vacuum processes. Includes introduction to wax
carving.
Credits: 3SCH = 1 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.
Prerequisite(s): There are no prerequisites
Murry Bovin, Jewelry Casting, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, N.Y. 1979
Tim McCreight, Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1982
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry
nomenclature, and ethics.
Demonstrate skills in casting techniques: wax carving, injecting, spruing, treeing, investing, and
casting centrifugally and by vacuum.
Schedule
WEEK 1 #28 GENTS FLAT TOP (4)
WEEK 2 #39 OVAL BEZEL RING (3)
WEEK 3 #14 CHANNEL RING (10)
WEEK 4 #1A SEVEN STONE CLUSTER TOP (3)
#18 5 STONE FISHTAIL RING (10)

Evaluation methods
The final semester grade for HRGY 1309 is complied as
Daily Grades 05%
Technical Average 75%
Ethics 10%
Written Final 10%
Final Semester Grade 100%
Grade scale:
A: 90 - 100
B: 80 - 89.5
C: 70 -79.5

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1319
Basic Horology I
Description
Introduction to disassembly, cleaning, and reassembly of the basic watch using time proven
methods. Emphasis on nomenclature. Prerequisite: None
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will disassemble and reassemble a standard watch; identify and order basic watch parts
using available catalogues and bulletins; clean and overhaul a basic mechanical watch, fit crowns,
crystals, and gaskets to specified cases; describe basic principles of hairspring manipulation.
Schedule
Week 1 - Orientation, Intro.to hand Tools, Measuring
Week 1- 2 Devices Nomenclature Material Systems
Week 2 -4 Crowns Crystals & Gaskets, Intro to Cleaning
Week 4 Hairspring Theory

Evaluation methods Intro to Hand Tools ,Organization, Cooperation, paper work,Measuring Tools. Nomenclature,
Accuracy Development of hand eye coordination, Part identification, avoiding broken or lost parts,
Clean work, tools, bench lay out, Material Systems, Accurate watch identification, Part number
identification, Clarity of paper work, Crowns, Crystals, Gaskets, Case tubes, Proper type and fit of
crowns, Proper type and fit of gasket, Proper type and fit of gaskets, Proper type and fit of case
tubes, Proper appearance with case style, ~~ Intro to Cleaning Lecture/Written test questions
Hairspring Theory Lecture/Written test questions
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1320
Basic Horology II
Description
Continuation of Basic Horology I with emphasis on identification and functions of parts common to
all mechanical watches. Prerequistie: HRGY 1319
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will name the parts and explain the functions of the power unit, winding mechanism, train
wheels, escapement, dial train, and setting mechanism of a standard watch; identify symbols and all
movement styles within the watch repair industry; identify type, style, and size of watch cases; and
explain the techniques used in case part replacement.
Schedule
Week 1-3
Week 4
Basic Cleaning and Overhauling
Intro to Hairspring Truing
Evaluation methods
Basic Cleaning and Overhauling Proper care and use of watch cleaning machines as per instruction.
Layout of cleaning work area, Techniques for watch cleaning to industry standards with no dirt,
residue, rust , foreign matter left on watches after cleaning and overhauling. Proper care of watch
projects without loss or damage to components. General overall appearance of project when turned
in. Introduction to Hairspring Truing Project hairsprings are first distorted by the instructor and
must be formed back to original shape on frosted glass using tweezers. Grading is based on trueness
in the round and in the flat of hairsprings corrected by the student. This will determine pass or fail
of the project. The spring is either good or it is not. Attention to detail in the degree of accuracy,
cleanliness and the absence of scratches and other damage also affect the grade. Appearance is also
important as is the neatness of the work area and tools. Written test questions
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1321
Basic Horology III
Description
Continuation of Basic Horology II. Emphasis on balance staff fitting and poising balance wheels.
Prerequistie: HRGY 1320
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will name the parts and explain the functions of the power unit, winding mechanism, train
wheels, escapement, dial train, and setting mechanism of a standard watch; identify symbols and all
movement styles within the watch repair industry; identify type, style, and size of watch cases; and
explain the techniques used in case part replacement.
Schedule
Week 1 - Hairspring Truing Stage #2, Train Wheel Truing
Week 2 - Balance Staff Fitting, Staff Removal, Balance Truing
Week 3 - Poising, Fit Hairsprings, Balance Theory
Week 4 - Staff 11 Ligne Mens Watch
Evaluation methods
Hairspring Truing Stage#2. Grading is based on trueness in the round and in the flat of the finished
wheel. Ture watch train wheels to industry standards. Attention to detail in the degree of accuracy.
Staff Removal of Nine( 9 ) Wheels are used in this project. Accuracy, cleanliness, tool selection
and organization are key points. Proper alignment of the installation, Accuracy, cleanliness, tool
selection, tool use and organization are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage on
projects will affect the grade. Balance Theory Lecture / Testable Staff 11 Ligne Mens Watch
Replace the balance staff, Clean , Overhaul , and electronically time a 11 ½ ligne mechanical wrist
watch. Accuracy in part ordering, installation of the staff cleanliness, tool selection, tool use and
organization are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage will affect the grade. The
overall appearance on projects and the daily rate and positional errors of the finished watch are also
key grading factors.
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1322
Basic Horology IV
Description
Continuation of Basic Horology III. Emphasis on replacement and repair of damaged parts in
mechanical watches.
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will true a train wheel; pin a hairspring to the collet and stud to achieve basic performance
standards; discuss the use and limitations of a truing caliper; and identify correct specifications of a
true wheel.
Schedule
Week 1-2
Week 2-3
Week 3-4
Staff 10 Ligne Mens Watch
Ligne Ladies Watch
Hairspring Pinning
Evaluation methods
Clean, Overhaul, electronically time a 10 ligne mechanical wrist watch. Accurate part ordering,
installation of staff, cleanliness, tool selection and use and organization are key. Overall appearance
on projects and the daily rate of the finished watch are also key factors. Staff 6 ¾ Ligne watch
Replace the balance staff, Clean, Overhaul, electronically time a 6 ¾ ligne mechanical wrist watch.
Part ordering, installation of the staff, cleanliness, tool selection use and rate of the finished watch
are key factors Hairspring colleting and studing. Proper pinning of these components to assure a
secure and accurate fit . Selection of component collet and studs, centering of the collet, leveling
the spring at the collet, finishing, leveling of the stud are key factors. Removal of these components
will then be performed. Accuracy , cleanliness, tool selection, use and organization and the overall
appearance on projects are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage will affect the
grade.
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Serina Omori
AS116
903-782-0451
somori@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1341
Stone Setting I
Description
Focus on bead setting and bright cutting techniques.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,
Portland, Main, 2001
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of
Jewelry Related Terms.
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002
The student will demonstrate skills of : layout, sawing, filing, shaping, soldering. Lecture on
gravers, pushers, burs and parts of stones. Bead set and bright cut stones into a square and hexagon
plate, fabricate four prong rings and set stones and retip, reprong and rebead.
Date Project
5/14 Syllabus and Classroom Guidelines
Lecture on Safety and Honesty
Separate castings into job envelopes
Lecture: Gravers
5/17 Lecture: Parts of a faceted Stone
Burs
# 301 Bright Cut
5/22 # 302a Fabricate 4 prong rings
5/24 # 302b Set 4 prong rings
5/29 #303 Bright Cut
5/30 #304 Retip
# 305 Reprong
#306 Rebead
6/4 Written final

Evaluation methods
Students are evaluated in three areas:
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%
Fi l C G d

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Serina Omori
AS116
903-782-0451
somori@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1342
Stone Setting II
Description
Textbooks
Continuation of Stone Setting I. Focus on prong setting, repronging, retipping, rebeading and
reheading.
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,
Portland, Main, 2001
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of
Jewelry Related Terms.
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The student will demonstrate the skill to set stones using the bead set bright-cut method into a
double millgrain plate and bevel plate. Fabricate six prong rings, set stones and size one ring up.
Fabricate Baker top rings and using two different setting techniques: saw-cut and chased-in
methods.
Date
Project
6/5 # 307 Bright Cut
6/6 # 308a Fabricate 6 prong rings
6/11 # 308b Set 6 prong rings
6/13 # 309 Bright Cut
6/18 # 310a Fabricate Baker Top rings
6/20 # 310b Set Baker Tops (saw- cut method)
6/21 # 311a Fabricate Baker Top rings
Lecture: Metals and their alloys.
6/25 # 311b Set Baker Top Rings (chased-in Method)
Lecture: Finishes
6/25 Written Final

Evaluation methods
Students are evaluated in three areas:
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Harrel Harrison
AS 116
903-782-0451
hharrison@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1343
Stone Setting III
Description
Continuation of Stone Setting II including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, and gypse sets.
Textbooks
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,
Portland, Main, 2001
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of
Jewelry Related Terms.
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student will demonstrate the skills to fabericate 7 stone cluster rings, four prong Fish tail rings
and Illusion top rings and set stones in each style of ring. The student will demonstrate the skills to
set stones in a channel ring and a 5 stone fishtail wedding band. Lecture: The property of
gemstones as they pertains to stone setting.
Schedule
June27-July3: Fabricate cluster rings and set stones. Set stones in 5 stone fishtail rings.
July 5-July 11: Channel set 5 stones in rings and size. Fabricate four prong fishtail rings.
July 12- August 17: Set stones in four prong fishtail rings. Fabricate four prong illusion rings and
set stones.

Evaluation methods
Students are evaluated in three areas:
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Harrel Harrison
AS116
903-782-0451
hharrison@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1344
Stone Setting IV
Description
Continuation of Stone Setting III including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, gypse sets, and the setting
of multiple stones such as channel-setting, cluster setting, and fishtail setting.
Textbooks
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,
Portland, Main, 2001
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of
Jewelry Related Terms.
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student will demonstrate the skills to gypsy set oval stones and size one ring down. Solder
tubes into freeform rings and set stones. Fabricate a four and six rings and set stones. Bead set
bright-cut 3 stones into ribbone ring and bead set bright-cut a stone and cut a star. Fabricate an
oval bearing bezel pendant, fabricate a rectangle bearing bezel pendant and set stone in each.
Schedule
July 18-July 24: Set oval buff top stones in gypsy rings and size. Fabricate tube rings and set
stones into tubes. Flat-set stones in freeform rings.
July 25-July 31: Fabricate a four prong ring and a six prong ring and set stones. Set stones into
three stone bright cut ring.
August 1- August 7: Set stone in plate using star cut method. Fabricate an oval and rectangular
bearing bezel pendants and set stones.

Evaluation methods
Students are evaluated in three areas:
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Tony Underwood
AS 137
903.782.0383
tunderwood@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1348
Jewelry Repair I
Description
Emphasis on techniques, fabrication, and repair of jewelry. Introduction to equipment and
techniques fo jewelry manufacturing including assembly of findings.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol
1. Demonstrates knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry
nomenclature, and ethics.
2. Demonstrates skills in jewelry repair, ring sizing, jewelry fabrication, jewelry polishing and
jewelry drilling techniques.
3.Demonstrates a professional image.
May 14th through June 5th 2012:
Class Date: Lecture: Project#
May 14th Shape/Polish Gents rings #201
May 15th Shape/Polish Ladies Freeform rings #202
May 17th Drilling Techniques Gents rings #203
May 21st Dove-tail Sizing Tech. Gents rings #204
May 22nd Drilling Techniques Wedding rings #205
May 23rd Re-shank Ladies rings #206
May 24th Fabricate/Assemble Cluster Pendant #207
June 4th Assemble/Solder Ring-Guard Set #208

Evaluation methods
Students are evaluated in three areas:
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Tony Underwood
AS 137
903.782.0383
tunderwood@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 1349
Jewelry Repair II
Description
Continuation of Jewelry Repair/Fabrication I with emphasis on techniques, fabrication, and repair
of jewelry. Introduction to equipment and techniques of jewelry manufacturing including chain
repair and electroplating.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol
1. Demonstrates knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry
nomenclature, and ethics.
2. Demonstrates skills in jewelry repair, chain repair, fabrication, reshanking of rings, and applying
finishes.
3. Demonstrates a professional image.
June 6th through June 27th 2012:
Class Date: Lecture: Project #
June 6th Chain repair/attach 2 jumprings #210
June 12th Assemble/Solder serp. Chain #211
Ring Sizing down Ladies (butt) #212
June 13th Prep/Assemble Cast Bracelet #213
June 20th Re-tip/Re-prong 4prong solitaire #214
June 21st Re-tip/Re-prong 6prong solitaire #215
June 25th Size up Ladies ring (dove-tail) #216
June 26th Hand/Rotary tool textures #217
Electroplating Techniques #218

Evaluation methods
Students are evaluated in three areas:
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of
each quarter!
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.
Final Course Grades:
Project average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Final Test 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2301
Intermediate Horology I
Description
Introduction to the theroy, function and repair of watch escapements. Emphasis on roller jewel,
pallet stones, guard fingers, pallet arbors and adjustments of the detached lever escapement in
watches. Prerequisite:Completeion of HRGY 1322
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
Student will describe the theory and functions of basic escapements.
Schedule
Week 1-2
Week 2-3
Week 3-4
Roller jewels
Pallet jewels and guard fingers, pallet arbors
Escapements
Evaluation methods
Roller jewel selection, removal, installation and alignment, Pallet jewel selection, removal,
installation and alignment, Guard Fingers Guard Finger selection, removal, installation and
adjustment Guard fingers will be removed and installed. Time keeping of the finished watches will
be considered the ultimate test of a satisfactory installation. Neatness of the work area and
cleanliness of the project will affect the grade as will Scratches , damage, broken and lost parts.
Having performed sequential repairs to escapement components the student will perform matched
escapement set ups using a large scale model of the detached lever escapement. After satisfactory
sequential adjustment of the escapement model the student will perform escapement
repairs/adjustments on three ( 3 ) watches One 1 1 1/2 ligne ~ One 10 ligne ~ One 6 3/4 ligne Time
keeping of the finished watches will be considered the ultimate test of a satisfactory repair
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
( 3 ) watches One 1 1 1/2 ligne ~ One 10 ligne ~ One 6 3/4 ligne

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2302
Intermediate Horology II
Description
Continuation of IntermediateHorology I. Emphisis on hairsprings in the watch including
overcoilsand friction jeweling. Prerequisite: HRGY 2301
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Describe the theory and functions of friction jeweling, hairspring adjustments, and forming overcoil
hairsprings; describe the Swiss keys and regulating procedures of the basic watch; replace the roller
jewel, pallet guard finger, and pallet jewels in standard watches within a specified time frame
ensuring that they operate correctly; replace and adjust pallet arbors in standard watches within a
specific time frame ensuring they operate correctly; and perform escapement adjustment to standard
watches ensuring they operate correctly. Replace and adjust friction jewels common to the standard
watch ensuring that it operates correctly; perform advanced hairspring manipulation in operating
watches and correct overhaul and regulating procedures to standard watches; form overcoil
hairsprings; and replace Swiss-style regulator keys.
Schedule
Week 1
Week 2
Week 3
Hairspring Adjustments
Regulator pin adjustment, Hairsprings in the watch
Swiss key replacement , Friction jeweling
Evaluation methods
The student will correct instructor introduced hairspring errors centering and leveling the hairspring
to the balance bridge, formation of the hairspring concentric curve, adjustment at the regulator pin
and Swiss key and corrective bends. Regulator Pin Adjustments and trouble shooting problems of
regulator pins. Swiss Key Function and Replacement Friction Jeweling. Neatness of the work area
and cleanliness of the project will affect the grade as will scratches, damage, broken and lost parts
will affect the project grade.
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2303
Intermediate Horology III
Description
Continuation of IntermediateHorology II. Emphisis on overcoil procedureson the standard watch
and the sixteen piont check system. Prerequisite: HRGY 2302
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will explain and perform overhaul procedures on the standard watch and the Sixteen Point
Check System.
Schedule
Week 1- 4
16 Point Check System
Evaluation methods
16 Point Check System Given various wristwatches of different sizes and manufactures the student
will perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for
an actual paying customer. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time
keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling, lubricating, hairspring work and care of the crystal, case ,dial
and hands are to be considered. . The steps are to be listed from memory on the written final exam.
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2304
Intermediate Horology IV
Description
Continuation of IntermediateHorology III. Emphisis on vibrating a hairspring to a watch, adjusting
an overcoil and dynamic timing. Prerequisite: HRGY 2303
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Describe the theory and function of overcoil hairsprings; form overcoil hairsprings and untangle
hairsprings to watch repair industry standards; locate and correct problems in hairsprings occurring
at the collet; and correct positional errors related to hairsprings and regulator pins; *( Recognise
construction of gravers for lathe work.)
Schedule
Week 1 *( Graver Sharpening ), Advanced Hairspring Work
Week 2 Adjustment at Regulator, Correcting Hairspring Positional Errors
Week 2-3 Vibrating a Hairspring To a Watch
Week 4 Removal of Tangles , ( Graver Sharpening )
Evaluation methods
Student will correct instructor introduced overcoil as well as flat hairspring errors to assure the
watches proper time keeping as tested by electronic testing equipment . Designed to develop
confidence and job speed this unit of instruction stresses centering and leveling the hairspring to the
balance bridge, formation of the hairspring concentric curve, adjust regulator pins and swiss keys
and corrective bends, remove tangles and knots from hairsprings without damage to the spring.
Adjust the regulator pins and keys. Hairsprings will be adjust in project watches to compensate for
errors in the watches position as checked on electronic testing equipment. Overcoils Overcoil
hairsprings will be formed to blueprint specification using the Loosier Curve design. The student
will vibrate the hairspring using a vibrating tool. The overall accuracy and neatness of the work
and time keeping will affect the grade. *( Student will the process of graver sharpening and discuss
the process in an essay.)
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2305
Intermediate Horology V
Description
Textbooks
Continuation of IntermediateHorology Iv. Emphisis on shaping and sharpening wathemakers
gravers and the use of the watchmakers latheto turn square sholder pivots. Prerequisite: HRGY
2304
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will describe the functions of the watchmaker's lathe and demonstrate a thorough
knowledge of its uses through practical application; describe and demonstrate construction of
cutting tools and gravers to include the tempering process and the proper care and sharpening of
gravers; exhibit an understanding of the theory and application of burnishers and polishing
techniques; and properly remove balance staffs from balance wheels using the watchmaker's lathe.
Schedule
Week 1 - Gravers, 4mm double shoulder brass
Week 2 - 4mm double sholder steel, 0.5mm double shoulder brass
Week 3 - 0.5mm double shoulder steel, 0.2mm double shoulder brass
Week 4 - 0.2mm double shoulder steel
Evaluation methods
Graver shaping, hardening and heat treating, lapping and mirror polishing 6 tool steel gravers for
the watchmakers lathe. The gravers properly hardened tempered as to be able to cut drill rod
steel,must be razor sharp. Lathe projects must be held to Tolerance : Diameters ~ .01 mm + .00mm
, - .10mm Lengths ~ + - .10mm Projects must be without scratches, dents or other surface
irregularities and must be polished unless stated otherwise.
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2306
Intermediate Horology VI
Description
Continuation of IntermediateHorology V. Emphisis on the use of the watchmakers lathe to turn
conical pivots, balance staffs and stems. Prerequisite: HRGY 2305
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will describe the functions of the watchmaker's lathe and demonstrate a thorough
knowledge of its uses through practical application; describe and demonstrate construction of
cutting tools and gravers to include the tempering process and the proper care and sharpening of
gravers; exhibit an understanding of the theory and application of burnishers and polishing
techniques; and properly remove balance staffs from balance wheels using the watchmaker's lathe.
Schedule
Week 1- 0.5mm cone pivot brass, 0.5mm cone pivot steel
Week 2-3 0.2mm cone pivot brass, 0.2mm cone pivot steel, 12mm Balance Staff
Week 3-4 6mm Balance Staff 21mm Stem in Brass
Evaluation methods
Unless otherwise stated all watchmakers lathe projects must be held to blueprint specification of
Tolerance : Diameters ~ .01 mm + .00mm , - .01mm Lengths ~ + - .10mm Projects must be without
scratches, dents or other surface irregularities and must be polished unless stated otherwise.
0.5mm cone pivot brass, 0.5mm cone pivot steel
0.2mm cone pivot brass, 0.2mm cone pivot steel
12mm Balance Staff 6mm Balance Staff, 21mm Stem in Brass
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2307
Intermediate Horology VII
Description
Continuation of Intermediate Horology VI with emphasis on the use of the watchmakers lathe to
make a stem to fit a watch, balance staff removal, pivot burnishing and the use of the Jacot tool .
Nomencature and material systems for Automatic and calendar watches. Prerequisite: HRGY 2306
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Describe and demonstrate the theories and applications of pivot repair and polishing; exhibit a
thorough understanding of the nomenclature of automatic winding watches and utilize the
complicated watch material system to procure replacement parts as required; explain and
demonstrate proper cleaning, overhaul, and repair procedures for automatic winding watches; and
demonstrate proper repair procedures for small jobs common in the watch repair industry to include
case polishing and repairs, removing broken screws, fitting spring bars, and dissolving screws with
alum.
Schedule
Week 1 - 19mm Stem in Steel ,Stem for Watch
Week 2 - Cut off Balance Hubs, Screwdriver Project /intro to repivoting
Week 3 - Pivot Repairs/ Jacot Tool, Burnish Train wheel Pivots
Week 4 Burnish Balance Pivots, Automatic Watch Nomenclature/Materials and
ordering parts and Trouble Shooting Automatics
Evaluation methods
Unless otherwise stated all watchmakers lathe projects must be held to blueprint specification of
Tolerance : Diameters ~ .01 mm + .00mm , - .1mm Lengths ~ + - .10mm Projects must be without
scratches, dents or other surface irregularities and must be polished unless stated otherwise.
19mm Stem in Steel, Stem for Watch, Cut off Balance Hubs
Screwdriver Project (intro to repivoting exercise)
Pivot Repairs/ Jacot Tool : Burnish Train wheel Pivots Burnish Balance Pivots
Automatic Watches Nomenclature/Materials and Ordering Parts
Trouble Shooting Automatics
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2308
Intermediate Horology VIII
Description
Continuation of Intermediate Horology VI with emphasis on speed. Focus on disassembly,
cleaning, and repair of automatic winding watches; and on precision timing including nomenclature,
parts interchangeability, proper lubrication, and casing.
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will describe and demonstrate the theories and applications of pivot repair and polishing;
exhibit a thorough understanding of the nomenclature of automatic winding watches and utilize the
complicated watch material system to procure replacement parts as required; explain and
demonstrate proper cleaning, overhaul, and repair procedures for automatic winding watches; and
demonstrate proper repair procedures for small jobs common in the watch repair industry to include
case polishing and repairs, removing broken screws, fitting spring bars, and dissolving screws with
alum.
Schedule
Week 1-4 - Automatic and Calendar Wtches
Evaluation methods
Given automatic wristwatches of different sizes and manufactures the student will perform the
necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for an actual paying
customer. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time keeping,
cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, hairspring work and care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands
and strap or band are to be considered . Scratches, damage and loss of parts will subtract from the
overall project grade. A Job work sheet is to be completed for each watch. Quality of workmanship
and difficulty of the projects will be assessed as will the students ability to work independently.
Watches that are not repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for grading.
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Shannon Calloway
AS126
903-782-0249
scalloway@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2333
Casting II
Description
Continuation of Casting I. Includes instruction in mold making and vibratory finishing.
Prerequisite(s): Completion of HRGY 1309
Textbooks
Murry Bovin, Jewelry Casting, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, N.Y. 1979
Tim McCreight, Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1982
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry
nomenclature, and ethics.
Demonstrate skills in casting techniques: wax carving, injecting, spruing, treeing, investing, and
casting centrifugally and by vacuum.
Schedule
WEEK 1 # 19A CLUSTER RING
#21A BRIGHT CUT WEDDING BAND
#9 BAKER TOP
WEEK 2 #16 RING GUARD
#31HEXAGONAL GENTS RING
#42 FREEFORM RING
WEEK 3 #11B LARGE RING SHANK
#15 GENTS SQUARE TOP RING
WEEK 4 #8 BRACELET LINKS
#2 SIX PRONG HEAD
#3 FOUR PRONG V HEAD
#4 CATHEDRAL BASKET HEAD
#5 SPLIT PRONG FISHTAIL HEAD
#6 FOUR PRONG ILLUSION TOP
#7 PENDANT BAIL

Evaluation methods Daily Grades 05%
Technical Average 75%
Ethics 10%
Written Final 10%
Final Semester Grade 100%
Grade scale: A: 90 - 100
B: 80 - 89.5
C: 70 - 79.5
F: 0 - 69.5

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Serina Omori
AS116
903-782-0451
somori@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2335
Precious Metals I
Description
Textbooks
Emphasis on layout, bright cuts, baguettes, marquise, pear, cushion, and emerald cut stones. Focus
on utilization of commercial shop guidelines.
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,
Portland, Main, 2001
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of
Jewelry Related Terms.
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student will demonstrate skills to repair different types of chains. Cast ring and solder heads
in place and set stones. Assemble head and shank and set stone, size and retip prongs. Cast
channel ring and set stones. Cast ring and bead set brighto-cut 3 stones into ribbon. Cast ring multi
stone strip and set stones. Cast ring and bead set bright-cut 4 stone in top. Cast ring solder bezel in
place and set stones.
Schedule
May 14th-17th- Repair different types of chains, fabricate jumps rings and attach, Cast ring solder
heads in place and set stones and size.
May 21st-24th- Assemble shank and head, set stone, size and retip three prongs. Cast ring channel
set different size stones into channel and size. Cast ring and bead set and bright cut stones into
ring.
May 29th-June 4th- Cast ring and multi stone strip and set stones in strip. Cast ring and bead set
bright cut four stones into top of ring. Cast ring and solder bezels in place and set stones.
Evaluation methods
Projects are graded to jewelry industry standard.
Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or better
The course grade is compiled as follows:
Technical Average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Written final 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Serina Omoril
AS116
903-782-0451
somori@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2336
Precious Metals II
Description
A continuation of Precious Metals I. Focus on layout, bright cuts, baguettes, marquise, pear,
cushion, and emerald cut stones as well as pave in precious metals. Includes utilization of
commercial shop guidelines. Emphasis on speed.
Textbooks
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,
Portland, Main, 2001
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of
Jewelry Related Terms.
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The sudent will demonstrate the skill to cast and baguette stone. Cast ring and solder heads in
place and set stones. Channel set stones into a cast ring. And solder posts to hollow earrings.Cast a
wedding set and set stones, size and solder together. Bezel set oval stone, flush set stone on each
side . Cast, assemble and set princess cut stone. Size platinum band
June 5th-11th: Cast and set three baguettes in a ring. Cast ring and solder heads into ring set stones
and size.
June 14th-18th: Cast channel ring and set round stones. Hollow dome earrings remove posts and
resolder posts on. Cast wedding set and set marquise center stone and tapered baguettes on side.
June 18th-25th: Cast ring and bezel set center stone and flush set side stones. Cast and set princess
cut stone. Size and polish platinum band.
Evaluation methods
Projects are graded to jewelry industry standard.
Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or better
The course grade is compiled as follows:
Technical Average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Written final 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Harrison, Harrel
AS116
903-782-0451
hharrison@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2337
Precious Metals III
Description
Continuation of Precious Metals II with emphasis on techniques and refinement of commercial shop
practices including lost wax process of casting in precious metals and assembly of die- struck and
cast findings. General review of bench techniques.
Textbooks
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,
Portland, Main, 2001
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of
Jewelry Related Terms.
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student will demonstrate the skills to cast and set round stone in center and a baguette on each
side and set stones in the ring guard. Cast shanks and assemble pear and marquise heads and set
stones. Cast and set channel set baguette stones, assemble shank and peg marquise head and set
stone. Set stones in buttercup mountings earrings and pendant
Schedule
June 27th-July 3th: Cast ring and set center stone and side stones. Cast each side of ring guard
solder together and set stones. Set marquise shaped stone in six prongs
July 5th-11th: Set pear shape stone in six prongs. Cast and set pave'. Set oval stone into basket
head.
July 12th-17th: Channel set baguettes. Set marquise stone in peg head. Set stones in Buttercup
earings and pendant.
Evaluation methods
Projects are graded to jewelry industry standard.
Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or better
The course grade is compiled as follows:
Technical Average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Written final 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section .01 email
Harrison, Harrel
AS116
903-782-0451
hharrison@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2338
Precious Metals IV
Description
Continuation of Precious Metals III with emphasis on techniques and refinement of commercial
shop practices including lost wax process of casting in precious metals and assembly of die- struck
and cast findings. General review of bench techniques from fabrication of a platinum pendant to
soldering die struck heads on mountings. Emphasis on speed.
Textbooks
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,
Portland, Main, 2001
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of
Jewelry Related Terms.
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student will demonstrate the skills to pave' set stones in ring. Cast and assemble emerald head
and shank and set stone. Assemble cast parts and set multi stones. Cast and assemble pendant and
set stone. Assemble cast parts and solder head in place set stone, size and solder together. Cast and
channel set baguettes in ring. Jewelers of America Certification test.
Schedule
July 18th-24th: Pave' stones into round top ring. Cast ring and set emerald cut stone.
July 25th-July 31st: Cast ring and set stones in waterfall top. Cast pendant and set stones.
August 1nd-7th: Cast nugget ring and set stones. Solder posts into hollow loop earings. Jewelers
of America Bench Certification test.
August
10: Recogition Ceremony
Evaluation methods
Projects are graded to jewelry industry standard.
Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or better
The course grade is compiled as follows:
Technical Average 80%
Workplace Ethics 10%
Written final 10%
Final course grade 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2341
Advanced Horology Systems I
Description
Textbooks
Course work includes lectures, demonstrations and practical hands-on training during the study of
disassembly, cleaning, repair and adjustment of timers and simple chronographs. Prerequisite:
HRGY 2308
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Student will demonstrate cleaning, overhaul, and repair of complicated watches and watches with
multiple complications to include automatic, calendar alarm, chronographic mechanisms, and
timers.
Week 1-2 Timers
Week 2-4 Simple Chronograph
Evaluation methods
Given various Stop Watches / Timers of different manufactures the student will perform the
necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls Stop Watches / Timers and Simple Chronographs
Given various Simple Chronographs of different manufactures. Attention to detail in the completion
of the watch movement, its time keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, hairspring work
and care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band are to be considered . Scratches, damage
and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. the student will perform the necessary
sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for an actual paying
customer.
Written test questions
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2342
Advanced Horology Systems II
Description
A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems I. Emphasis on disaaembly, cleaning, repair and
adjustment of multi function mechanical movements and automatic and calendat chronograph
watches. Prerequisite: HRGY2341
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will demonstrate cleaning, overhaul, and repair of complicated watches and watches with
multiple complications to include automatic, calendar alarm, chronographic mechanisms, and
timers; and describe the theory of basic electricity as it applies to troubleshooting, cleaning,
overhaul, and repair of electric balance wheel watches and basic tuning fork watches.
Schedule
Week 1-4
Chronographs
Evaluation methods
Given various Calendar and Automatic Chronographs of different manufactures the student will
perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the completion
of the watch movement, its time keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, hairspring work
and care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band are to be considered . Scratches, damage
and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. A Job work sheet is to be completed
for each watch project. Watches that are not repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for
grading.
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2343
Advanced Horology Systems III
Description
A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems II. Emphasis on electronic theroy related to
quarzt analog watches. Prerequisite: HRGY 2343
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Student will apply electronic theory to cleaning and overhauling simple quartz analog watches
Schedule
Week 1
Week 1-4
Using Using Volt/Ohm Meter
Quartz Analog Watches
Evaluation methods
Using VOM The student will perform checks of of electronic components.Given various Quartz
Analog Watches of different manufactures the student will perform the necessary sequential steps to
complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time keeping,
cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band are to
be considered . Scratches, damage and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. A
Job work sheet is to be completed for each watch project. Quality of workmanship and difficulty of
the projects will be assessed as will the students ability to work independently. Watches that are not
repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for grading.
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Frank Poye
AS 132
903 7820361
fpoye@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
HRGY 2344
Advanced Horology Systems IV
Description
A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems III. Emphisis on multi function quartz analog and
quartz digital time pieces. Elective projects can include electronic tuning fork watches. This course
is the culmination of all learned skills to prepare the individule for a career in the watchmaking
industry. Prerequisite: HRGY 2343
Textbooks
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers
by Henry B. Fried
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
Schedule
Student will describe and demonstrate the proper troubleshooting, cleaning, overhaul, and repair
procedures for the LED quartz watch, LCD quartz watch, and step motor quartz analog watches.
Week 1-2 Quartz Chronographs
Week 3 Quartz Digital
Week 3 Water Resistance Testing
Week 4 Case and Band Repair
Evaluation methods
Given various Quartz Chronograph and Quartz Digital Watches of different manufactures the
student will perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the
completion of the watch movement, its time keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, care of
the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band and Water Resistance are to be considered. Case and
Band Repair The student will size and adjust standard watch bands and demonstrate refinishing
procedures. Attention to detail in fitting of parts and the accuracy of the refinish/polishing will
determine the grade of the projects. Electives : Projects Accutrons , Tuning Fork and Balance
Wheel Electric Watches
Written test questions
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%
b. Work Ethics = 10%
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section G1 email
Marjorie Pannell
AS 140
903-782-0360
mpannell@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ITSC 1405
Introduction to PC Operating Systems
Description
Introduction to personal computer operating systems including installation, configuration, file
management, memory and storage management, control of peripheral devices, anduse of utilities.
Textbooks
New Perspectives onMicrosoft Windows 7, Parsons/Oja/Ruffolo, [978-0-538-74600-7]
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Identify tools, diagnostic procedures and troubleshooting techniques for networks and personal
computer components
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports
and presentations
Recognize the interaction of stand-alone and network devices, operating systems and applicaitons
Schedule
Week 1-Exploring the Basics of Microsoft Windows 7 & Organizing Your Files
Week 2: Personalizing Your Windows Environment & Working with the Internet and E-Mail
Week 3: Protecting Your Computer, Searching for Information and Collaborating with Others, &
Exam I
Week 4: Managing Multimedia Files, Connecting to Networks with Mobile Computing, &
Maintaining Hardware and Software
Week 5: - Improving Your Computer's Performance & Exam II
Evaluation methods
Labs 50%
Quizzes 25%
Exams 25%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113T
Phone
Section 65 email
Jan Jordan
AS 155
903-782-0378
jjordan@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
ITSC 1409
Integration of Software Applications 1
Description
Integration of applications from popular business productivity software suites. Instruction in
embedding data, linking and combining documents using word processing, spreadsheets, databases,
and/or presentation media software.
Textbooks
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Guidelines for Microsoft Office 2010, by Nancy Muir/Anita Verno, Paradigm Publishing. ISBN
978-76384-340-3 which includes 180 day free trial of Microsoft Office 2010 (which includes
Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint) and Student Resource CD with data files needed for assignments
(gold colored).
Week 1-Module 5--Word
Week 2-Module 5--Word
Week 3-Module 5--Word
Week 4-Module 5--Word
Week 5-Module 5--Word
Week 6-Module 6--Excel
Week 7-Module 6--Excel
Week 8-Module 6--Excel
Week 9-Module 6--Excel, Take Excel Production Exam (10%)
Week 10-Module 7--Access
Week 11-Module 7--Access
Week 12-Module 7--Access, Take Access Production Exam (10%)
Week 13-Module 8--PowerPoint
Week 14-Module 8--PowerPoint
Week 15-Module 8--PowerPoint, Take PowerPoint Production Exam (10 %)
Week 16-Module 9--Integrated (Take Word final production exam with instructor--10%)
60% Module Assignments completed and sent to instructor as per assignment schedule
10% Excel Production Exam
10% Access Production Exam
10% PowerPoint Production Exam
10% Word Production Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Pam Hunt
Learning Center Room 105
903-782-0237
phunt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0301
Reading II
Description
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading
skills.
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'
writing styles.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary
In Context”
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be
dropped.
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50% = test grade average
25% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25% = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Pam Hunt
Learning Center Room 105
903-782-0237
phunt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0301
Reading II
Description
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading
skills.
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'
writing styles.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary
In Context”
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be
dropped.
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50% = test grade average
25% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25% = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 02 email
Wendy Bozarth
Learning Center Room 105
903.491.8067
wbozarth@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0301
Reading II
Description
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading
skills.
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'
writing styles.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary
In Context”
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be
dropped.
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50% = test grade average
25% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25% = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 02 email
Wendy Bozarth
Learning Center Room 105
903.491.8067
wbozarth@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0301
Reading II
Description
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading
skills.
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'
writing styles.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary
In Context”
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be
dropped.
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50% = test grade average
25% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25% = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 40 email
Pam Hunt
Learning Center Room 105
903-782-0237
phunt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0301
Reading II
Description
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading
skills.
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'
writing styles.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary
In Context”
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be
dropped.
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50% = test grade average
25% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25% = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 40 email
Pam Hunt
Learning Center Room 105
903-782-0237
phunt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0301
Reading II
Description
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading
skills.
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'
writing styles.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary
In Context”
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be
dropped.
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50% = test grade average
25% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25% = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 41 email
Wendy Bozarth
Learning Center Room 105
903.491.8067
wbozarth@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0301
Reading II
Description
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading
skills.
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'
writing styles.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary
In Context”
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be
dropped.
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50% = test grade average
25% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25% = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section 41 email
Wendy Bozarth
Learning Center Room 105
903.491.8067
wbozarth@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0301
Reading II
Description
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading
skills.
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'
writing styles.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary
In Context”
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be
dropped.
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50% = test grade average
25% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25% = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Pam Hunt
Learning Center Room 105
903-782-0237
phunt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Pam Hunt
Learning Center Room 105
903-782-0237
phunt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 02 email
Wendy Bozarth
Learning Center Room 105
903.491.8067
wbozarth@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 02 email
Wendy Bozarth
Learning Center Room 105
903.491.8067
wbozarth@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Pam Hunt
Learning Center Room 105
903-782-0237
phunt@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Elizabeth Hawkins
GC
903-445-9333
ehawkins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 41 email
Wendy Bozarth
Learning Center Room 105
903.491.8067
wbozarth@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 41 email
Wendy Bozarth
Learning Center Room 105
903.491.8067
wbozarth@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Robin Wheat
SSC
903-885-1232
rwheat@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Wendy Bozarth
Learning Center Room 105
903.491.8067
wbozarth@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 51 email
Wendy Bozarth
Learning Center Room 105
903.491.8067
wbozarth@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Learning Skills 0302
Reading III
Description
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing College
Reading Skills, ISBN 1 - 59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes.(1) Students will develop basic
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading skills.
Course Level Student Learning OUtcomes: (1) Students will increase college level vocabularies;
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention: (3) Students will denote authors' writing
styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.
Schedule
The following learning units will be studied in sequential orders as students master course content.
Unit 1 Vocabulary
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, "Vocabulary in Context"
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter2, "Main Ideas," Chapter 3 "
"Supporting Details," and Chapter 4 "Implied Main Ideas"
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 5, "Relationships I," and
Chapter 6 "Relationships II"
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in Chapter
10 "Critical Reading"
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, "Inferences," and
and Chapter 8, "Purpose and Tone"
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application

Evaluation methods
Final course grades will be based upon the following:
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major tests over reading skills discussed and studied during class
discussions and on homework assignments. 2.
Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to instructions
and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be dropped. 4. Exit Exam:
Students' having 70 or above final averags will be required to take this exam. A grade of 70% or
above successfully completes the Exit Exam.
The
following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:
50 % = test grade average
25 % = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments
25 % = homework assignments
Grading Scale:
A = 90 - 100 C = 70-79 *F = 59 and below
B = 80-89 *D= 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1
Phone
Section 01 email
Jimmie Stripland
NS 113
903 782 0227
jstripland@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
LSKL 0306
Skill Development in Math
Description
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be
repeated.
Textbooks
Competency Mathematics by Larry Parsky
ISBN 0876945418
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math
coursework.
Schedule
Week 1- Unit 1
- Unit 2
-Unit 3
-Test 1
Week 2-Unit 4
-Unit 6
-Unit 5
-Test 2
Week 3-Unit 7
-Unit 8
-Test 3
Week 4-Unit 9
-Unit 10
-Unit 11
-Test 4
Week 5-Final Exams

Evaluation methods
Your final grade will be determined as follows:
20% Daily Quiz and Attendance
40% Major Test Average
40% Comprehensive Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Jimmie Stripland
NS 113
903 782 0227
jstripland@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
LSKL 0306
Skill Development in Math
Description
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be
repeated.
Textbooks
Competency Mathematics by Larry Parsky
ISBN 0876945418
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math
coursework.
Schedule
Week 1- Unit 1
- Unit 2
-Unit 3
-Test 1
Week 2-Unit 4
-Unit 6
-Unit 5
-Test 2
Week 3-Unit 7
-Unit 8
-Test 3
Week 4-Unit 9
-Unit 10
-Unit 11
-Test 4
Week 5-Final Exams

Evaluation methods
Your final grade will be determined as follows:
20% Daily Quiz and Attendance
40% Major Test Average
40% Comprehensive Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Nicole Baucom
211
(903)457-8711
nbaucom@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
LSKL 0306
Skill Development in Math 3.3.0
Description
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a
successful college experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed
to identify areas of specific need and to facilitate individualized instruction.
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be repeated.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Title: Competency Mathematics
Authors: Larry Parsky
Publisher: Educational Design, Inc.
ISNB: 0-87694-541-8
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math
coursework. Student will evaluate fraction problems using the basic four math operations: addition,
subtraction, multiplication, and division. Student will evaluate decimal problems using the same
four operations.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction, Pretest, and Units 1and 2
Week 2-Units 3-5
Week 3-Units 6-8
Week 4-Units 8, 9 and 10
Week 5-Units 10 and 11, PostTest and Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Grades will be derived from 3 components:
1. Average of major tests (4 @ 10% each) -------- 40%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 30%
3. Homework and Unit Tests ---- 30%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Susan Cook
Sulphur Springs Office
(903) 885-1232
cook@1starnet.com
Course
Title
LSKL-0306.50
Skill Dev Math
Description
This course is designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful
college experience. This class includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of
specific need and to facilitate individualized instruction.
Textbooks
Competency Mathematics EDI #417 by Larry Parsky ISBN-10 0-87694-541-8
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
This course is designed to help students refresh their basic math skills to a level that will enable
them to be successful in the required college math courses.
Schedule
Week 1 Units 1-2
Week 2 Units 3-5
Week 3 Units 6-7
Week 4 Units 8-10
Week 5 Unit 11 and Review
Evaluation methods
Daily Work 20% (Homework, participation and attendance)
Unit Quizzes 40% (Vocabulary Quizzes, Math Facts, End of Unit Quizzes)
Unit Tests 40% (Major Tests)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Carolyn Davis
SSC 101
903 885-1232
cdavis@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
LSKL 0306
Skill Development in Math
Description
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be
repeated.
Textbooks
Competency Mathematics by Larry Parsky
ISBN 0876945418
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math
coursework.
Schedule
Week 1- Unit 1
- Unit 2
-Unit 3
-Test 1
Week 2-Unit 4
-Unit 6
-Unit 5
-Test 2
Week 3-Unit 7
-Unit 8
-Test 3
Week 4-Unit 9
-Unit 10
-Unit 11
-Test 4
Week 5-Final Exams

Evaluation methods
Your final grade will be determined as follows:
20% Daily Quiz and Attendance
40% Major Test Average
40% Comprehensive Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 51 email
*STAFF
SSC
(903) 885-1232
Course
Title
Lskl 0306
Skill Development in Math
Description
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be
repeated.
Textbooks
Competency Mathematics by Larry Parsky
ISBN 0876945418
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math
coursework.
Schedule
*AT THE TIME THIS SYLLABUS WAS POSTED TO THE WEBSITE AN INSTRUCTOR
HAD NOT BEEN ASSIGNED TO THE COURSE. FOR INQUIRIES, CONTACT THE MATH
& SCIENCE DIVISION OFFICE AT (903) 782-0209.
Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1
Phone
Section 01 email
Lana Steich
NS 117
903-782-0336
lsteich@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0103
Elementary Algebra lab
Description
Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of linear
equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring. This
course may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
Textbooks
Itroductory Algebra an Applied Approach, Aufmann and Lockwood, 8th edition, ISBN-10: 1-4390-
4604-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
• The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic, and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
• The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
• The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule
Week 1-Chapter 1
Week 2-Exam 1, Chapter 2, 3
Week 3-Exam 2, Chapter 4
Week 4-Exam 3, Chapter 5
Week 5-Chapter 9, Exam 4, Review, Final exam
Evaluation methods
Exams 50%
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Practice Problems 5%
Final Exam 15%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
*STAFF
Course
Title
MATH 0103
Elementary Algebra Lab
Description
Math 300 is a traditional lecture course. Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and
inequalities, application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of
polynomials, and factoring. This course may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
Textbooks
Itroductory Algebra an Applied Approach, Aufmann and Lockwood, 8th edition, ISBN-10: 1-4390-
4604-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
• The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic, and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
• The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
• The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule
*AT THE TIME THIS SYLLABUS WAS POSTED TO THE WEBSITE AN INSTRUCTOR
HAD NOT BEEN ASSIGNED TO THE COURSE. FOR INQUIRIES, CONTACT THE MATH
& SCIENCE DIVISION OFFICE AT (903) 782-0209.
Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 02 email
Chastity Woodson
NS RM 119
903-782-0234
cwoodson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 0103.02
Elementary Algebra
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Topics covered include real numbers, evaluating and simplifying variable expressions, linear
equations and inequalities, application of linear equations, adding and subtracting polynomials,
multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory
score on placement test. Lab consists of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ math
skills.
Title: Introductory Algebra an Applied Approach 8th edition
Authors: Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin
ISBN: 1-1112-3055-2
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule
Week 1-Discuss Chapter 1, Chapter 1 Test
Week 2-Discuss Chapters 2 & 3, Chapter 2 & 3 Test
Week 3-Discuss Chapter 4, Chapter 4 Test
Week 4-Discuss Chapter 5, Sections 9.2/9.3, Chapter 5, 9.2/9.3 Test
Week 5-Review for Final Exam, Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Keep in mind that you will receive a grade for LSKL 0103 independently of MATH 0300. Students
are required to attend LSKL 0103 for one hour per week. You will begin your assignments while in
Lab. This will give you the opportunity to clear up any questions you may have over the material
covered for that day while you are trying to work the problems. You can work independently, with
other classmates, and with me. The grade for this one-hour lab is based on your attendance AND
participation. A deduction of 10 points will be given per day missed and for lack of participation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 02 email
Lana Steich
NS 117
903-782-0336
lsteich@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0103
Elementary Algebra lab
Description
Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of linear
equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring. This
course may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
Textbooks
Itroductory Algebra an Applied Approach, Aufmann and Lockwood, 8th edition, ISBN-10: 1-4390-
4604-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
• The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic, and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
• The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
• The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Week 1-Chapter 1.1 - 1.3
Week 2-Chapter 1.4 - 1.7, Chapter 2
Week 3-Exam 1, Chapter 3
Week 4-Chapter 4, Exam 2, Chapter 5.1 - 5.3
Week 5-Chapter 5, 9, Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Exams 50%
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Practice Problems 5%
Final Exam 15%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 03 email
Wendi Burton
AD 152
903.782.0209
wburton@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 0103
Elementary Algebra Lab
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Topics covered include real numbers, evaluation and simplifying variable expressions, linear
equations and inequalities, application of linear equations, adding and subtracting polynomials,
multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring. Prerequisite: LSKL 306 or satisfactory
score on placement test. Lab consists of tutoring instruction designed to develop student's math
skills.
Title: Introductory Algebra an Applied Approach 8th edition
Authors:
Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood
Publishers:
Houghton Mifflin ISBN: 1-
1112-3055-2
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve
realworld problems.
The student is expected to interpet basic mathematical information verbally and graphically. The
student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Week 1- Pre-Algebra Review
Week 2-Variable Expressions
Week 3-Solving Linear Equations
Week 4-Polynomials
Week 5-Factoring Polynomials and Solving Inequalities
Evaluation methods
Grades will be derived from 3 components:
1. Average of major test (4 @ 15% each) = 60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam = 25%
3. Quizzes & Homework = 15%
Lab grade will be determined by class attendance and participation

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Nicole Baucom
211
(903)457-8711
nbaucom@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH0103
Elementary Algebra Lab
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities,
application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and
division of polynomials, and factoring. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. MUST take LSKL 0103 as required lab. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory
score on placement test.
Introductory Algebra an Applied Approach 8th edition
Authors: Aufmann & Lockwood
Publisher: Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning
ISBN: 1-1112-3055-2
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule Week 1-Intro and Section 1.1-1.8
Week 2-Review Chapter 1 and EXAM Chapter 1, 2.1 - 3.4
Week 3-Skip 3.5 and cover 3.6 - 4.4
Week 4-Cover 4.5 - 5.3
Week 5-Cover 5.4 - 5.5 and 9.2 - 9.3 and Final Exam (Final Exam is given according to the PJC
Final Examination Schedule)

Evaluation methods
Grades will be derived from 3 components:
1. Average of major tests (3 @ 20%each) -------- 60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 20%
3. Quizzes & Homework -------- 20%
Lab grade is based solely on attendance and participation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term SUMMER II 2012
Phone
Section 40 email
John Sneed
GC Room 201
903 454 9333
jsneed@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0103
ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA LAB
Description
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of
linear equation, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. MUST take MATH 0103 as required lab.
Prerquisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement test.
Textbooks
Title: Introductory Algebra --An Applied Approach Eighth Edition
Authors: Aufmann and Lockwood
Publisher: Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning
ISBN: 1-4390 4604 2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to use arithmentic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve real
world problems.
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.

Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1-Add, Subtract, Multiply, and Divide Integers;
Week 2-Exponents; Order of Operations; Factoring Numbers; Prime Factors
Week 3-Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, and Dividion of Rational Numbers
Week 4-Concepts of Geometry
Week 5-Evaluating, Simplifying, and Translating Variable Expressions
Week 6-Introduction to Equations: Solve Equations by addition and/or Mutiplication
Week 7-Solve Equations by addition and/or Multiplication, and by Collection of Like Terms
Week 8-Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems
Week 9-Addition, subtraction, Multiplication of Polynomials
Week 10-Integer Exponents; Scientific Notation; Division of Polynomials; Common Factors;
Factoring Quadratics
Week 11-Common Factors; Factoring Quadratics
Week 12-Factoring Quadratics; Special Factoring
Week 13-Solving Equations
Week 14-Addition and Multiplication Properties of Inequalities
Week 15-General Inequalities
Week 16-Comprehensive final
*Summer semesters will follow the same schedule but in a condensed 5 week format rather than the
f ll t 16 k f t
Grades will be derived from 3 components.
1. Average of chapter tests------------60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam--------20%
3. Homework Average-----------------20%
Lab grade is based solely on attendance and participation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 41 email
Jennifer Garrett
GC 125
903.454.9333
jgarrett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0103
ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA LAB
Description
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of
linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.
Must take MATH 0103 as required lab. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or saatisfactory score on
placement test.
Textbooks
Introductory Algebra, 8th Edition; By Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood; Published by Houghton Mifflin
Company ISBN: 1-4390-4604-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems; the student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and
graphically; and the student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and
symbolically.

Schedule
Week 1-Chapter 1 and 2
Week 2-Chapter 3
Week 3-Chapter 4
Week 4-Chapter 5
Week 5-Chapter 9, Review, Final Exam
Evaluation methods
20% Daily Average (Homework and Quizzes); 40% Chapter Test Average; 40% Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 41 email
Laura Beene
GC 201
(903) 454-9333
lauranbeene@gmail.com
Course
Title
Math 0103
Elementary Algebra Lab
Description
This course is designed to help students with the math course that they are enrolled in, Math 0300
Textbooks
Introductory Algebra An Applied Approach by Aufman/Barker/Lockwood-8th edition.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Math 0300 SLO:
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve real-world problem
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Week 1- Introduction and Ch 1.2-1.4, 3.1-3.4
Week 2-Sections 9.2-9.3, 6.6 Test Ch. 1 and 3
Week 3-Sections 4.1-4.5 Test Ch 6 and 9
Week 4-Section 5.1-5.4 Test Ch 4 and 5
Week 5-Exam Review and Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Grades for MATH 0301 will be derived from 4 components:
1. Average of Chapter tests-----60%
2. Homework---------------------10%
2. Attendance---------------------10%
3. Comprehensive Final---------20%
LAB: Students with 16 hours or more in lab who attend each week receive an “A” in lab. Eight poin
deducted for each absence.

ms.

nts will be

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1
Phone
Section 50 email
Dr. Cynthia Steward, Sulphur Springs Center
C
903.885.1232
csteward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0103
Elementary Algebra Lab
Description
Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and inequalilties, application of linear
equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.
Textbooks
Introductory Algebra by Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood. ISBN 13:978-0-547-01679-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically
Schedule
Week 1: Sec1.1-1.7
Week 2: Chapter 1 Test, Sec 1.8-3.2
Week 3: Chapter 2-3 Test, Sec 3.3-4.2
Week 4: Chapter 4 Test, Sec 4.3-5.3
Week 5: Chapter 5 Test, Final, Sec 5.4, 9.1, 9.2
Evaluation methods
There will be in class tests given at the end of each chapter and one comprehensive final. The
lowest chapter test grade will be replaced by the final exam if the final exam is higher. Makeup
exams will be given in the library and there will be a 15 point penalty applied if the student contacts
the instructor before the next class period. All students must take the final exam or a grade of F
will be given for non-compliance. Homework assignments will be given daily but only a
representative sample will be turned in for credit. A penalty of 5 points will be applied to all late
assignments.
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:
20% Daily attendance and homework
60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Gerald Grafton
SSHS 107
(903) 885-1232
ggrafton@ssisd.net
Course
Title
Math 0103
Elementary Algebra Lab
Description
Textbooks
Topics covered normally include realnumbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of
linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. MUST take LSKL 0103 as required lab.
(Students taking this course on the Texas A&M University-Commerce campus are excluded from
this requirement.) Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement tests.
Introductory Algebra: An Applied Approach, 8th Edition
Richard N. Aufmann/Joanne S. Lockwood
ISBN 13:9781439046043
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
• The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic, and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
• The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
• The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule
Week 1- Sections 1.1 - 1.3 (Operations with Integers)
- Sections 1.4 - 1.6 (Order of Operations, Exponents, Factoring Numbers, Adding &
Subtraction Rational Numbers)
- Sections 1.7, 1.8 (Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers, Basic Geometry Concepts)
- Sections 2.1 - 2.3 (Evaluating and Simplifying Variable Expressions, Translating Verbal
Expressions to Variable Expressions)
Week 2- Sections 3.1, 3.2 (Introduction to Equations and General Equations - Part 1)
- Sections 3.3, 3.4 (General Equations - Part 2, Translating Sentences to Equations)
- Sections 3.5, 3.6 (Geometry Problems, Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems)
Week 3- Sections 4.1, 4.2 (Add & Subtract Polynomials, Multiplying Monomials)
- Sections 4.3, 4.4 (Multiplying Polynomials, Integer Exponents, Scientific Notation)
- Section 4.5 (Division of Polynomials)
- Section 5.1(Factoring - GCF)
Week 4- Section 5.2 (Factoring Quadratic Trinomials where a = 1)
- Section 5.3, 5.4 (Factoring Quadratic Trinomials where is not 1, Special Factoring)
- Sections 5.4, 5.5 (Special Factoring, Solving Equations by Factoring)
Week 5- Sections 9.1, 9.2 (Solving Linear Inequalities)
- Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Quizzes, a mid-term exam and a final exam will be given. Quizzes will be 50% of your grade. The
mid-term exam will be 25% of your grade. The final exam will serve as the remaining 25% of your
grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
John Fornof
NS 115
903-782-0331
jfornof@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 0106
Intermediate Algebra Lab
Description
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 8th Edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 1-1112-3047-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Week 1- Sections 2.1,2.4,2.5,3.1-3.7
Week 2- Test 1; Sections 5.1-5.5
Week 3- Sections 5.6,5.7,6.1-6.3; Test 2
Week 4- Sections 6.4,6.5,7.1-7.4,8.3; Test 3
Week 5- Cumulative Review; Final Exam
Evaluation methods
There will be three exams. Each exam will contribute 20% to the final grade making a total of 60%.
The final exam will be worth another 20%, leaving 20% for class work and Webassign. The lab
grade will be determinied by the average of all quizzes taken during lab. Grades will be determined
by overall percentage at the end of the course.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
John Fornof
NS 115
903-782-0331
jfornof@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0106
Intermediate Algebra Lab
Description
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 8th Edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 1-1112-3047-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Week 1- Sections 2.1,2.4,2.5,3.1-3.7
Week 2- Test 1; Sections 5.1-5.5
Week 3- Sections 5.6,5.7,6.1-6.3; Test 2
Week 4- Sections 6.4,6.5,7.1-7.4,8.3; Test 3
Week 5- Cumulative Review; Final Exam
Evaluation methods
There will be three exams. Each exam will contribute 20% to the final grade making a total of 60%.
The final exam will be worth another 20%, leaving 20% for class work and Webassign. The lab
grade will be determinied by the average of all quizzes taken during lab. Grades will be determined
by overall percentage at the end of the course.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 02 email
Chastity Woodson
NS 1196
903-782-0234
cwoodson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0106
Intermediate Algebra Lab
Description
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadratic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ skills.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 8th edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 1-1112-3047-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3Th d i d l b i i ih l il d i l i
Schedule Week 1-Discuss Sections 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, Discuss Sections 3.1-3.4
Week 2-Discuss Sections 3.5-3.7, Chapter 2 & 3 Test, Discuss Sections 5.1-5.5
Week 3-Discuss Sections 5.6-5.7, Chapter 5 Test, Discuss Sections 6.1-6.2
Week 4-Discuss Sections 6.3-6.5, Chapter 6 Test, Discuss Sections 7.1-7.3
Week 5-Discuss Sections 7.4, 8.3, Chapter 7, 8.3 Test, Review for Final Exam, Final Exam

Evaluation methods
The lab grade will be determined by attendance and participation. A deduction of 10 points will be
given per day missed and for lack of participation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 02 email
Michelle Wear
Prior to or after class by appointment
903.782.0209
mwear@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 0106.02
Intermediate Algebra Lab
Description
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 8th Edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 1-1112-3047-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Week 1- Sections 2.1,2.4,2.5,3.1-3.7
Week 2- Sections 5.1-5.5
Week 3- Sections 5.6, 5.7, 6.1-6.3
Week 4- Sections 6.4,6.5,7.1-7.1, 8.3
Week 5- Review; Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grades for the lab portion of this class are determined by attendance and participation on the
assignments.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 03 email
*STAFF
Course
Title
Math 0106
Intermediate Algebra Lab
Description
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 8th Edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 1-1112-3047-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
*AT THE TIME THIS SYLLABUS WAS POSTED TO THE WEBSITE AN INSTRUCTOR
HAD NOT BEEN ASSIGNED TO THIS COURSE. FOR INQUIRIES, PLEASE CONTACT
THE MATH & SCIENCE DIVISION OFFICE AT (903) 782-0209. THANK YOU.
Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Jeff Norris
GC - 210
(903)457-8713
jnorris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0106
Intermediate Algebra Laboratory
Description
Group laboratory instruction designed to develop mathematical skills necessary for academic
success.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach, 8th edition, Aufmann/Lockwood
1112-3047-1)
(ISBN#1-
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 2 sections 1 & 4; First degree equations and inequalities
Chapter 2 section 5; Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; Absolute value equations and inequalities; the
rectangular coordinate system; functions
Week 2-Chapter 3 sections 3 & 4; Linear functions and slope; Chapter 3 sections 5, 6, & 7;
Equations of lines; inequalities in two variables; Chapter 5 sections 1, 2, & 3; Exponential
expressions; polynomial functions; multiplying polynomials
Week 3-Chapter 5 sections 4 & 5; Division of polynomials; factoring polynomials; Chapter 5
sections 6 & 7; More on factoring; solving equations by factoring; Chapter 6 sections 1 & 2;
Arithmetic operations with rational expressions; Chapter 6 sections 3 & 4; Complex fractions; ratio
and proportion; rational equations
Week 4-Chapter 6 sections 5 & 6; rational equations and variation; Chapter 7 sections 1 & 2;
rational and radical expressions; operations on radical expressions; Chapter 7 sections 3; Radical
equations
Week 5-Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers; Chapter 8 section 3; The quadratic formula
Review for Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Evaluation for this course is based solely on student attendance and participation: Attendance
(50%); Participation (50%)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Jeff Norris
GC - 210
(903)457-8713
jnorris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0106
Intermediate Algebra Laboratory
Description
Group laboratory instruction designed to develop mathematical skills necessary for academic
success.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach, 8th edition, Aufmann/Lockwood
1112-3047-1)
(ISBN#1-
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 2 sections 1 & 4; First degree equations and inequalities
Chapter 2 section 5; Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; Absolute value equations and inequalities; the
rectangular coordinate system; functions
Week 2-Chapter 3 sections 3 & 4; Linear functions and slope; Chapter 3 sections 5, 6, & 7;
Equations of lines; inequalities in two variables; Chapter 5 sections 1, 2, & 3; Exponential
expressions; polynomial functions; multiplying polynomials
Week 3-Chapter 5 sections 4 & 5; Division of polynomials; factoring polynomials; Chapter 5
sections 6 & 7; More on factoring; solving equations by factoring; Chapter 6 sections 1 & 2;
Arithmetic operations with rational expressions; Chapter 6 sections 3 & 4; Complex fractions; ratio
and proportion; rational equations
Week 4-Chapter 6 sections 5 & 6; rational equations and variation; Chapter 7 sections 1 & 2;
rational and radical expressions; operations on radical expressions; Chapter 7 sections 3; Radical
equations
Week 5-Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers; Chapter 8 section 3; The quadratic formula
Review for Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Evaluation for this course is based solely on student attendance and participation: Attendance
(50%); Participation (50%)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 41 email
Anne Marie Ward
TANU-Commerce B-309
903-454-9333
award@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0106
Intermediate Algebra Lab
Description
This course is designed to help students on an individual basis with the math course in which they
are enrolled for the semester, usually MATH 0301.
Textbooks
None
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1-Review of real numbers and order of operations, first degree equations and inequalities,
absolute value equations, rectangular coordinate system
Week 2-Linear Functions and equations, finding slope and midpoint, inequalities in two
variables,exponential expressions and scientific notation, addition / subtraction of polynomials
Week 3- multiplication / division (long & synthetic) of polynomials, factoring and solving
equations by factoring, addition / subtraction / multiplication / division of rational expressions
Week 4-Complex fractions, ratio & proportions, rational equations, work and uniform motion
bl d di l l i i i i di l i l
Grades will be based on attendance. Each hour of attendance is worth 10% of the grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 41 email
Jennifer Garrett
GC - 125
(903)454-9333
jgarrett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0106.41
Intermediate Algebra Lab
Description
Factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs,
introduction to functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach, 8th edition, Aufmann/Lockwood (ISBN# 1-
1112-3047-1)
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Schedule
Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 2 sections 1 & 4; First degree equations and inequalities
Chapter 2 section 5; Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; Absolute value equations and inequalities; the
rectangular coordinate system; functions; Exam 1
Week 2-Chapter 3 sections 3 & 4; Linear functions and slope; Chapter 3 sections 5, 6, & 7;
Equations of lines; inequalities in two variables; Chapter 5 sections 1, 2, & 3; Exponential
expressions; polynomial functions; multiplying polynomials; Exam 2
Week 3-Chapter 5 sections 4 & 5; Division of polynomials; factoring polynomials; Chapter 5
sections 6 & 7; More on factoring; solving equations by factoring; Chapter 6 sections 1 & 2;
Arithmetic operations with rational expressions; Chapter 6 sections 3 & 4; Complex fractions; ratio
and proportion; rational equations; Exam 3
Week 4-Chapter 6 sections 5 & 6; rational equations and variation; Chapter 7 sections 1 & 2;
rational and radical expressions; operations on radical expressions; Chapter 7 sections 3; Radical
equations; Exam 4
Week 5-Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers; Chapter 8 section 3; The quadratic formula
Review for Final Exam; Final Exam

Evaluation methods Homework 5%
In-class Quizzes 10%
4 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:
Course Average Course Grade
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Dr. Cynthia Steward
C, Sulphur Springs Center
903.885.1232
csteward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0106
Intermediate Algebra Lab
Description
The topics included are factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex, numbers, linear equations
and their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra by Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood 7th edition. Student ISBN 13:97801-111-
21593-4
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.

Schedule
Week 1: Syllabus, 2.1-3.2
Week 2: Sec 3.3-3.7, Chapter 2-3.2 Test
Week 3: Sec 5.1-5.5, Ch 3 Test
Week 4: Sec 6.1-7.1, 8.3, Chapter 5 Test
Week 5: Sec 7.2-7.4, Chapter 6 Test, Chapter 7 Test, Final Exam
Evaluation methods
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the
lab time will provide for individual instruction.
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:
20% Daily attendance and homework
60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1
Phone
Section 01 email
Lana Steich
NS 117
903-782-0336
lsteich@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0300
Elementary Algebra
Description
Math 300 is a traditional lecture course. Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and
inequalities, application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of
polynomials, and factoring. This course may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
Textbooks
Itroductory Algebra an Applied Approach, Aufmann and Lockwood, 8th edition, ISBN-10: 1-4390-
4604-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
• The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic, and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
• The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
• The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule
Week 1-Chapter 1
Week 2-Exam 1, Chapter 2, 3
Week 3-Exam 2, Chapter 4
Week 4-Exam 3, Chapter 5
Week 5-Chapter 9, Exam 4, Review, Final exam
Evaluation methods
Exams 50%
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Practice Problems 5%
Final Exam 15%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
*STAFF
Course
Title
MATH 0300
Elementary Algebra
Description
Math 300 is a traditional lecture course. Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and
inequalities, application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of
polynomials, and factoring. This course may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
Textbooks
Itroductory Algebra an Applied Approach, Aufmann and Lockwood, 8th edition, ISBN-10: 1-4390-
4604-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
• The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic, and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
• The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
• The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule
*AT THE TIME THIS SYLLABUS WAS POSTED TO THE WEBSITE AN INSTRUCTOR
HAD NOT BEEN ASSIGNED TO THIS COURSE. FOR INQUIRIES, PLEASE CONTACT
THE MATH & SCIENCE DIVISION OFFICE AT (903) 782-0209. THANK YOU.
Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 02 email
Chastity Woodson
NS RM 119
903-782-0234
cwoodson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 0300.02
Elementary Algebra
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Topics covered include real numbers, evaluating and simplifying variable expressions, linear
equations and inequalities, application of linear equations, adding and subtracting polynomials,
multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory
score on placement test. Lab consists of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ math
skills.
Title: Introductory Algebra an Applied Approach 8th edition
Authors: Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin
ISBN: 1-1112-3055-2
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule
Week 1-Discuss Chapter 1, Chapter 1 Test
Week 2-Discuss Chapters 2 & 3, Chapter 2 & 3 Test
Week 3-Discuss Chapter 4, Chapter 4 Test
Week 4-Discuss Chapter 5, Sections 9.2/9.3, Chapter 5, 9.2/9.3 Test
Week 5-Review for Final Exam, Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grades will be derived from 3 components:
1. Average of major tests (4 @ 15% each) -------- 60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 25%
3. Quizzes & Homework -------- 15%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 02 email
Lana Steich
NS 117
903-782-0336
lsteich@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0300
Elementary Algebra
Description
Math 300 is a traditional lecture course. Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and
inequalities, application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of
polynomials, and factoring. This course may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
Textbooks
Itroductory Algebra an Applied Approach, Aufmann and Lockwood, 8th edition, ISBN-10: 1-4390-
4604-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
• The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic, and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
• The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
• The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule
Week 1-Chapter 1.1 - 1.3
Week 2-Chapter 1.4 - 1.7, Chapter 2
Week 3-Exam 1, Chapter 3
Week 4-Chapter 4, Exam 2, Chapter 5.1 - 5.3
Week 5-Chapter 5, 9, Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Exams 50%
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Practice Problems 5%
Final Exam 15%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 03 email
Wendi Burton
AD 152
903.782.0209
wburton@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 300
Elementary Algebra
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Topics covered include real numbers, evaluation and simplifying variable expressions, linear
equations and inequalities, application of linear equations, adding and subtracting polynomials,
multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring. Prerequisite: LSKL 306 or satisfactory
score on placement test. Lab consists of tutoring instruction designed to develop student's math
skills.
Title: Introductory Algebra an Applied Approach 8th edition
Authors:
Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood
Publishers:
Houghton Mifflin ISBN: 1-
1112-3055-2
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve
realworld problems.
The student is expected to interpet basic mathematical information verbally and graphically. The
student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Week 1- Pre-Algebra Review
Week 2-Variable Expressions
Week 3-Solving Linear Equations
Week 4-Polynomials
Week 5-Factoring Polynomials and Solving Inequalities
Evaluation methods
Grades will be derived from 3 components:
1. Average of major test (4 @ 15% each) = 60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam = 25%
3. Quizzes & Homework = 15%
Lab grade will be determined by class attendance and participation

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Nicole Baucom
211
(903)457-8711
nbaucom@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH0300
Elementary Algebra
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities,
application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and
division of polynomials, and factoring. May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements. MUST take LSKL 0103 as required lab. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory
score on placement test.
Introductory Algebra an Applied Approach 8th edition
Authors: Aufmann & Lockwood
Publisher: Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning
ISBN: 1-1112-3055-2
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Week 1-Intro and Section 1.1-1.8
Week 2-Review Chapter 1 and EXAM Chapter 1, 2.1 - 3.4
Week 3-Skip 3.5 and cover 3.6 - 4.4
Week 4-Cover 4.5 - 5.3
Week 5-Cover 5.4 - 5.5 and 9.2 - 9.3 and Final Exam (Final Exam is given according to the PJC
Final Examination Schedule)

Evaluation methods
Grades will be derived from 3 components:
1. Average of major tests (3 @ 20%each) -------- 60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 20%
3. Quizzes & Homework -------- 20%
Lab grade is based solely on attendance and participation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term SUMMER II 2012
Phone
Section 40 email
John Sneed
GC Room 201
903 454 9333
jsneed@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0300
ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA
Description
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of
linear equation, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. MUST take MATH 0103 as required lab.
Prerquisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement test.
Textbooks
Title: Introductory Algebra --An Applied Approach Eighth Edition
Authors: Aufmann and Lockwood
Publisher: Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning
ISBN: 1-4390 4604 2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to use arithmentic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve real
world problems.
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.

Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1-Add, Subtract, Multiply, and Divide Integers;
Week 2-Exponents; Order of Operations; Factoring Numbers; Prime Factors
Week 3-Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, and Dividion of Rational Numbers
Week 4-Concepts of Geometry
Week 5-Evaluating, Simplifying, and Translating Variable Expressions
Week 6-Introduction to Equations: Solve Equations by addition and/or Mutiplication
Week 7-Solve Equations by addition and/or Multiplication, and by Collection of Like Terms
Week 8-Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems
Week 9-Addition, subtraction, Multiplication of Polynomials
Week 10-Integer Exponents; Scientific Notation; Division of Polynomials; Common Factors;
Factoring Quadratics
Week 11-Common Factors; Factoring Quadratics
Week 12-Factoring Quadratics; Special Factoring
Week 13-Solving Equations
Week 14-Addition and Multiplication Properties of Inequalities
Week 15-General Inequalities
Week 16-Comprehensive final
*Summer semesters will follow the same schedule but in a condensed 5 week format rather than the
f ll t 16 k f t
Grades will be derived from 3 components.
1. Average of chapter tests------------60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam--------20%
3. Homework Average-----------------20%
Lab grade is based solely on attendance and participation.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 41 email
Jennifer Garrett
GC 125
903.454.9333
jgarrett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0300
ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA
Description
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of
linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.
Must take MATH 0103 as required lab. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or saatisfactory score on
placement test.
Textbooks
Introductory Algebra, 8th Edition; By Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood; Published by Houghton Mifflin
Company ISBN: 1-4390-4604-2
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems; the student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and
graphically; and the student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and
symbolically.

Schedule
Week 1-Chapter 1 and 2
Week 2-Chapter 3
Week 3-Chapter 4
Week 4-Chapter 5
Week 5-Chapter 9, Review, Final Exam
Evaluation methods
20% Daily Average (Homework and Quizzes); 40% Chapter Test Average; 40% Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 41 email
Laura Beene
GC 201
(903) 454-9333
lauranbeene@gmail.com
Course
Title
Math 0300
Elementary Algebra
Description
ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA-Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities,
linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and
division of polynomials, and factoring. This class will follow a traditional format.
LAB This course is designed to help students with the math course that they are enrolled in, Math 0300
Textbooks
Introductory Algebra An Applied Approach by Aufman/Barker/Lockwood-8th edition.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Math 0300 SLO:
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve real-world problem
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Week 1- Introduction and Ch 1.2-1.4, 3.1-3.4
Week 2-Sections 9.2-9.3, 6.6 Test Ch. 1 and 3
Week 3-Sections 4.1-4.5 Test Ch 6 and 9
Week 4-Section 5.1-5.4 Test Ch 4 and 5
Week 5-Exam Review and Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Grades for MATH 0301 will be derived from 4 components:
1. Average of Chapter tests-----60%
2. Homework---------------------10%
2. Attendance---------------------10%
3. Comprehensive Final---------20%
LAB: Students with 16 hours or more in lab who attend each week receive an “A” in lab. Eight poin
deducted for each absence.

, application of
ms.

nts will be

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1
Phone
Section 50 email
Dr. Cynthia Steward, Sulphur Springs Center
C
903.885.1232
csteward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0300
Elementary Algebra
Description
Topics covered include real numbers, linear equations and inequalilties, application of linear
equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.
Textbooks
Introductory Algebra by Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood. ISBN 13:978-0-547-01679-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically
Week 1: Sec1.1-1.7
Week 2: Chapter 1 Test, Sec 1.8-3.2
Week 3: Chapter 2-3 Test, Sec 3.3-4.2
Week 4: Chapter 4 Test, Sec 4.3-5.3
Week 5: Chapter 5 Test, Final, Sec 5.4, 9.1, 9.2
Evaluation methods
There will be in class tests given at the end of each chapter and one comprehensive final. The
lowest chapter test grade will be replaced by the final exam if the final exam is higher. Makeup
exams will be given in the library and there will be a 15 point penalty applied if the student contacts
the instructor before the next class period. All students must take the final exam or a grade of F
will be given for non-compliance. Homework assignments will be given daily but only a
representative sample will be turned in for credit. A penalty of 5 points will be applied to all late
assignments.
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:
20% Daily attendance and homework
60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Gerald Grafton
SSHS 107
(903) 885-1232
ggrafton@ssisd.net
Course
Title
Math 0300
Elementary Algebra
Description
Textbooks
Topics covered normally include realnumbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of
linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. MUST take LSKL 0103 as required lab.
(Students taking this course on the Texas A&M University-Commerce campus are excluded from
this requirement.) Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement tests.
Introductory Algebra: An Applied Approach, 8th Edition
Richard N. Aufmann/Joanne S. Lockwood
ISBN 13:9781439046043
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
• The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic, and critical thinking to model and solve realworld
problems.
• The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.
• The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule
Week 1- Sections 1.1 - 1.3 (Operations with Integers)
- Sections 1.4 - 1.6 (Order of Operations, Exponents, Factoring Numbers, Adding &
Subtraction Rational Numbers)
- Sections 1.7, 1.8 (Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers, Basic Geometry Concepts)
- Sections 2.1 - 2.3 (Evaluating and Simplifying Variable Expressions, Translating Verbal
Expressions to Variable Expressions)
Week 2- Sections 3.1, 3.2 (Introduction to Equations and General Equations - Part 1)
- Sections 3.3, 3.4 (General Equations - Part 2, Translating Sentences to Equations)
- Sections 3.5, 3.6 (Geometry Problems, Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems)
Week 3- Sections 4.1, 4.2 (Add & Subtract Polynomials, Multiplying Monomials)
- Sections 4.3, 4.4 (Multiplying Polynomials, Integer Exponents, Scientific Notation)
- Section 4.5 (Division of Polynomials)
- Section 5.1(Factoring - GCF)
Week 4- Section 5.2 (Factoring Quadratic Trinomials where a = 1)
- Section 5.3, 5.4 (Factoring Quadratic Trinomials where is not 1, Special Factoring)
- Sections 5.4, 5.5 (Special Factoring, Solving Equations by Factoring)
Week 5- Sections 9.1, 9.2 (Solving Linear Inequalities)
- Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Quizzes, a mid-term exam and a final exam will be given. Quizzes will be 50% of your grade. The
mid-term exam will be 25% of your grade. The final exam will serve as the remaining 25% of your
grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
John Fornof
NS 115
903-782-0331
jfornof@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 0301
Intermediate Algebra
Description
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 8th Edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 1-1112-3047-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Week 1- Sections 2.1,2.4,2.5,3.1-3.7
Week 2- Test 1; Sections 5.1-5.5
Week 3- Sections 5.6,5.7,6.1-6.3; Test 2
Week 4- Sections 6.4,6.5,7.1-7.4,8.3; Test 3
Week 5- Cumulative Review; Final Exam
Evaluation methods
There will be three exams. Each exam will contribute 20% to the final grade making a total of 60%.
The final exam will be worth another 20%, leaving 20% for class work and Webassign. The lab
grade will be determinied by the average of all quizzes taken during lab. Grades will be determined
by overall percentage at the end of the course.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
John Fornof
NS 115
903-782-0331
jfornof@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 0301
Intermediate Algebra
Description
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 8th Edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 1-1112-3047-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Week 1- Sections 2.1,2.4,2.5,3.1-3.7
Week 2- Test 1; Sections 5.1-5.5
Week 3- Sections 5.6,5.7,6.1-6.3; Test 2
Week 4- Sections 6.4,6.5,7.1-7.4,8.3; Test 3
Week 5- Cumulative Review; Final Exam
Evaluation methods
There will be three exams. Each exam will contribute 20% to the final grade making a total of 60%.
The final exam will be worth another 20%, leaving 20% for class work and Webassign. The lab
grade will be determinied by the average of all quizzes taken during lab. Grades will be determined
by overall percentage at the end of the course.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 02 email
Michelle Wear
Prior to or after class by appointment
903.782.0209
mwear@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 0301
Intermediate Algebra
Description
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 8th Edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 1-1112-3047-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Week 1- Sections 2.1,2.4,2.5,3.1-3.7
Week 2- Test 1; Sections 5.1-5.5
Week 3- Sections 5.6,5.7,6.1-6.3; Test 2
Week 4- Sections 6.4,6.5,7.1-7.4,8.3; Test 3
Week 5- Cumulative Review; Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Three tests are scheduled for June 12th, 21st, and 28th. The final exam is scheduled for July 5th.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 02 email
Chastity Woodson
NS 119
903-782-0234
cwoodson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0301
Intermediate Algebra
Description
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadratic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ skills.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 8th edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 1-1112-3047-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3Th d i d l b i i ih l il d i l i
Week 1-Discuss Sections 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, Discuss Sections 3.1-3.4
Week 2-Discuss Sections 3.5-3.7, Chapter 2 & 3 Test, Discuss Sections 5.1-5.5
Week 3-Discuss Sections 5.6-5.7, Chapter 5 Test, Discuss Sections 6.1-6.2
Week 4-Discuss Sections 6.3-6.5, Chapter 6 Test, Discuss Sections 7.1-7.3
Week 5-Discuss Sections 7.4, 8.3, Chapter 7, 8.3 Test, Review for Final Exam, Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Your grade in this course will be calculated as follows:
Homework & Quizzes 15%
4 Exams @ 15% each 60%
Final Exam 25%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 03 email
*STAFF
Course
Title
Math 0301
Intermediate Algebra
Description
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach; Aufmann, Barker, Lockwood, 8th Edition, Houghton
Mifflin, ISBN: 1-1112-3047-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
*AT THE TIME THIS SYLLABUS WAS POSTED TO THE WEBSITE AN INSTRUCTOR
HAD NOT BEEN ASSIGNED TO THIS COURSE. FOR INQUIRIES, CONTACT THE MATH
AND SCIENCE DIVISION OFFICE AT (903) 782-0209. THANK YOU.
Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Jeff Norris
GC - 210
(903)457-8713
jnorris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0301
Intermediate Algebra
Description
Factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs,
introduction to functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach, 8th edition, Aufmann/Lockwood (ISBN# 1-
1112-3047-1)
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Schedule
Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 2 sections 1 & 4; First degree equations and inequalities
Chapter 2 section 5; Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; Absolute value equations and inequalities; the
rectangular coordinate system; functions; Exam 1
Week 2-Chapter 3 sections 3 & 4; Linear functions and slope; Chapter 3 sections 5, 6, & 7;
Equations of lines; inequalities in two variables; Chapter 5 sections 1, 2, & 3; Exponential
expressions; polynomial functions; multiplying polynomials; Exam 2
Week 3-Chapter 5 sections 4 & 5; Division of polynomials; factoring polynomials; Chapter 5
sections 6 & 7; More on factoring; solving equations by factoring; Chapter 6 sections 1 & 2;
Arithmetic operations with rational expressions; Chapter 6 sections 3 & 4; Complex fractions; ratio
and proportion; rational equations; Exam 3
Week 4-Chapter 6 sections 5 & 6; rational equations and variation; Chapter 7 sections 1 & 2;
rational and radical expressions; operations on radical expressions; Chapter 7 sections 3; Radical
equations; Exam 4
Week 5-Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers; Chapter 8 section 3; The quadratic formula
Review for Final Exam; Final Exam

Evaluation methods Homework 5%
In-class Quizzes 10%
4 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:
Course Average Course Grade
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Jeff Norris
GC - 210
(903)457-8713
jnorris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0301
Intermediate Algebra
Description
Factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs,
introduction to functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach, 8th edition, Aufmann/Lockwood (ISBN# 1-
1112-3047-1)
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Schedule
Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 2 sections 1 & 4; First degree equations and inequalities
Chapter 2 section 5; Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; Absolute value equations and inequalities; the
rectangular coordinate system; functions; Exam 1
Week 2-Chapter 3 sections 3 & 4; Linear functions and slope; Chapter 3 sections 5, 6, & 7;
Equations of lines; inequalities in two variables; Chapter 5 sections 1, 2, & 3; Exponential
expressions; polynomial functions; multiplying polynomials; Exam 2
Week 3-Chapter 5 sections 4 & 5; Division of polynomials; factoring polynomials; Chapter 5
sections 6 & 7; More on factoring; solving equations by factoring; Chapter 6 sections 1 & 2;
Arithmetic operations with rational expressions; Chapter 6 sections 3 & 4; Complex fractions; ratio
and proportion; rational equations; Exam 3
Week 4-Chapter 6 sections 5 & 6; rational equations and variation; Chapter 7 sections 1 & 2;
rational and radical expressions; operations on radical expressions; Chapter 7 sections 3; Radical
equations; Exam 4
Week 5-Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers; Chapter 8 section 3; The quadratic formula
Review for Final Exam; Final Exam

Evaluation methods Homework 5%
In-class Quizzes 10%
4 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:
Course Average Course Grade
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 41 email
Anne Marie Ward
TANU-Commerce B-309
903-454-9333
award@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0301
Intermediate Algebra
Description
This course is designed to develop intermediate algebraic skills in preparation for college algebra.
Topics include factoring, exponents, radicals, linear equations and their graphs, introduction to
functions, rational expressions and equations, radical expressions, complex numbers and quadratic
equations.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Title: Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach
Authors: Aufmann & Lockwood
Publisher: Houghton Mifflin
ISBN – 13: 978-1-4390-4690-6
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1-Review of real numbers and order of operations, first degree equations and inequalities,
absolute value equations, rectangular coordinate system
Week 2-Linear Functions and equations, finding slope and midpoint, inequalities in two variables,
test #1, exponential expressions and scientific notation, addition / subtraction of polynomials
Week 3- multiplication / division (long & synthetic) of polynomials, factoring and solving
equations by factoring, test #2, addition / subtraction / multiplication / division of rational
expressions
k 4 C l f i i & i i l i k d if i
Grades will be derived from 3 components:
1. Average of major tests (3 @ 20each) -------- 60%
2. Comprehensive Final Exam --------------------- 20%
3. Quizzes, Worksheets & Homework ----------- 20%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 41 email
Jennifer Garrett
GC - 125
(903)454-9333
jgarrett@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0301
Intermediate Algebra
Description
Factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs,
introduction to functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra An Applied Approach, 8th edition, Aufmann/Lockwood (ISBN# 1-
1112-3047-1)
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Schedule
Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 2 sections 1 & 4; First degree equations and inequalities
Chapter 2 section 5; Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2; Absolute value equations and inequalities; the
rectangular coordinate system; functions; Exam 1
Week 2-Chapter 3 sections 3 & 4; Linear functions and slope; Chapter 3 sections 5, 6, & 7;
Equations of lines; inequalities in two variables; Chapter 5 sections 1, 2, & 3; Exponential
expressions; polynomial functions; multiplying polynomials; Exam 2
Week 3-Chapter 5 sections 4 & 5; Division of polynomials; factoring polynomials; Chapter 5
sections 6 & 7; More on factoring; solving equations by factoring; Chapter 6 sections 1 & 2;
Arithmetic operations with rational expressions; Chapter 6 sections 3 & 4; Complex fractions; ratio
and proportion; rational equations; Exam 3
Week 4-Chapter 6 sections 5 & 6; rational equations and variation; Chapter 7 sections 1 & 2;
rational and radical expressions; operations on radical expressions; Chapter 7 sections 3; Radical
equations; Exam 4
Week 5-Chapter 7 section 4: Complex numbers; Chapter 8 section 3; The quadratic formula
Review for Final Exam; Final Exam

Evaluation methods Homework 5%
In-class Quizzes 10%
4 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:
Course Average Course Grade
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Dr. Cynthia Steward
C, Sulphur Springs Center
903.885.1232
csteward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 0301
Intermediate Algebra
Description
The topics included are factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex, numbers, linear equations
and their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.
Textbooks
Intermediate Algebra by Aufmann/Barker/Lockwood 7th edition. Student ISBN 13:97801-111-
21593-4
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.

Schedule
Week 1: Syllabus, 2.1-3.2
Week 2: Sec 3.3-3.7, Chapter 2-3.2 Test
Week 3: Sec 5.1-5.5, Ch 3 Test
Week 4: Sec 6.1-7.1, 8.3, Chapter 5 Test
Week 5: Sec 7.2-7.4, Chapter 6 Test, Chapter 7 Test, Final Exam
Evaluation methods
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the
lab time will provide for individual instruction.
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:
20% Daily attendance and homework
60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Sum 1
Phone
Section 01 email
John Fornof
NS 115
(903) 782-0331
jfornof@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 1314
College Algebra
Description
Topics covered in this traditional lecture course normally include, but not limited to, equations,
inequalities, mathematical models, functions, graphs, polynomial functions, rational functions,
exponential functions, and logarithmic functions, system of equations and determinants.
Prerequisite for this course is MATH 0301 or a satisfactory score on the placement test
Textbooks
Text: College Algebra, Blitzer, 4th Edition, ISBN: 0-13-219141-5
You will need a scientific calculator or a graphing calculator for this course.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. The
student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions. The
student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the
inverse relationship between the two.
Week 1-Syllabus & 1.2 Linear Eqns. & Rational Eqns.
& 1.4 Complex Numbers & 1.5 Quadratic Eqns.
& 1.6 Other Types of Equations & 1.7 Linear Inequalities & Absolute Value Inequalities
Week 2-2.1 Basics of Functions and Their Graphs
& 2.2 More on Functions and Their Graphs & 2.3 Linear Functions & Slope
& 2.4 More on Slope & 2.5 More on Graphing
& 2.6 Combination and Composite Functions & 2.7 Inverse Functions & 2.8 Distance & Midpoint
Formula; Circles
Week 3-Test 1 & 3.1 Quadratic Functions & 3.2 Graphs of Polynomial Functions
& 3.3 Dividing Polynomials & 3.4 Rational Zeros Theorem & 3.5 Rational Functions & Their
Graphs
Week 4-4.1 Exponential Functions & 4.2 Logarithmic Functions
& 4.3 Properties of Logarithms & 4.4 Logarithmic and Exponential Equations & Test 2
Week 5-5.1 Systems of Linear Eqns. In Two Variables & 5.2/6.5 Systems in Three Variables,
Determinants, Cramer's Rule, Factorials and Summation Notation & Final Exam

Evaluation methods There will be two exams. Each exam will contribute 30% to the final grade making a total of 60%.
The final exam will be worth another 30%, leaving 10% for class work and participation. Grades
will be determined by overall percentage at the end of the course.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Sum II
Phone
Section 01 email
John Fornof
NS 115
(903) 782-0331
jfornof@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 1314
College Algebra
Description
Topics covered in this traditional lecture course normally include, but not limited to, equations,
inequalities, mathematical models, functions, graphs, polynomial functions, rational functions,
exponential functions, and logarithmic functions, system of equations and determinants.
Prerequisite for this course is MATH 0301 or a satisfactory score on the placement test
Textbooks
Text: College Algebra, Blitzer, 4th Edition, ISBN: 0-13-219141-5
You will need a scientific calculator or a graphing calculator for this course.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. The
student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions. The
student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the
inverse relationship between the two.
Week 1-Syllabus & 1.2 Linear Eqns. & Rational Eqns.
& 1.4 Complex Numbers & 1.5 Quadratic Eqns.
& 1.6 Other Types of Equations & 1.7 Linear Inequalities & Absolute Value Inequalities
Week 2-2.1 Basics of Functions and Their Graphs
& 2.2 More on Functions and Their Graphs & 2.3 Linear Functions & Slope
& 2.4 More on Slope & 2.5 More on Graphing
& 2.6 Combination and Composite Functions & 2.7 Inverse Functions & 2.8 Distance & Midpoint
Formula; Circles
Week 3-Test 1 & 3.1 Quadratic Functions & 3.2 Graphs of Polynomial Functions
& 3.3 Dividing Polynomials & 3.4 Rational Zeros Theorem & 3.5 Rational Functions & Their
Graphs
Week 4-4.1 Exponential Functions & 4.2 Logarithmic Functions
& 4.3 Properties of Logarithms & 4.4 Logarithmic and Exponential Equations & Test 2
Week 5-5.1 Systems of Linear Eqns. In Two Variables & 5.2/6.5 Systems in Three Variables,
Determinants, Cramer's Rule, Factorials and Summation Notation & Final Exam

Evaluation methods There will be two exams. Each exam will contribute 30% to the final grade making a total of 60%.
The final exam will be worth another 30%, leaving 10% for class work and participation. Grades
will be determined by overall percentage at the end of the course.
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
< 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1 2012
Phone
Section 02 email
Mallie Hood
NS 121
903-782-0335
mhood@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 1314
College Algebra
Description
Topics covered in this traditional lecture course normally include, but not limited to, equations,
inequalities, mathematical models, functions, graphs, polynomial functions, rational functions,
exponential functions, and logarithmic functions, system of equations and determinants.
Prerequisite for this course is MATH 0301 or a satisfactory score on the placement test
Textbooks
Text: College Algebra, Blitzer, 4th Edition, ISBN: 0-13-219141-5
You will need a scientific calculator or a graphing calculator for this course.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form.
2. The student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions.
3. The student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the
inverse relationship between the two.
Week 1- Syllabus, 1.2 Linear Eqns. Rational Eqns., 1.4 Complex Numbers
1.5 Quadratic Eqns. & 1.6 Other Types of Equations, 1.7 Linear Inequalities & Absolute Value
Inequalities, 2.1 Basics of Functions and Their Graphs & 2.2 More on Functions and Their Graphs
Week 2- Test 1, 2.3Linear Functions & Slope , 2.4 More On Slope, 2.6 Combinations of Functions;
Composite Functions & 2.7 Inverse Functions
Week 3- 2.8 Distance & Midpoint Formulas; Circles , 3.1 Quadratic Functions & 3.2 Polynomial
Functions & Their Graphs, 3.3Dividing Polynomials & Test 2
Week 4-3.5 Rational Functions & Their Graphs, 4.1 Exponential Functions, 4.2 Logarithmic
Functions , 4.3 Properties of Logarithms, 4.4 Exponential & Logarithmic Equations,
5.1 Systems of Linear Eqns. In Two Variables & 5.2/6.5 Systems in Three Variables
Week 5- Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Grade Weighting System
1st test – 30%
2nd test – 30%
Final Exam ─ 40%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 02 email
Lana Steich
NS 117
903-782-0336
lsteich@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 1314
College Algebra
Description
Math 1314 is a traditional lecture course. Topics covered include quadratic, logarithmic, and
exponential functions; systems of equations, matrices, and determinants.
Textbooks
College Algebra, Blitzer, 5th Edition. ISBN: 0-321-55983-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
• The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form.
• The student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions.
• The student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the
inverse relationship between the two.
Schedule
Week 1-Chapter 1
Week 2-Chapter 2
Week 3-Exam 1, Chapter 3
Week 4-Chapter 4, 5, 6
Week 5-Exam 2, Review, Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Exams 50%
Quizzes 15%
Homework 15%
Final Exam 20%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Jeff Norris
GC - 210
(903)457-8713
jnorris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 1314
College Algebra
Description
Study of quadratics; polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential functions; systems of
equations; progressions; sequences and series; and matrices and determinants.
Textbooks
College Algebra 5th edition, Blitzer (ISBN# 0-321-55983-5)
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. The
student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions. The
student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the
inverse relationship between the two.
Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 1 sections 2-4 - Linear, rational equations, complex numbers
Chapter 1 sections 5, 6, & 7 - Quadratic, Radical, absolute value equations; Linear and absolute
value inequalities; Chapter 2 sections 1-3 - Functions and their graphs; Linear functions and slope;
Chapter 2 Chapter 2 section 4 - More on slope; Exam 1
Week 2-Chapter 2 sections 5-8 - Transformations, combinations, composition of functions; inverse
functions; distance, midpoint, equations of circles
Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2 - Quadratic, polynomial functions and their graphs
Chapter 3 sections 3-5 - Remainder and factor theorems; zeros of polynomial functions; rational
functions and their graphs; Exam 2
Week 3- Chapter 4 sections 1 & 2 - Exponential, logarithmic functionsChapter 4 sections 3 & 4 -
Properties of logarithms; exponential, logarithmic equations; Chapter 5 Systems of linear equations;
Week 4- Chapter 6 sections 1-3 Matrix solutions of linear systems;Chapter 6 section 5
Determinants and Cramer's rule; Exam 3
Week 5-Chapter 7 section 1 - The ellipse; Chapter 7 sections 2 & 3 - Hyperbolas, parabolas;
Review for Final Exam; Final Exam

Evaluation methods Homework 5%
In-class Quizzes 10%
3 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:
Course Average Course Grade
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Jeff Norris
GC - 210
(903)457-8713
jnorris@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 1314
College Algebra
Description
Study of quadratics; polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential functions; systems of
equations; progressions; sequences and series; and matrices and determinants.
Textbooks
College Algebra 5th edition, Blitzer (ISBN# 0-321-55983-5)
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. The
student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions. The
student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the
inverse relationship between the two.
Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 1 sections 2-4 - Linear, rational equations, complex numbers
Chapter 1 sections 5, 6, & 7 - Quadratic, Radical, absolute value equations; Linear and absolute
value inequalities; Chapter 2 sections 1-3 - Functions and their graphs; Linear functions and slope;
Chapter 2 Chapter 2 section 4 - More on slope; Exam 1
Week 2-Chapter 2 sections 5-8 - Transformations, combinations, composition of functions; inverse
functions; distance, midpoint, equations of circles
Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2 - Quadratic, polynomial functions and their graphs
Chapter 3 sections 3-5 - Remainder and factor theorems; zeros of polynomial functions; rational
functions and their graphs; Exam 2
Week 3- Chapter 4 sections 1 & 2 - Exponential, logarithmic functionsChapter 4 sections 3 & 4 -
Properties of logarithms; exponential, logarithmic equations; Chapter 5 Systems of linear equations;
Week 4- Chapter 6 sections 1-3 Matrix solutions of linear systems;Chapter 6 section 5
Determinants and Cramer's rule; Exam 3
Week 5-Chapter 7 section 1 - The ellipse; Chapter 7 sections 2 & 3 - Hyperbolas, parabolas;
Review for Final Exam; Final Exam

Evaluation methods Homework 5%
In-class Quizzes 10%
3 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:
Course Average Course Grade
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 41 email
Dr. Brian A Smith
Caddo Mills, Texas
(903) 456-2688
basmith1@yahoo.com
Course
Title
Math 1314
College Algebra
Description
Following a short review of quadriatic equations and inequalities, topics will normally include
theory of equations, complex numbers, systems of equations, systems of quadratic equations,
exponential and logarithmic functions, and sequences and series.
Textbooks
College Algebra, Robert Blitzer; 5th Edition
A scientific calculator is needed. If you are able to gain access to a graphing calculator, this would
be beneficial.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Evaluation methods
1. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadritic form. 2.
The student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions.
3. The student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using
the inverse relationship between the two.
June 5th - Chapter 1 Equations and Inequalities
June 7th - Chapter 2; Functions and Graphs
June 12th - Chapter 2; Continued
June 14th - Exam 1 Chapters 1/2
June 19th - Chapter 3; Polynomial and Rational Functions
June 21st - Chapter 4; Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
June 26th - Chapter 5; Systems of Equations / Chapter 6; Matrices and Determinants
June 28th - Exam 2 Chapters 3/4
July 3rd - Final Exam Review
July 5th - Final Exam
Grading:
Daily Grades/Class Participation/Quizzes - 25%
Daily assignments based on materials covered in class will be given. In addition, occassional
quizzes on the assignments will be given. Students are eqpected to be in attendance in order to earn
full credit.
Exams - 2 @ 25% each 50%
Two exams will be administered during the course of the semester. Make up exams are not given
unless prior arrangments are made. If a student is absent and misses a chhapter exam, the final
exam will count twice. In addition, a student may substitute his/her lowest test grade with the grade
earned on the final exam if the grade on the final exam is higher than on of the chapter exam
grades.
Comprensive Final Exam 25%
A comprehensive final exam will be administered on the final evening of the class

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 41 email
Eric Pleasant
201
(903)454-9333
epleasant@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 1314
College Algebra
Description
Topics include quadratic equations, solutions of equations in several unkowns, functions, rational
expressions, exponential and logorithmicequations, and arithmetic and geometric progressions.
Textbooks
College Algebra, 5th Edition, ISBN# 0-321-55983-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. The
student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions. The
student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the
inverse relationship between the two.
Week 1- Chapter 1, Chapter 2 sections 1 - 3
Week 2- Chapter 2 sections 4 - 8, Chapter 3 sections 1 and 2
Week 3- Chapter 3 sections 3 - 5, Chapter 4 sections 1 and 2
Week 4- Chapter 4 sections 3 and 4, Chapter 5 sections 1 and 2
Week 5- Chapter 6 sections 1 - 3, and section 5
Evaluation methods
Homework and quizzes 15%
3 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Final course grades are assigned as follows:
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 50 email
Dr. Cynthia Steward
C
903.885.1232
csteward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 1314
College Algebra
Description
Topics include solving and graphing quadratics, polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential
functions; systems of equations, sequences, series, and determinants.
Textbooks
College Algebra 5th Edition by Blitzer. ISBN 13: 978-0-321-55983-8
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. 2.
The student is expected to analyze tand interpret polynomials, rationl, and exponeential functions.
3. The student is expect to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the
inverse relationship between the two.
Week 1-Syllabus, Sec 1.1-2.1, Chapter 1 Test
Week 2-Sec 2,1-2.8, Chapter 2 Test
Week 3-Sec 3.1-4.2, Chapter 3 Test
Week 4-Sec 4.3-5.2, Chapter 4 Test
Week 5-Sec 6.5, Chapter 5-6 Test, Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Traditional lecture will be the primary type of delivery. There will be guided practice, peer
tutoring, and homework exercises for drill and practice as well.
Grading: Grades will be based on the following:
20% Daily attendance and homework
60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Dr. Cynthia Steward
C
903.885.1232
csteward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 1314
College Algebra
Description
Topics include solving and graphing quadratics, polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential
functions; systems of equations, sequences, series, and determinants.
Textbooks
College Algebra 5th Edition by Blitzer. ISBN 13: 978-0-321-55983-8
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. 2.
The student is expected to analyze tand interpret polynomials, rationl, and exponeential functions.
3. The student is expect to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the
inverse relationship between the two.
Week 1-Syllabus, Sec 1.1-2.1, Chapter 1 Test
Week 2-Sec 2,1-2.8, Chapter 2 Test
Week 3-Sec 3.1-4.2, Chapter 3 Test
Week 4-Sec 4.3-5.2, Chapter 4 Test
Week 5-Sec 6.5, Chapter 5-6 Test, Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Traditional lecture will be the primary type of delivery. There will be guided practice, peer
tutoring, and homework exercises for drill and practice as well.
Grading: Grades will be based on the following:
20% Daily attendance and homework
60% Chapter Exams
20% Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 51 email
Jim Westbrook
SSC 108
(903) 885-1232
cwestbrook@northhopkins.n
Course
Title
MATH 1314
College Algebra
Description
This course is designed for the college student whose high school preparation did not include an advanced cour
Topics develop the conplex number system, cover the solution of quadratic equations, and contain units on rela
functions, inverses, theory of equations, matrices, determinants, exponential and logarithmic functions, progres
permutations, combinations, and probability as needed for applications in business, science, and calculus.
Textbooks
College Algebra, Blitzer, 5th ed ISBN 0-321-55983-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. 2. The studen
to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions. 3. The student is expected to compare
exponential and logarithmic equations using the inverse relationship between the two.
Schedule
Week 1-Algebraic Expressions, Exponents, Polynomials, Factoring & Rational Expressions, Linear Equations,
Equations, Other Types of Equations, Complex Numbers
Week 2-Models & Applications, Linear Inequalities, Absolute Values, Linear Functions & Slope, Distance and
Week 3-Exponential Functions, Log Functions, More Logs, Exp & Log Equations, Exponential Growth, Test
Week 4-Systems of Equations, Systems of Non-Linear Equations, Conic Sections
Week 5-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Homework 25%, 3 tests each counting 25%

net
rse in algebra.
ations,
ssions,
nt is expected
e and evaluate
, Quadratic
d Midoint, Test

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1 2012
Phone
Section 01 email
Mallie Hood
NS 121
903-782-0335
mhood@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 1324
Mathematics for Business and Economic Analysis
Description
This is a course designed to present the student with mathematical skills and concepts and then to
apply these skills and concepts to areas that are important in management, life and social sciences.
The emphasis is on concepts and problem solving rather than on mathematical theory. The
applications included allow students to view mathematics in a practical setting relevant to their
intended careers. The course begins with a brief review of basic algebra concepts and includes the
study of linear equations and functions, matrices, inequalities and linear programming, quadratic
functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, mathematics of finance, and probability
Textbooks
Text: Mathematical Applications, Harshbarger & Reynolds, 8th Edition,
ISBN 0-618-65421-6, Graphing Calculator
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and
solving real-world situations. The student shall analyze and evaluate basic mathematical
information verbally, numerically, graphically and symbolically. The student shall apply formulas
of finance to real-world scenarios such as retirement plans, mortgages, and annuities.

Schedule
Week 1- Syllabus ,1.1 Linear Equations & Inequalities,1.2 Functions & 1.3 Linear Functions, 1.4
Graphs & Graphing Utilities,1.6 Apps of Functions in Business, 2.1 Quadratic Equations & 2.2
Quadratic Functions
Week 2-2.3 Apps of Quadrics in Business, 2.4 Special Functions ,2.5 Modeling, 3.1 Matrices, &
Test 1
Week 3-3.2 Multiplication of Matrices ,3.3 Gauss-Jordan Elimination, 3.4 Inverse of a Square
Matrix , 4.1 Linear Inequalities, 4.2 Linear Programming ,4.3 Simplex Methods, 5.1 Exponential
Functions, 5.2 Logarithmic Functions & 5.3 Solution of Exponential Equations
Week 4-Test 2, 6.1 Simple Interest; Sequences , 6.2 Compound Interest; Geometric Sequences
, 6.3 Future Value of Annuities, 6.4 Present Value of Annuities , 6.5 Loans
Week 5-Review and Finals
Evaluation methods
Grade Weighting System
1st test – 30%
2nd test – 30%
Final Exam ─ 40%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1 2012
Phone
Section 40 email
Mallie Hood
NS 121
903-782-0335
mhood@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 1324
Mathematics for Business and Economic Analysis
Description
Textbooks
This is a course designed to present the student with mathematical skills and concepts and then to
apply these skills and concepts to areas that are important in management, life and social sciences.
The emphasis is on concepts and problem solving rather than on mathematical theory. The
applications included allow students to view mathematics in a practical setting relevant to their
intended careers. The course begins with a brief review of basic algebra concepts and includes the
study of linear equations and functions, matrices, inequalities and linear programming, quadratic
functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, mathematics of finance, and probability
Text: Mathematical Applications, Harshbarger & Reynolds, 8th Edition,
ISBN 0-618-65421-6, Graphing Calculator
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and
solving real-world situations. The student shall analyze and evaluate basic mathematical
information verbally, numerically, graphically and symbolically. The student shall apply formulas
of finance to real-world scenarios such as retirement plans, mortgages, and annuities.

Schedule
Week 1- Syllabus ,1.1 Linear Equations & Inequalities,1.2 Functions & 1.3 Linear Functions, 1.4
Graphs & Graphing Utilities,1.6 Apps of Functions in Business, 2.1 Quadratic Equations & 2.2
Quadratic Functions
Week 2-2.3 Apps of Quadrics in Business, 2.4 Special Functions ,2.5 Modeling, 3.1 Matrices, &
Test 1
Week 3-3.2 Multiplication of Matrices ,3.3 Gauss-Jordan Elimination, 3.4 Inverse of a Square
Matrix , 4.1 Linear Inequalities, 4.2 Linear Programming ,4.3 Simplex Methods, 5.1 Exponential
Functions, 5.2 Logarithmic Functions & 5.3 Solution of Exponential Equations
Week 4-Test 2, 6.1 Simple Interest; Sequences , 6.2 Compound Interest; Geometric Sequences
, 6.3 Future Value of Annuities, 6.4 Present Value of Annuities , 6.5 Loans
Week 5-Review and Finals
Evaluation methods
Grade Weighting System
1st test – 30%
2nd test – 30%
Final Exam ─ 40%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 01 email
Mallie Hood
NS 121
(903)782-0335
mhood@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 1325
Mathematics for Business and Economic Analysis II
Description
Textbooks
A study of topics from calculus with business applications. Topics covered in this traditional
lecture course will normally include: limits and continuity, derivatives, maximizing and minimizing
non-linear functions, higher order derivatives, implicit differentiation, derivatives of exponential
and logarithmic functions, integration, and introduction to multivariant calculus. Prerequisite:
MATH 1314 or MATH 1324
Text: Mathematical Applications, Harshbarger & Reynolds, 8th Edition,
ISBN: 0618654216
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. The student is expected to analyze the limits and derivates of polynomial, rational, exponential
and logarithmic functions and apply the concepts to real life situations.
2. The student is expected to interpret maxima, minima, concavity, and curve sketching of
polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions.
3. The student is expected to analyze the integration of polynomial, rational, exponential and
logarithmic functions and apply the concepts to real life situations.
Schedule
Week 1- Syllabus & 9.1 Limits
- 9.1 Limits & 9.2 Continous Functions
-9.3 Rates of Change & 9.4 Derivative Formulas
9.5 Product and Quotient Rule
Week 2-Test 1 & 9.6 Chain Rule and Power Rule
9.7 Using Derivative Formulas & 9.8 Higher-Order Derivatives
9.9 Applications of Derivatives
Test 2 & 10.1 Max and Min: Curve Sketching
Week 3- 10.2 Concavity: Points of Inflection & 10.3 Optimization in Business
10.4 Applications of Max and Min
-10.5 Rational Functions: More CurveSketching
Week 4 11.1 Derivatives of Logarithmic Functions
11.2 Derivates of Exponential Functions
11.3 Implicit Differentiation
Finals

Evaluation methods
2 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 40%
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:
Course Average Course Grade
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 40 email
Mallie Hood
NS 121
(903)782-0335
mhood@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 1325
Mathematics for Business and Economic Analysis II
Description
Textbooks
A study of topics from calculus with business applications. Topics covered in this traditional
lecture course will normally include: limits and continuity, derivatives, maximizing and minimizing
non-linear functions, higher order derivatives, implicit differentiation, derivatives of exponential
and logarithmic functions, integration, and introduction to multivariant calculus. Prerequisite:
MATH 1314 or MATH 1324
Text: Mathematical Applications, Harshbarger & Reynolds, 8th Edition,
ISBN: 0618654216
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. The student is expected to analyze the limits and derivates of polynomial, rational, exponential
and logarithmic functions and apply the concepts to real life situations.
2. The student is expected to interpret maxima, minima, concavity, and curve sketching of
polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions.
3. The student is expected to analyze the integration of polynomial, rational, exponential and
logarithmic functions and apply the concepts to real life situations.
Schedule
Week 1- Syllabus & 9.1 Limits
- 9.1 Limits & 9.2 Continous Functions
-9.3 Rates of Change & 9.4 Derivative Formulas
9.5 Product and Quotient Rule
Week 2-Test 1 & 9.6 Chain Rule and Power Rule
9.7 Using Derivative Formulas & 9.8 Higher-Order Derivatives
9.9 Applications of Derivatives
Test 2 & 10.1 Max and Min: Curve Sketching
Week 3- 10.2 Concavity: Points of Inflection & 10.3 Optimization in Business
10.4 Applications of Max and Min
-10.5 Rational Functions: More CurveSketching
Week 4 11.1 Derivatives of Logarithmic Functions
11.2 Derivates of Exponential Functions
11.3 Implicit Differentiation
Finals

Evaluation methods
2 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 40%
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:
Course Average Course Grade
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer 2
Phone
Section 50 email
Mallie Hood
NS 121
(903)782-0335
mhood@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 1325
Mathematics for Business and Economic Analysis II
Description
Textbooks
A study of topics from calculus with business applications. Topics covered in this traditional
lecture course will normally include: limits and continuity, derivatives, maximizing and minimizing
non-linear functions, higher order derivatives, implicit differentiation, derivatives of exponential
and logarithmic functions, integration, and introduction to multivariant calculus. Prerequisite:
MATH 1314 or MATH 1324
Text: Mathematical Applications, Harshbarger & Reynolds, 8th Edition,
ISBN: 0618654216
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. The student is expected to analyze the limits and derivates of polynomial, rational, exponential
and logarithmic functions and apply the concepts to real life situations.
2. The student is expected to interpret maxima, minima, concavity, and curve sketching of
polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions.
3. The student is expected to analyze the integration of polynomial, rational, exponential and
logarithmic functions and apply the concepts to real life situations.
Schedule
Week 1- Syllabus & 9.1 Limits
- 9.1 Limits & 9.2 Continous Functions
-9.3 Rates of Change & 9.4 Derivative Formulas
9.5 Product and Quotient Rule
Week 2-Test 1 & 9.6 Chain Rule and Power Rule
9.7 Using Derivative Formulas & 9.8 Higher-Order Derivatives
9.9 Applications of Derivatives
Test 2 & 10.1 Max and Min: Curve Sketching
Week 3- 10.2 Concavity: Points of Inflection & 10.3 Optimization in Business
10.4 Applications of Max and Min
-10.5 Rational Functions: More CurveSketching
Week 4 11.1 Derivatives of Logarithmic Functions
11.2 Derivates of Exponential Functions
11.3 Implicit Differentiation
Finals

Evaluation methods
2 Major Tests 60%
Comprehensive Final Exam 40%
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:
Course Average Course Grade
90-100 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
60-69 D
Below 60 F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer 1
Phone
Section SA email
Lana Steich
NS 117
903-782-0336
lsteich@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MATH 1342
Statistics
Description
Math 1342 is a traditional lecture course. This course covers the presentation and interpretation of
data through the collection, tabulation, and analysis of data. Probability, discrete and continuous
distributions, sampling, testing of hypothesis, correlation and linear regression, analysis of variance,
and the use of statistical software.
Textbooks
Elementary Statistics, Bluman, 7th Edition. ISBN#0-07-353497-8
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The student is expected to organize, sketch, and interpret summary measures for univariate and
bivariate data sets.
-The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving probability problems involving The
concepts of independent and mutually exclusive events, binomial and normal distributions.
-The student is expected to construct and interpret confidence interval estimates of population
means and proportions.
-The student is expected to test hypothesis, using traditional, p-value, and confidence interval
methods.
Schedule
Week 1-Chapter 1, 2, 3
Week 2-Exam 1, Chapter 4, 5, 6
Week 3-Exam 2, Chapter 7, 8
Week 4-Exam 3, Chapter 9, 10, Review, Final Exam
Week 5-
Evaluation methods
Exams 50%
Attendance 10%
Homework 20%
Final Exam 20%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
LaRue
NS 120
903-782-0334
llarue@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 2320
Differential Equations
Description
First order differential equations and their applications; second order differential equations and
their applications; higher order differential equations; series solutions of differential equations;
numerical solutions of differential equations; Laplace Transforms; systems of differential equations.
Prerequisites include Calculus I and Calculus II.
Textbooks
Required reading: Boyce and diPrima: Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value
Problems, Ninth Ed., Wiley, 2009, ISBN 978-0-470-38334-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The goals for this course include the following:
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world
situations.
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and
bli ll
Week 1 Review of Exponential and Logarithmic Calculus, Intro to DE, Equations of 1st Order
and Methods of Solution, Applications of 1st Order Differential Equations
Week 2 More on 1st Order DE, Second Order Homogeneous Differential Equations,
Second Order Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations
Week 3 Higher Order Differential Equations, Applications of 2nd Order Equations, Series
Solutions of Differential Equations
Week 4 Numerical Solutions to Differential Equations, Laplace Transforms
Week 5 Laplace Transforms, Systems of DE, Review, Exam

Evaluation methods
Students will take four Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average
and daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam
grade is the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
LaRue
NS 120
903-782-0334
llarue@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 2320
Differential Equations
Description
First order differential equations and their applications; second order differential equations and
their applications; higher order differential equations; series solutions of differential equations;
numerical solutions of differential equations; Laplace Transforms; systems of differential equations.
Prerequisites include Calculus I and Calculus II.
Textbooks
Required reading: Boyce and diPrima: Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value
Problems, Ninth Ed., Wiley, 2009, ISBN 978-0-470-38334-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The goals for this course include the following:
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world
situations.
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and
bli ll
Week 1 Review of Exponential and Logarithmic Calculus, Intro to DE, Equations of 1st Order
and Methods of Solution, Applications of 1st Order Differential Equations
Week 2 More on 1st Order DE, Second Order Homogeneous Differential Equations,
Second Order Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations
Week 3 Higher Order Differential Equations, Applications of 2nd Order Equations, Series
Solutions of Differential Equations
Week 4 Numerical Solutions to Differential Equations, Laplace Transforms
Week 5 Laplace Transforms, Systems of DE, Review, Exam

Evaluation methods
Students will take four Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average
and daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam
grade is the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
LaRue
NS 120
903-782-0334
llarue@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 2320
Differential Equations
Description
First order differential equations and their applications; second order differential equations and
their applications; higher order differential equations; series solutions of differential equations;
numerical solutions of differential equations; Laplace Transforms; systems of differential equations.
Prerequisites include Calculus I and Calculus II.
Textbooks
Required reading: Boyce and diPrima: Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value
Problems, Ninth Ed., Wiley, 2009, ISBN 978-0-470-38334-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The goals for this course include the following:
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world
situations.
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and
bli ll
Week 1 Review of Exponential and Logarithmic Calculus, Intro to DE, Equations of 1st Order
and Methods of Solution, Applications of 1st Order Differential Equations
Week 2 More on 1st Order DE, Second Order Homogeneous Differential Equations,
Second Order Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations
Week 3 Higher Order Differential Equations, Applications of 2nd Order Equations, Series
Solutions of Differential Equations
Week 4 Numerical Solutions to Differential Equations, Laplace Transforms
Week 5 Laplace Transforms, Systems of DE, Review, Exam

Evaluation methods
Students will take four Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average
and daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam
grade is the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section SA email
LaRue
NS 120
903-782-0334
llarue@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 2413
Calculus I
Description
A study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an understanding of fundamental
concepts. Topics include: limits, derivatives, applications of the derivative, curve sketching and the
derivative, antiderivatives, the definite integral, separable differential equations, and applications of
calculus to motion.
Textbooks
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus with Early Transcendentals, 4th Ed.,
Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-618-60624-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The goals for this course include the following:
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world
situations.
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and
bli ll
A schedule of the sections covered follows:
Date Sections covered Date Sections covered
6/11 Ch.1, 2.1-2.2 6/26 4.7,4.8, 5.1-5.4
6/12 2.2-2.3, Lim. at infinity 6/27 5.4,5.5
6/13 2.4, 2.5, Rational Fns,3.1 6/28 5.6, 5.7
6/14 3.1,3.2, 3.3 6/29 Test III (ch. 4)
6/15 Test I (ch.2) 7/2 5.8,5.9, Review
6/18 3.3, 3.4, 3.5 7/3 Test IV (ch. 5)
6/19 3.6, 3.7 7/4 Holiday
6/20 3.7,3.8, 4.1 7/5 Final Exam(comp)
6/21 4.1,4.2,4.3
6/22 Test II(ch.3)
6/25 4.4, 4.5, 4.6

Evaluation methods
Final grades will be determined based on four 100 point tests (major tests), homework assignments,
computer labs, daily quizzes, and the final exam. Details concerning the computer labs will be
provided in class. Daily quizzes are short, one or two problem quizzes, given almost every class
period, which cover the homework assigned on the previous day. Homework will be taken up
usually once per week, on the day of the major test for that week; points will be deducted for late
work. Each assignment is to be labeled, for example, "Sec. 2.1 p. 87 #1-25 odd." One major test
grade will be replaced by the final exam grade (unless the final exam grade is the lowest grade, in
which case there will be no replacement). No make-up tests will be given. Any student who wishes
to withdraw from the course must personally initiate the withdrawal procedure on or before the
withdrawal date established by the college (June 28). The instructor will not be responsible for
dropping the student.
Major Tests (4 tests @10% each) 40%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
LaRue
NS 120
903-782-0334
llarue@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 2414
Calculus II
Description
A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an
understanding of fundamental concepts. Topics include: applications of the integral, methods of
integration, sequences and series, conic sections, parametric equations and polar coordinates.
Textbooks
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus, Fourth Ed., Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-
618-60624-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The goals for this course include the following:
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world
situations.
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and
bli ll
A schedule of the sections covered follows:
Date Sections covered Date Sections covered
7/10 3.6,5.7,5.8 7/26 Test II (Ch.8)
7/11 5.8,5.9,6.1 7/30 9.4,9.5,9.6
7/12 7.1,7.2 7/31 9.7,9.8,9.9,9.10
7/16 7.3,7.4,7.5 8/1 10.1,10.2,10.3
7/17 8.1,8.2,Rev. 8/2 Test III (Ch. 9)
7/18 Test I (Ch.5-7) 8/6 10.4,10.5
7/19 8.3,8.4 8/7 10.5,10.6
7/23 8.5,8.6,8.7 8/8 Review
7/24 8.8,9.1 8/9 Final Exam
7/25 9.2, 9.3,Rev.

Evaluation methods
Students will take four Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average
and daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam
grade is the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
LaRue
NS 120
903-782-0334
llarue@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 2414
Calculus II
Description
A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an
understanding of fundamental concepts. Topics include: applications of the integral, methods of
integration, sequences and series, conic sections, parametric equations and polar coordinates.
Textbooks
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus, Fourth Ed., Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-
618-60624-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The goals for this course include the following:
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world
situations.
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and
bli ll
A schedule of the sections covered follows:
Date Sections covered Date Sections covered
7/10 3.6,5.7,5.8 7/26 Test II (Ch.8)
7/11 5.8,5.9,6.1 7/30 9.4,9.5,9.6
7/12 7.1,7.2 7/31 9.7,9.8,9.9,9.10
7/16 7.3,7.4,7.5 8/1 10.1,10.2,10.3
7/17 8.1,8.2,Rev. 8/2 Test III (Ch. 9)
7/18 Test I (Ch.5-7) 8/6 10.4,10.5
7/19 8.3,8.4 8/7 10.5,10.6
7/23 8.5,8.6,8.7 8/8 Review
7/24 8.8,9.1 8/9 Final Exam
7/25 9.2, 9.3,Rev.

Evaluation methods
Students will take four Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average
and daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam
grade is the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
LaRue
NS 120
903-782-0334
llarue@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Math 2414
Calculus II
Description
A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an
understanding of fundamental concepts. Topics include: applications of the integral, methods of
integration, sequences and series, conic sections, parametric equations and polar coordinates.
Textbooks
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus, Fourth Ed., Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-
618-60624-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
The goals for this course include the following:
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world
situations.
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and
bli ll
A schedule of the sections covered follows:
Date Sections covered Date Sections covered
7/10 3.6,5.7,5.8 7/26 Test II (Ch.8)
7/11 5.8,5.9,6.1 7/30 9.4,9.5,9.6
7/12 7.1,7.2 7/31 9.7,9.8,9.9,9.10
7/16 7.3,7.4,7.5 8/1 10.1,10.2,10.3
7/17 8.1,8.2,Rev. 8/2 Test III (Ch. 9)
7/18 Test I (Ch.5-7) 8/6 10.4,10.5
7/19 8.3,8.4 8/7 10.5,10.6
7/23 8.5,8.6,8.7 8/8 Review
7/24 8.8,9.1 8/9 Final Exam
7/25 9.2, 9.3,Rev.

Evaluation methods
Students will take four Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average
and daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam
grade is the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Donna Gatlin
Internet
903-782-0734
dgatlin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MDCA 1309
Anatomy and Physiology for Medical Assistants
Description
Emphasis on structure and function of human cells, tissues, organs, and systems with overview of
common pathophysiology.
Textbooks
The Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara , W. Saunders, 4th Edition, 2011, 1-
4160-6842-2
Study Guide for the Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara, W. Saunders, 4th
Edition, 2011, 978-1-4377-0858-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
MDCA 1309 is an introduction to anatomy and physiology and emphasis on normal human
anatomy and physiology of cells, tissues, organs, and systems with an overview of common
pathophysiology. It is designed to prepare the student to enter the health information environment
with entry-level knowledge of anatomy and physiology.
Schedule
Week 1: Introduction to the Human Body, Basic Chemistry, Cells, Cell Metabolism
Microbiology Basics, Tissues and Membranes
Integumentary System and Body Temperature
Week 2: Skeletal System, Muscular System, Nervous System: Nervous Tissue and Brain,
Spinal Cord and Peripheral Nerves, Autonomic Nervous System
Week 3: Sensory System, Endocrine System, Blood, Anatomy of the Heart
Function of the Heart, Anatomy of the Blood Vessels
Functions of the Blood Vessels, Lymphatic System
Week 4: Immune System, Respiratory System, Digestive System,
Urinary System, Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance, Reproductive System
Human Development and Heredity
Week 5: Review and Final Exam
Evaluation methods
In order to pass MDCA 1309 the student must achieve a final average grade of 70 or higher. The
final grade average will consist of:
Four (4) Assignments which will constitute 20 % of the grade;
Four (4) Chapter Reviews (averaged, timed, open book) which will constitute 65% of the grade;
Final Exam (Proctored, timed, closed book and mandatory) which will constitute 15% of the grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 65 email
Donna Gatlin
Internet
903-782-0734
dgatlin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MDCA 1309
Anatomy and Physiology for Medical Assistants
Description
Emphasis on structure and function of human cells, tissues, organs, and systems with overview of
common pathophysiology.
Textbooks
The Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara , W. Saunders, 4th Edition, 2011, 1-
4160-6842-2
Study Guide for the Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara, W. Saunders, 4th
Edition, 2011, 978-1-4377-0858-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
MDCA 1309 is an introduction to anatomy and physiology and emphasis on normal human
anatomy and physiology of cells, tissues, organs, and systems with an overview of common
pathophysiology. It is designed to prepare the student to enter the health information environment
with entry-level knowledge of anatomy and physiology.
Schedule
Week 1: Introduction to the Human Body, Basic Chemistry, Cells, Cell Metabolism
Microbiology Basics, Tissues and Membranes
Integumentary System and Body Temperature
Week 2: Skeletal System, Muscular System, Nervous System: Nervous Tissue and Brain,
Spinal Cord and Peripheral Nerves, Autonomic Nervous System
Week 3: Sensory System, Endocrine System, Blood, Anatomy of the Heart
Function of the Heart, Anatomy of the Blood Vessels
Functions of the Blood Vessels, Lymphatic System
Week 4: Immune System, Respiratory System, Digestive System,
Urinary System, Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance, Reproductive System
Human Development and Heredity
Week 5: Review and Final Exam
Evaluation methods
In order to pass MDCA 1309 the student must achieve a final average grade of 70 or higher. The
final grade average will consist of:
Four (4) Assignments which will constitute 20 % of the grade;
Four (4) Chapter Reviews (averaged, timed, open book) which will constitute 65% of the grade;
Final Exam (Proctored, timed, closed book and mandatory) which will constitute 15% of the grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Richard Shanks
SSC
903-885-1232
rshanks@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MUSI 1306
Music Appreciation
Description
General study of music with emphasis on musical forms, composers and their compositions, music
history, and instruments of the orchestra. Designed for non-music majors with little formal
knowledge of music. Core Curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts.
Textbooks
Kamien, Roger. Music: An Appreciation. Seventh Brief Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., 2011.
ISBN: 978-0-07-802509-9
Schedule
Week 1 Module 1 Introduction, Orientation, Elements of Music
Week 2 Module 2-3 Medieval and Renaissance Music, Baroque Period, The Classical Style
Week 3 Module 4-5 The Romantic Period, Modern Tonal Music
Week 4 Module 6-7 Modern Experimental Music, Jazz
Week 5 Module 8 Music for Stage and Film, Rock
**The Instructor has the right to modify this schedule**
Evaluation methods
TBA

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 50 email
Richard Shanks
SSC
903-885-1232
rshanks@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MUSI 1306
Music Appreciation
Description
General study of music with emphasis on musical forms, composers and their compositions, music
history, and instruments of the orchestra. Designed for non-music majors with little formal
knowledge of music. Core Curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts.
Textbooks
Kamien, Roger. Music: An Appreciation. Seventh Brief Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., 2011.
ISBN: 978-0-07-802509-9
Schedule
Week 1 Module 1 Introduction, Orientation, Elements of Music
Week 2 Module 2-3 Medieval and Renaissance Music, Baroque Period, The Classical Style
Week 3 Module 4-5 The Romantic Period, Modern Tonal Music
Week 4 Module 6-7 Modern Experimental Music, Jazz
Week 5 Module 8 Music for Stage and Film, Rock
**The Instructor has the right to modify this schedule**
Evaluation methods
TBA

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Philip Briggs
MUSIC 108
903-782-0343
pbriggs@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MUSI 1306.65 (Internet)
Music Appreciation
Description
General study of music with emphasis on musical forms, composers and their compositions, music
history, and instruments of the orchestra. Designed for non-music majors with little formal
knowledge of music. Core Curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts.
Textbooks
Kamien, Roger. Music: An Appreciation. Seventh Brief Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., 2011.
ISBN: 978-0-07-802509-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
As part of the class, the student will be introduced to and experience critical
listening techniques, music from a historical perspective and it’s importance
in the development of culture, a diversity of musical styles through musical
examples, and musical and cultural events.
All units will be available during the duration of the course. Students are allowed to work at their
own pace in completing this course of study. Dates are June 4, 2012 – July 6, 2012; July 10 –
August 9th, 2012
Evaluation methods
There are five (5) unit exams and one (1) Final exam. Each exam is worth 100 points. Course
grade is based upon the cumulative average of each exam and the final. Grades will be as follows:
90-100 = A
80-89 = B
70-79 = C
60- 69 = D
59 and below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Philip Briggs
MUSIC 108
903-782-0343
pbriggs@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MUSI 1306.65 (Internet)
Music Appreciation
Description
General study of music with emphasis on musical forms, composers and their compositions, music
history, and instruments of the orchestra. Designed for non-music majors with little formal
knowledge of music. Core Curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts.
Textbooks
Kamien, Roger. Music: An Appreciation. Seventh Brief Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., 2011.
ISBN: 978-0-07-802509-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
As part of the class, the student will be introduced to and experience critical
listening techniques, music from a historical perspective and it’s importance
in the development of culture, a diversity of musical styles through musical
examples, and musical and cultural events.
All units will be available during the duration of the course. Students are allowed to work at their
own pace in completing this course of study. Dates are June 4, 2012 – July 6, 2012; July 10 –
August 9th, 2012
Evaluation methods
There are five (5) unit exams and one (1) Final exam. Each exam is worth 100 points. Course
grade is based upon the cumulative average of each exam and the final. Grades will be as follows:
90-100 = A
80-89 = B
70-79 = C
60- 69 = D
59 and below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer Mini-term
Phone
Section 69 email
Philip Briggs
MUSIC 108
903-782-0343
pbriggs@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
MUSI 1306.65 (Internet)
Music Appreciation
Description
General study of music with emphasis on musical forms, composers and their compositions, music
history, and instruments of the orchestra. Designed for non-music majors with little formal
knowledge of music. Core Curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts.
Textbooks
Kamien, Roger. Music: An Appreciation. Seventh Brief Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., 2011.
ISBN: 978-0-07-802509-9
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
As part of the class, the student will be introduced to and experience critical
listening techniques, music from a historical perspective and it’s importance
in the development of culture, a diversity of musical styles through musical
examples, and musical and cultural events.
All units will be available during the duration of the course. Students are allowed to work at their
own pace in completing this course of study. Dates are May 14 - May 31, 2012.
Evaluation methods
There are five (5) unit exams and one (1) Final exam. Each exam is worth 100 points. Course
grade is based upon the cumulative average of each exam and the final. Grades will be as follows:
90-100 = A
80-89 = B
70-79 = C
60- 69 = D
59 and below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section G1 email
Brent Shaw
Old Gym 101
(903) 782-0348
bshaw@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1115
Bowling 1
Description
The course is designed for students to receive a general overview of the rules, etiquette, physical
skills and scoring objectives necessary to participate in bowling.
Textbooks
Bowling 8th Edition Martin, Tandy, Traub
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The design of the course will allow students to explore the three fundamental areas of recreational
bowling wich include: rules, scoring and physical skills for success.
Schedule
MEETING 1: June 6th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:30 pm
MEETING 2: June 20th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:03 pm
MEETING 3: July 11th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:03 pm
*pick a time to show up
Evaluation methods
The grading system will be based upon a combination of attendance, participation, and aptitude.
Each student will begin the class with a grade of "F" and will work up a grade ladder, earning each
letter grade to a goal of "A". The grade ladder is as follows: 1.Starting grade "F" 2. Attending First
Class Segment and completing the orientaion: "D" 3. Attending Second Class Segment andTurning
IN 5 Games: "C" 4. Attending Second Class Segment and successfully completing the Scoring
Test: "B" 5. Completing the Final Exam an dpassing with the grade of 70 or better: "A"
**Remember: You Must Attempt the Final In Order To Recieve a Grade** CLASS
ATTENDANCE: Due to the nature of this course, class attendance is mandatory.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section G1 email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1115
Bowling I
Description
An activity course that is designed for students to receive a general overview of the rules, etiquette,
physical skills and scoring objectives necessary to participate in bowling.
Textbooks
Bowling, 8th, Martin, Tandy, Traub
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Course goals: To enhance student's knowledge in the basic aspects of scoring, knowledge and
terminology of bowling. Also to introduce the basic skills of the approch and use of arrows and dots
while target bowling.

Schedule
All meeting dates and times are listed under the "Calendar" option located under the "Course
Menu" option to the left of your screen. Dates, meeting times and locations are stated on each
students WebCt account. This class will be a cross between lecture and lab. Lecture notes will be
given for the tests. Bowling at the bowling alley will be the lab portion.
Evaluation methods
The following items are required for students to complete PHED 1115 or 1116: 1) Each student
will be required to bowl 10 games during the course of the semester. Instructions for meeting this
requirement will be discussed in the first class meeting. 2) Each student will be required to pass a
scoring exam. This exam covers the skills required to manually keep score in the game of bowling.
3) Each student will be required to pass a General Knowledge Exam at the end of the semester. 4)
Each student will pass a Terminology test over general bowling terms. 5) Attend all class meetings
when scheduled.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section PI email
David Johnson
Student Union 215
903 782 0396
djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1115
Bowling I
Description
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.
Textbooks
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.

Schedule
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.
Week 3-
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 10 games of bowling
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Evaluation methods Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in
10 games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and
attend less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3
meetings.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section P1 email
Brent Shaw
Old Gym 101
(903) 782-0348
bshaw@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1115
Bowling 1
Description
The course is designed for students to receive a general overview of the rules, etiquette, physical
skills and scoring objectives necessary to participate in bowling.
Textbooks
Bowling 8th Edition Martin, Tandy, Traub
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The design of the course will allow students to explore the three fundamental areas of recreational
bowling wich include: rules, scoring and physical skills for success.
Schedule
MEETING 1: June 6th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:30 pm
MEETING 2: June 20th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:03 pm
MEETING 3: July 11th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:03 pm
*pick a time to show up
Evaluation methods
The grading system will be based upon a combination of attendance, participation, and aptitude.
Each student will begin the class with a grade of "F" and will work up a grade ladder, earning each
letter grade to a goal of "A". The grade ladder is as follows: 1.Starting grade "F" 2. Attending First
Class Segment and completing the orientaion: "D" 3. Attending Second Class Segment andTurning
IN 5 Games: "C" 4. Attending Second Class Segment and successfully completing the Scoring
Test: "B" 5. Completing the Final Exam an dpassing with the grade of 70 or better: "A"
**Remember: You Must Attempt the Final In Order To Recieve a Grade** CLASS
ATTENDANCE: Due to the nature of this course, class attendance is mandatory.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section SI email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1115
Bowling I
Description
An activity course that is designed for students to receive a general overview of the rules, etiquette,
physical skills and scoring objectives necessary to participate in bowling.
Textbooks
Bowling, 8th, Martin, Tandy, Traub
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Course goals: To enhance student's knowledge in the basic aspects of scoring, knowledge and
terminology of bowling. Also to introduce the basic skills of the approch and use of arrows and dots
while target bowling.

Schedule
All meeting dates and times are listed under the "Calendar" option located under the "Course
Menu" option to the left of your screen. Dates, meeting times and locations are stated on each
students WebCt account. This class will be a cross between lecture and lab. Lecture notes will be
given for the tests. Bowling at the bowling alley will be the lab portion.
Evaluation methods
The following items are required for students to complete PHED 1115 or 1116: 1) Each student
will be required to bowl 10 games during the course of the semester. Instructions for meeting this
requirement will be discussed in the first class meeting. 2) Each student will be required to pass a
scoring exam. This exam covers the skills required to manually keep score in the game of bowling.
3) Each student will be required to pass a General Knowledge Exam at the end of the semester. 4)
Each student will pass a Terminology test over general bowling terms. 5) Attend all class meetings
when scheduled.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section S1 email
David Johnson
Student Union 215
903 782 0396
djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1115
Bowling I
Description
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.
Textbooks
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.

Schedule
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.
Week 3-
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 10 games of bowling
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Evaluation methods Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in
10 games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and
attend less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3
meetings.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section G1 email
Brent Shaw
Old Gym 101
(903) 782 0349
bshaw@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1116
Bowling 11
Description
The course is designed for students to receive a general overview of the rules, etiquette, physical
skills and scoring objectives necessary to participate in bowling.
Textbooks
Bowling 8th Edition Martin, Tandy, Traub
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The design of the course will allow students to explore the three fundamental areas of recreational
bowling wich include: rules, scoring and physical skills for success.
Schedule
MEETING 1: June 6th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:30 pm
MEETING 2: June 20th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:03 pm
MEETING 3: July 11th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:03 pm
*pick a time to show up
Evaluation methods
The grading system will be based upon a combination of attendance, participation, and aptitude.
Each student will begin the class with a grade of "F" and will work up a grade ladder, earning each
letter grade to a goal of "A". The grade ladder is as follows: 1.Starting grade "F" 2. Attending First
Class Segment and completing the orientaion: "D" 3. Attending Second Class Segment andTurning
IN 5 Games: "C" 4. Attending Second Class Segment and successfully completing the Scoring
Test: "B" 5. Completing the Final Exam an dpassing with the grade of 70 or better: "A"
**Remember: You Must Attempt the Final In Order To Recieve a Grade** CLASS
ATTENDANCE: Due to the nature of this course, class attendance is mandatory.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section GI email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1116
Bowling II
Description
An activity course that is designed for students to receive a general overview of the rules, etiquette,
physical skills and scoring objectives necessary to participate in bowling.
Textbooks
Bowling, 8th, Martin, Tandy, Traub
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Course goals: To enhance student's knowledge in the basic aspects of scoring, knowledge and
terminology of bowling. Also to introduce the basic skills of the approch and use of arrows and dots
while target bowling.

Schedule
All meeting dates and times are listed under the "Calendar" option located under the "Course
Menu" option to the left of your screen. Dates, meeting times and locations are stated on each
students WebCt account. This class will be a cross between lecture and lab. Lecture notes will be
given for the tests. Bowling at the bowling alley will be the lab portion.
Evaluation methods
The following items are required for students to complete PHED 1115 or 1116: 1) Each student
will be required to bowl 10 games during the course of the semester. Instructions for meeting this
requirement will be discussed in the first class meeting. 2) Each student will be required to pass a
scoring exam. This exam covers the skills required to manually keep score in the game of bowling.
3) Each student will be required to pass a General Knowledge Exam at the end of the semester. 4)
Each student will pass a Terminology test over general bowling terms. 5) Attend all class meetings
when scheduled.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section PI email
David Johnson
Student Union 215
903 782 0396
djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1116
Bowling II
Description
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.
Textbooks
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.

Schedule
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.
Week 3-
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 10 games of bowling
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Evaluation methods Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in
10 games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and
attend less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3
meetings.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section P1 email
Brent Shaw
Old Gym 101
(903) 782 0349
bshaw@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1116
Bowling 11
Description
The course is designed for students to receive a general overview of the rules, etiquette, physical
skills and scoring objectives necessary to participate in bowling.
Textbooks
Bowling 8th Edition Martin, Tandy, Traub
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
The design of the course will allow students to explore the three fundamental areas of recreational
bowling wich include: rules, scoring and physical skills for success.
Schedule
MEETING 1: June 6th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:30 pm
MEETING 2: June 20th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:03 pm
MEETING 3: July 11th @ either 11:02 am or 1:02 pm or 5:03 pm
*pick a time to show up
Evaluation methods
The grading system will be based upon a combination of attendance, participation, and aptitude.
Each student will begin the class with a grade of "F" and will work up a grade ladder, earning each
letter grade to a goal of "A". The grade ladder is as follows: 1.Starting grade "F" 2. Attending First
Class Segment and completing the orientaion: "D" 3. Attending Second Class Segment andTurning
IN 5 Games: "C" 4. Attending Second Class Segment and successfully completing the Scoring
Test: "B" 5. Completing the Final Exam an dpassing with the grade of 70 or better: "A"
**Remember: You Must Attempt the Final In Order To Recieve a Grade** CLASS
ATTENDANCE: Due to the nature of this course, class attendance is mandatory.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section SI email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1116
Bowling II
Description
An activity course that is designed for students to receive a general overview of the rules, etiquette,
physical skills and scoring objectives necessary to participate in bowling.
Textbooks
Bowling, 8th, Martin, Tandy, Traub
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Course goals: To enhance student's knowledge in the basic aspects of scoring, knowledge and
terminology of bowling. Also to introduce the basic skills of the approch and use of arrows and dots
while target bowling.

Schedule
All meeting dates and times are listed under the "Calendar" option located under the "Course
Menu" option to the left of your screen. Dates, meeting times and locations are stated on each
students WebCt account. This class will be a cross between lecture and lab. Lecture notes will be
given for the tests. Bowling at the bowling alley will be the lab portion.
Evaluation methods
The following items are required for students to complete PHED 1115 or 1116: 1) Each student
will be required to bowl 10 games during the course of the semester. Instructions for meeting this
requirement will be discussed in the first class meeting. 2) Each student will be required to pass a
scoring exam. This exam covers the skills required to manually keep score in the game of bowling.
3) Each student will be required to pass a General Knowledge Exam at the end of the semester. 4)
Each student will pass a Terminology test over general bowling terms. 5) Attend all class meetings
when scheduled.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section SI email
David Johnson
Student Union 215
903 782 0396
djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1116
Bowling II
Description
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.
Textbooks
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.

Schedule
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.
Week 3-
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 10 games of bowling
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Evaluation methods Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in
10 games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and
attend less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3
meetings.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I Phone
Section G1 email
Deron Clark
SC #107
903.782.0394
dclark@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1117
Camping I & II
Description
Textbooks
Camping is an outdoor class that allows students to experience life outdoors. Each student will set
up a tent and show the skills of cooking (3) meals over an open flame. The flame can be over a fire
or camp cook stove. The meal may consist of whatever your taste desire. There will be four
required activities for the students during the weekend: smores building, knot tieing, orienterring
and camping games. Screened shelters with electricity will be provided to share for the students.
No text required by instuctor
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to demonstrate skills in camping such as
building a fire, creating a tent, cook over an open flame and maintaining a clean and organized
camp site.
Schedule
Dates will posted in Blackboard upon the beginning of the Fall semester.

Evaluation methods
Students will be evaluated for a grade within the areas of attendance, participation, camp
organization and completion of the stated requirements. The level of this participation and
development will determine the grade of A, B, C or F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section G1 email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1117
Camping I
Description
An activity course offering instruction in the basic skills involved in camping. Topics such as
equipment and trip planning are covered. A camping trip is included.
Textbooks
Printed Material; No Textbook Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
OBJECTIVES FOR THE STUDENT:
1. To be able to demonstrate camping skills.
2. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of social interaction in regard to camping.
3. To be able to engage in a campsite setting.
4. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of the values of camping

Schedule
Orientation Meetings: First class will meet on the day and time that is noted in the
Class schedule or information is available online for WebCT students (log in to
WebCT; click on the course; see “Calendar"
Evaluation methods
Class attendance and Participation 100%. It is essential that......
...each student understand the importance of having extensive knowledge of camping.
...each student understand the importance of having a basic knowledge of equipment, organizational
plan, safety, and first aid.
...each student understand the importance of supplies.
...that each student master the basic fundamental skills of camping.
...that each student understand and employ the preparing, maintenance, and evacuating of camp site.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I Phone
Section P1 email
Deron Clark
SC #107
903.782.0394
dclark@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1117
Camping I & II
Description
Textbooks
Camping is an outdoor class that allows students to experience life outdoors. Each student will set
up a tent and show the skills of cooking (3) meals over an open flame. The flame can be over a fire
or camp cook stove. The meal may consist of whatever your taste desire. There will be four
required activities for the students during the weekend: smores building, knot tieing, orienterring
and camping games. Screened shelters with electricity will be provided to share for the students.
No text required by instuctor
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to demonstrate skills in camping such as
building a fire, creating a tent, cook over an open flame and maintaining a clean and organized
camp site.
Schedule
Dates will posted in Blackboard upon the beginning of the Fall semester.

Evaluation methods
Students will be evaluated for a grade within the areas of attendance, participation, camp
organization and completion of the stated requirements. The level of this participation and
development will determine the grade of A, B, C or F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section PI email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1117
Camping I
Description
An activity course offering instruction in the basic skills involved in camping. Topics such as
equipment and trip planning are covered. A camping trip is included.
Textbooks
Printed Material; No Textbook Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
OBJECTIVES FOR THE STUDENT:
1. To be able to demonstrate camping skills.
2. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of social interaction in regard to camping.
3. To be able to engage in a campsite setting.
4. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of the values of camping

Schedule
Orientation Meetings: First class will meet on the day and time that is noted in the
Class schedule or information is available online for WebCT students (log in to
WebCT; click on the course; see “Calendar"
Evaluation methods
Class attendance and Participation 100%. It is essential that......
...each student understand the importance of having extensive knowledge of camping.
...each student understand the importance of having a basic knowledge of equipment, organizational
plan, safety, and first aid.
...each student understand the importance of supplies.
...that each student master the basic fundamental skills of camping.
...that each student understand and employ the preparing, maintenance, and evacuating of camp site.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I Phone
Section S1 email
Deron Clark
SC #107
903.782.0394
dclark@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1117
Camping I & II
Description
Textbooks
Camping is an outdoor class that allows students to experience life outdoors. Each student will set
up a tent and show the skills of cooking (3) meals over an open flame. The flame can be over a fire
or camp cook stove. The meal may consist of whatever your taste desire. There will be four
required activities for the students during the weekend: smores building, knot tieing, orienterring
and camping games. Screened shelters with electricity will be provided to share for the students.
No text required by instuctor
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to demonstrate skills in camping such as
building a fire, creating a tent, cook over an open flame and maintaining a clean and organized
camp site.
Schedule
Dates will posted in Blackboard upon the beginning of the Fall semester.

Evaluation methods
Students will be evaluated for a grade within the areas of attendance, participation, camp
organization and completion of the stated requirements. The level of this participation and
development will determine the grade of A, B, C or F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section SI email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1117
Camping I
Description
An activity course offering instruction in the basic skills involved in camping. Topics such as
equipment and trip planning are covered. A camping trip is included.
Textbooks
Printed Material; No Textbook Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
OBJECTIVES FOR THE STUDENT:
1. To be able to demonstrate camping skills.
2. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of social interaction in regard to camping.
3. To be able to engage in a campsite setting.
4. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of the values of camping

Schedule
Orientation Meetings: First class will meet on the day and time that is noted in the
Class schedule or information is available online for WebCT students (log in to
WebCT; click on the course; see “Calendar"
Evaluation methods
Class attendance and Participation 100%. It is essential that......
...each student understand the importance of having extensive knowledge of camping.
...each student understand the importance of having a basic knowledge of equipment, organizational
plan, safety, and first aid.
...each student understand the importance of supplies.
...that each student master the basic fundamental skills of camping.
...that each student understand and employ the preparing, maintenance, and evacuating of camp site.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I Phone
Section G1 email
Deron Clark
SC #107
903.782.0394
dclark@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1118
Camping I & II
Description
Textbooks
Camping is an outdoor class that allows students to experience life outdoors. Each student will set
up a tent and show the skills of cooking (3) meals over an open flame. The flame can be over a fire
or camp cook stove. The meal may consist of whatever your taste desire. There will be four
required activities for the students during the weekend: smores building, knot tieing, orienterring
and camping games. Screened shelters with electricity will be provided to share for the students.
No text required by instuctor
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to demonstrate skills in camping such as
building a fire, creating a tent, cook over an open flame and maintaining a clean and organized
camp site.
Schedule
Dates will posted in Blackboard upon the beginning of the Fall semester.

Evaluation methods
Students will be evaluated for a grade within the areas of attendance, participation, camp
organization and completion of the stated requirements. The level of this participation and
development will determine the grade of A, B, C or F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section G1 email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1118
Camping II
Description
An activity course offering instruction in the basic skills involved in camping. Topics such as
equipment and trip planning are covered. A camping trip is included.
Textbooks
Printed Material; No Textbook Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
OBJECTIVES FOR THE STUDENT:
1. To be able to demonstrate camping skills.
2. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of social interaction in regard to camping.
3. To be able to engage in a campsite setting.
4. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of the values of camping

Schedule
Orientation Meetings: First class will meet on the day and time that is noted in the
Class schedule or information is available online for WebCT students (log in to
WebCT; click on the course; see “Calendar"
Evaluation methods
Class attendance and Participation 100%. It is essential that......
...each student understand the importance of having extensive knowledge of camping.
...each student understand the importance of having a basic knowledge of equipment, organizational
plan, safety, and first aid.
...each student understand the importance of supplies.
...that each student master the basic fundamental skills of camping.
...that each student understand and employ the preparing, maintenance, and evacuating of camp site.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I Phone
Section P1 email
Deron Clark
SC #107
903.782.0394
dclark@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1118
Camping I & II
Description
Textbooks
Camping is an outdoor class that allows students to experience life outdoors. Each student will set
up a tent and show the skills of cooking (3) meals over an open flame. The flame can be over a fire
or camp cook stove. The meal may consist of whatever your taste desire. There will be four
required activities for the students during the weekend: smores building, knot tieing, orienterring
and camping games. Screened shelters with electricity will be provided to share for the students.
No text required by instuctor
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to demonstrate skills in camping such as
building a fire, creating a tent, cook over an open flame and maintaining a clean and organized
camp site.
Schedule
Dates will posted in Blackboard upon the beginning of the Fall semester.

Evaluation methods
Students will be evaluated for a grade within the areas of attendance, participation, camp
organization and completion of the stated requirements. The level of this participation and
development will determine the grade of A, B, C or F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section PI email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1118
Camping II
Description
An activity course offering instruction in the basic skills involved in camping. Topics such as
equipment and trip planning are covered. A camping trip is included.
Textbooks
Printed Material; No Textbook Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
OBJECTIVES FOR THE STUDENT:
1. To be able to demonstrate camping skills.
2. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of social interaction in regard to camping.
3. To be able to engage in a campsite setting.
4. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of the values of camping

Schedule
Orientation Meetings: First class will meet on the day and time that is noted in the
Class schedule or information is available online for WebCT students (log in to
WebCT; click on the course; see “Calendar"
Evaluation methods
Class attendance and Participation 100%. It is essential that......
...each student understand the importance of having extensive knowledge of camping.
...each student understand the importance of having a basic knowledge of equipment, organizational
plan, safety, and first aid.
...each student understand the importance of supplies.
...that each student master the basic fundamental skills of camping.
...that each student understand and employ the preparing, maintenance, and evacuating of camp site.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I Phone
Section S1 email
Deron Clark
SC #107
903.782.0394
dclark@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1118
Camping I & II
Description
Textbooks
Camping is an outdoor class that allows students to experience life outdoors. Each student will set
up a tent and show the skills of cooking (3) meals over an open flame. The flame can be over a fire
or camp cook stove. The meal may consist of whatever your taste desire. There will be four
required activities for the students during the weekend: smores building, knot tieing, orienterring
and camping games. Screened shelters with electricity will be provided to share for the students.
No text required by instuctor
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to demonstrate skills in camping such as
building a fire, creating a tent, cook over an open flame and maintaining a clean and organized
camp site.
Schedule
Dates will posted in Blackboard upon the beginning of the Fall semester.

Evaluation methods
Students will be evaluated for a grade within the areas of attendance, participation, camp
organization and completion of the stated requirements. The level of this participation and
development will determine the grade of A, B, C or F.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section SI email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1118
Camping II
Description
An activity course offering instruction in the basic skills involved in camping. Topics such as
equipment and trip planning are covered. A camping trip is included.
Textbooks
Printed Material; No Textbook Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
OBJECTIVES FOR THE STUDENT:
1. To be able to demonstrate camping skills.
2. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of social interaction in regard to camping.
3. To be able to engage in a campsite setting.
4. To be able to demonstrate a knowledge of the values of camping

Schedule
Orientation Meetings: First class will meet on the day and time that is noted in the
Class schedule or information is available online for WebCT students (log in to
WebCT; click on the course; see “Calendar"
Evaluation methods
Class attendance and Participation 100%. It is essential that......
...each student understand the importance of having extensive knowledge of camping.
...each student understand the importance of having a basic knowledge of equipment, organizational
plan, safety, and first aid.
...each student understand the importance of supplies.
...that each student master the basic fundamental skills of camping.
...that each student understand and employ the preparing, maintenance, and evacuating of camp site.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section G1 email
Brent Shaw
Old Gym 101
904 782 0348
bshaw@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1134
Intro to Wellness
Description
Textbooks
It is essential that --- each student understand the individual study approach to wellness. --- each
student understand the fitness appraisal and the application to cardio fitness. --- each student
understand the writing and application of wellness programs. --- each student understand the results
of nutrition and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. --- each student understand and
maintain a personal log for excercise and colorie counting.
No text required. All materials will ne provided by the instructor.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
It is essential that --- each student understand the individual study approach to wellness. ---each
student understand fitness appraisal and the application to cardio fitness. ---each student understand
the writing and application of wellness programs. ---each student understand the results of nutrition
and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. ---each student understand and maintain a
personal log for exercise and calorie counting.
Schedule
MEETING 1: June 6th @ either 12:04 pm or 2:04 pm or 6:07 pm
MEETING 2: June 20th @ either 12:04 pm or 2:04 pm or 6:07 pm
MEETING 3: July 12th @ either 12:04 pm or 2:04 pm or 6:07 pm
Evaluation methods
Grade of A - Attend atleast 4 class meetings. Turn in atleast 3 packets (all work) take both Tests
Grade of B - Attend atleast 3 class meetings. Turn in atleast 2 packets (all work) take both Tests
Grade of C - Attend atleast 2 class meetings. Turn in atleast 2 packets (all work) take both Tests
Grade of D - Attend atleast 2 class meetings. Turn in atleast 2 packets (all work) take both Tests
Grade of F - Attend atleast 2 class meetings. Turn in atleast 2 packets (all work) take one Test.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section G1 email
Deron Clark
SC #107
903.782.0394
dclark@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1134
Intro to Wellness
Description
Textbooks
Course Objectives: It is essential that --- each student understand the individual study approach to
wellness. ---each student understand fitness appraisal and the application to cardio fitness. ---each
student understand the writing and application of wellness programs. ---each student understand the
results of nutrition and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. ---each student understand and
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting. TEACHING PROGRESSION: Session 1:
No text required. All materials will be provided by the instructor
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Students will demonstrate and apply lifetime activity skills in physical fitness. These skills are
tested and measured through written, personal analysis and assessment evaluation.Students will
demonstrate and apply lifetime activity skills in physical fitness. These skills are tested and
measured through written, personal analysis and assessment evaluation.Wellness students will
i hi k ld d fh i b i f ii hih i
Week 1-This course will meet 5 times during the semester with dates and times being set on the
WebCt account under the "Calendar" option.
Week 2-During each meeting session, students will be required to demonstrate abilites and
knowledge in the area of Wellness per exams, physical perfomance, exercise log sheets and calorie
counting programs.
Week 3-Due to the nature of this course attendance is MANDATORY to each session which will
allow a student to achieve a passing grade.
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
W k14

Evaluation methods
I Categories: 1) Beginning and ending weigh-in performed on scheduled dates. 2) Students will
submit 4 calorie counting assessments performed within the online program of My Fitness Pal
(www.myfitnesspal.com) 3) Students will take 2 written exams in the areas of cardiovascular fitness
and nutrition on the dates schedules. 4) Students will complete a ftiness performance log sheet on
the dates scheduled. 5) Students will submit 4 “Fitness Calculator Assesments based on their weight
and 1 mile walk time. Grade of "A" 1)Meet criteria for a one mile walk test. 2) Perform a beginning
and ending weigh-in. 3) Pass two written exams. 4) Complete a written fitness log sheet. 5)
Complete a calorie counting program on the internet. IN ORDER TO RECEIVE THE GRADE OF
AN "A", ALL REQUIREMENTS MUST BE COMPLETED ON THE DATES DUE!!! II. Grade
of "B' To receive the grade of a "B' students must complete "Categories " 1-4 as listed above on the
dates required. III. Grade of "C" To receive the grade of "C" students must complete "Categories" 1-
3 as listed above on the dates required. IV. Grade of "D" To receive the grade of "D" students must
complete "Categories" 1 and 2 listed above on the dates required V Grade of "F" Non-compliance

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section P1 email
Justin Maness
Hunt Center 103
903-782-0675
jmaness@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Phed 1134
Introduction to Wellness
Description
Introduction to Wellness and Maintenance is designed to help students better understand their own
well-being. During the course, students will participate in activities that allows them to see where
they stand physically in order to help them improve. Students will learn the importance of Physical
Fitness and Nutrition as a part of everyday life.
Textbooks
No text required. All materials will be provided by the instructor

Schedule
Week 1- Orientation and weigh-in/Physical Fitness Lecture
Week 3- Fitness Exam/Lecture over Nutrition/Calorie Counter and Fitness Log Explanation
Week 5- Nutrition Exam/Turn in Calorie Counter and Fitness Log/Weigh and Walk

Evaluation methods
1) Beginning and the ending weigh-in performed on the scheduled dates. 2) Beginning and ending
one mile walk test with improvement perameters performed on scheduled dates. 3) Students will
take two written exams in the areas of cardiovascular fitness and nutrition on the dates scheduled.
4) Students will complete a fitness performance log sheet on the dates scheduled. 5) Students will
complete a calorie counting program on the internet. I. Grade of "A" 1) Meet criteria for a one mile
walk test. 2) Perform a beginning and ending weigh-in. 3) Pass two written exams. 4) Complete a
written fitness log sheet. 5) Complete a calorie coutning program on the internet. IN ORDER TO
RECEIVE THE GRADE OF AN "A", ALL REQUIREMENTS MUST BE COMPLETED ON
THE DATES DUE!! II. Grade of "B" 1) To receive a grade of "B" students must complete
"Categories" 1-4 as listed above on the dates required. III. Grade of C. 1) To receive a grade of "C"
students must complete "Categories 1-3 as listed above on the dates required. IV. Grade of "D". 1)
To receive a grade of "D" students must complete "Categories" 1 and 2 listed above on the dates
required. V. Grade of "F". 1) Non-compliance of any of the "categories" listed above. CLASS
ATTENDANCE IS MANDATORY DUE TO THE NATURE OF THIS COURSE. A 10 point
penalty wil be applied to all written exams not taken on the date scheduled.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section P1 email
Justin Maness
Hunt Center 103
903-782-0675
jmaness@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Phed 1134
Introduction to Wellness
Description
Introduction to Wellness and Maintenance is designed to help students better understand their own
well-being. During the course, students will participate in activities that allows them to see where
they stand physically in order to help them improve. Students will learn the importance of Physical
Fitness and Nutrition as a part of everyday life.
Textbooks
No text required. All materials will be provided by the instructor

Schedule
Week 1- Orientation and weigh-in/Physical Fitness Lecture
Week 3- Fitness Exam/Lecture over Nutrition/Calorie Counter and Fitness Log Explanation
Week 5- Nutrition Exam/Turn in Calorie Counter and Fitness Log/Weigh and Walk

Evaluation methods
1) Beginning and the ending weigh-in performed on the scheduled dates. 2) Beginning and ending
one mile walk test with improvement perameters performed on scheduled dates. 3) Students will
take two written exams in the areas of cardiovascular fitness and nutrition on the dates scheduled.
4) Students will complete a fitness performance log sheet on the dates scheduled. 5) Students will
complete a calorie counting program on the internet. I. Grade of "A" 1) Meet criteria for a one mile
walk test. 2) Perform a beginning and ending weigh-in. 3) Pass two written exams. 4) Complete a
written fitness log sheet. 5) Complete a calorie coutning program on the internet. IN ORDER TO
RECEIVE THE GRADE OF AN "A", ALL REQUIREMENTS MUST BE COMPLETED ON
THE DATES DUE!! II. Grade of "B" 1) To receive a grade of "B" students must complete
"Categories" 1-4 as listed above on the dates required. III. Grade of C. 1) To receive a grade of "C"
students must complete "Categories 1-3 as listed above on the dates required. IV. Grade of "D". 1)
To receive a grade of "D" students must complete "Categories" 1 and 2 listed above on the dates
required. V. Grade of "F". 1) Non-compliance of any of the "categories" listed above. CLASS
ATTENDANCE IS MANDATORY DUE TO THE NATURE OF THIS COURSE. A 10 point
penalty wil be applied to all written exams not taken on the date scheduled.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section S1 email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center Gym 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1134
Introductin to Wellness
Description
An Activity Course, PHED 1134 will introduce students to the concept of physical wellness and its
benefits. PHED 1134 is a core course. PHED 1138 is a continuation of PHED 1134; teaching
students methods to maintain physical wellness and its benefits
Textbooks
No text required. All materials will be provided by the instructor.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Course Objectives: It is essential that --- each student understand the individual study approach to
wellness. ---each student understand fitness appraisal and the application to cardio fitness. ---each
student understand the writing and application of wellness programs. ---each student understand the
results of nutrition and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. ---each student understand and
i i ll f i d l i i
Week 1-All meeting dates and times are listed under the "Calendar" option located under the
"Course Menu" option to the left of your screen. Dates, meeting times and locations are stated on
each students WebCt account.
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
W k16

Evaluation methods
I Categories: 1) Beginning and ending weigh-in performed on scheduled dates. 2) Students will
submit 4 calorie counting assessments performed within the online program of My Fitness Pal
(www.myfitnesspal.com) 3) Students will take 2 written exams in the areas of cardiovascular fitness
and nutrition on the dates schedules. 4) Students will complete a ftiness performance log sheet on
the dates scheduled. 5) Students will submit 4 “Fitness Calculator Assesments based on their weight
and 1 mile walk time. Grade of "A" 1)Meet criteria for a one mile walk test. 2) Perform a beginning
and ending weigh-in. 3) Pass two written exams. 4) Complete a written fitness log sheet. 5)
Complete a calorie counting program on the internet. IN ORDER TO RECEIVE THE GRADE OF
AN "A", ALL REQUIREMENTS MUST BE COMPLETED ON THE DATES DUE!!! II. Grade
of "B' To receive the grade of a "B' students must complete "Categories " 1-4 as listed above on the
dates required. III. Grade of "C" To receive the grade of "C" students must complete "Categories" 1-
3 as listed above on the dates required. IV. Grade of "D" To receive the grade of "D" students must
complete "Categories" 1 and 2 listed above on the dates required V Grade of "F" Non-compliance

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section S1 email
David Johnson
SC 215
93-782-0396
djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1134
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness
Description
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).
Textbooks
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it
effects their lives ata ll times.
Schedule
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test.
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitbess test. Turn In Logs.
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs
Week 5-Weigh-In, Take Fitness test. Turn in Logs
Evaluation methods
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section G1 email
Brent Shaw
Old Gym
903 782 0348
bshaw@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1138
Maint. Of Welness
Description
Textbooks
It is essential that --- each student understand the individual study approach to wellness. --- each
student understand the fitness appraisal and the application to cardio fitness. --- each student
understand the writing and application of wellness programs. --- each student understand the results
of nutrition and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. --- each student understand and
maintain a personal log for excercise and colorie counting.
No text required. All materials will ne provided by the instructor.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
It is essential that --- each student understand the individual study approach to wellness. --- each
student understand the fitness appraisal and the application to cardio fitness. --- each student
understand the writing and application of wellness programs. --- each student understand the results
of nutrition and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. --- each student understand and
maintain a personal log for excercise and colorie counting.
MEETING 1: June 6th @ either 12:04 pm or 2:04 pm or 6:07 pm
MEETING 2: June 20th @ either 12:04 pm or 2:04 pm or 6:07 pm
MEETING 3: July 12th @ either 12:04 pm or 2:04 pm or 6:07 pm
Evaluation methods
Grade of A - Attend atleast 4 class meetings. Turn in atleast 3 packets (all work) take both Tests
Grade of B - Attend atleast 3 class meetings. Turn in atleast 2 packets (all work) take both Tests
Grade of C - Attend atleast 2 class meetings. Turn in atleast 2 packets (all work) take both Tests
Grade of D - Attend atleast 2 class meetings. Turn in atleast 2 packets (all work) take both Tests
Grade of F - Attend atleast 2 class meetings. Turn in atleast 2 packets (all work) take one Test.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section G1 email
Deron Clark
SC #107
903.782.0394
dclark@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1138
Maintenance of Wellness
Description
Textbooks
Course Objectives: It is essential that --- each student understand the individual study approach to
wellness. ---each student understand fitness appraisal and the application to cardio fitness. ---each
student understand the writing and application of wellness programs. ---each student understand the
results of nutrition and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. ---each student understand and
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting. TEACHING PROGRESSION: Session 1:
No text required. All materials will be provided by the instructor
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Students will demonstrate and apply lifetime activity skills in physical fitness. These skills are
tested and measured through written, personal analysis and assessment evaluation.Students will
demonstrate and apply lifetime activity skills in physical fitness. These skills are tested and
measured through written, personal analysis and assessment evaluation.Wellness students will
i hi k ld d fh i b i f ii hih i
Week 1-This course will meet 5 times during the semester with dates and times being set on the
WebCt account under the "Calendar" option.
Week 2-During each meeting session, students will be required to demonstrate abilites and
knowledge in the area of Wellness per exams, physical perfomance, exercise log sheets and calorie
counting programs.
Week 3-Due to the nature of this course attendance is MANDATORY to each session which will
allow a student to achieve a passing grade.
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
W k14

Evaluation methods
I Categories: 1) Beginning and ending weigh-in performed on scheduled dates. 2) Students will
submit 4 calorie counting assessments performed within the online program of My Fitness Pal
(www.myfitnesspal.com) 3) Students will take 2 written exams in the areas of cardiovascular fitness
and nutrition on the dates schedules. 4) Students will complete a ftiness performance log sheet on
the dates scheduled. 5) Students will submit 4 “Fitness Calculator Assesments based on their weight
and 1 mile walk time. Grade of "A" 1)Meet criteria for a one mile walk test. 2) Perform a beginning
and ending weigh-in. 3) Pass two written exams. 4) Complete a written fitness log sheet. 5)
Complete a calorie counting program on the internet. IN ORDER TO RECEIVE THE GRADE OF
AN "A", ALL REQUIREMENTS MUST BE COMPLETED ON THE DATES DUE!!! II. Grade
of "B' To receive the grade of a "B' students must complete "Categories " 1-4 as listed above on the
dates required. III. Grade of "C" To receive the grade of "C" students must complete "Categories" 1-
3 as listed above on the dates required. IV. Grade of "D" To receive the grade of "D" students must
complete "Categories" 1 and 2 listed above on the dates required V Grade of "F" Non-compliance

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section P1 email
Justin Maness
Hunt Center 103
903-782-0675
jmaness@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Phed 1138
Introduction to Wellness
Description
Introduction to Wellness and Maintenance is designed to help students better understand their own
well-being. During the course, students will participate in activities that allows them to see where
they stand physically in order to help them improve. Students will learn the importance of Physical
Fitness and Nutrition as a part of everyday life.
Textbooks
No text required. All materials will be provided by the instructor

Schedule
Week 1- Orientation and weigh-in/Physical Fitness Lecture
Week 3- Fitness Exam/Lecture over Nutrition/Calorie Counter and Fitness Log Explanation
Week 5- Nutrition Exam/Turn in Calorie Counter and Fitness Log/Weigh and Walk

Evaluation methods
1) Beginning and the ending weigh-in performed on the scheduled dates. 2) Beginning and ending
one mile walk test with improvement perameters performed on scheduled dates. 3) Students will
take two written exams in the areas of cardiovascular fitness and nutrition on the dates scheduled.
4) Students will complete a fitness performance log sheet on the dates scheduled. 5) Students will
complete a calorie counting program on the internet. I. Grade of "A" 1) Meet criteria for a one mile
walk test. 2) Perform a beginning and ending weigh-in. 3) Pass two written exams. 4) Complete a
written fitness log sheet. 5) Complete a calorie coutning program on the internet. IN ORDER TO
RECEIVE THE GRADE OF AN "A", ALL REQUIREMENTS MUST BE COMPLETED ON
THE DATES DUE!! II. Grade of "B" 1) To receive a grade of "B" students must complete
"Categories" 1-4 as listed above on the dates required. III. Grade of C. 1) To receive a grade of "C"
students must complete "Categories 1-3 as listed above on the dates required. IV. Grade of "D". 1)
To receive a grade of "D" students must complete "Categories" 1 and 2 listed above on the dates
required. V. Grade of "F". 1) Non-compliance of any of the "categories" listed above. CLASS
ATTENDANCE IS MANDATORY DUE TO THE NATURE OF THIS COURSE. A 10 point
penalty wil be applied to all written exams not taken on the date scheduled.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II 2012
Phone
Section P1 email
Justin Maness
Hunt Center 103
903-782-0675
jmaness@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Phed 1138
Introduction to Wellness
Description
Introduction to Wellness and Maintenance is designed to help students better understand their own
well-being. During the course, students will participate in activities that allows them to see where
they stand physically in order to help them improve. Students will learn the importance of Physical
Fitness and Nutrition as a part of everyday life.
Textbooks
No text required. All materials will be provided by the instructor

Schedule
Week 1- Orientation and weigh-in/Physical Fitness Lecture
Week 3- Fitness Exam/Lecture over Nutrition/Calorie Counter and Fitness Log Explanation
Week 5- Nutrition Exam/Turn in Calorie Counter and Fitness Log/Weigh and Walk

Evaluation methods
1) Beginning and the ending weigh-in performed on the scheduled dates. 2) Beginning and ending
one mile walk test with improvement perameters performed on scheduled dates. 3) Students will
take two written exams in the areas of cardiovascular fitness and nutrition on the dates scheduled.
4) Students will complete a fitness performance log sheet on the dates scheduled. 5) Students will
complete a calorie counting program on the internet. I. Grade of "A" 1) Meet criteria for a one mile
walk test. 2) Perform a beginning and ending weigh-in. 3) Pass two written exams. 4) Complete a
written fitness log sheet. 5) Complete a calorie coutning program on the internet. IN ORDER TO
RECEIVE THE GRADE OF AN "A", ALL REQUIREMENTS MUST BE COMPLETED ON
THE DATES DUE!! II. Grade of "B" 1) To receive a grade of "B" students must complete
"Categories" 1-4 as listed above on the dates required. III. Grade of C. 1) To receive a grade of "C"
students must complete "Categories 1-3 as listed above on the dates required. IV. Grade of "D". 1)
To receive a grade of "D" students must complete "Categories" 1 and 2 listed above on the dates
required. V. Grade of "F". 1) Non-compliance of any of the "categories" listed above. CLASS
ATTENDANCE IS MANDATORY DUE TO THE NATURE OF THIS COURSE. A 10 point
penalty wil be applied to all written exams not taken on the date scheduled.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section S1 email
Charles Taylor
Hunt Center Gym 120
903/ 782-0395
ctaylor@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1138
Maintenance Of Wellness
Description
An Activity Course, PHED 1134 will introduce students to the concept of physical wellness and its
benefits. PHED 1134 is a core course. PHED 1138 is a continuation of PHED 1134; teaching
students methods to maintain physical wellness and its benefits
Textbooks
No text required. All materials will be provided by the instructor.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Course Objectives: It is essential that --- each student understand the individual study approach to
wellness. ---each student understand fitness appraisal and the application to cardio fitness. ---each
student understand the writing and application of wellness programs. ---each student understand the
results of nutrition and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. ---each student understand and
i i ll f i d l i i
Week 1-All meeting dates and times are listed under the "Calendar" option located under the
"Course Menu" option to the left of your screen. Dates, meeting times and locations are stated on
each students WebCt account.
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
W k16

Evaluation methods
I Categories: 1) Beginning and ending weigh-in performed on scheduled dates. 2) Students will
submit 4 calorie counting assessments performed within the online program of My Fitness Pal
(www.myfitnesspal.com) 3) Students will take 2 written exams in the areas of cardiovascular fitness
and nutrition on the dates schedules. 4) Students will complete a ftiness performance log sheet on
the dates scheduled. 5) Students will submit 4 “Fitness Calculator Assesments based on their weight
and 1 mile walk time. Grade of "A" 1)Meet criteria for a one mile walk test. 2) Perform a beginning
and ending weigh-in. 3) Pass two written exams. 4) Complete a written fitness log sheet. 5)
Complete a calorie counting program on the internet. IN ORDER TO RECEIVE THE GRADE OF
AN "A", ALL REQUIREMENTS MUST BE COMPLETED ON THE DATES DUE!!! II. Grade
of "B' To receive the grade of a "B' students must complete "Categories " 1-4 as listed above on the
dates required. III. Grade of "C" To receive the grade of "C" students must complete "Categories" 1-
3 as listed above on the dates required. IV. Grade of "D" To receive the grade of "D" students must
complete "Categories" 1 and 2 listed above on the dates required V Grade of "F" Non-compliance

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section S1 email
David Johnson
SC 215
93-782-0396
djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1138
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness
Description
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).
Textbooks
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it
effects their lives ata ll times.
Schedule
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation. Preform 1 mile walk pre test.
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test.
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitbess test. Turn In Logs.Preform 1 mile mid term test.
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs
Week 5-Weigh-In, Take Fitness test. Turn in Logs. Preform 1 mile walk test final.
Evaluation methods
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs. Walking time test.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Justin Maness
Hunt Center Rm 103
903-782-0675
jmaness@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
1301
Intro To Kinesiology
Description
Introductory course in human movement that includes the historical development of movement,
and sport from ancient to contemporary cultures. Physiological and psychological principles
affecting human movement and sport programs, professional requirements, and opportunities.
Textbooks
Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport. 7th Edition.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. At the completion of the course the student demonstrate basic understanding of Fitness and how
it plays an important role in sport. 2. Students will be able to compare outcomes of school based
physical fitness and recreational based physical fitness. 3. Students will be able to analyze
psychological as well and physical aspects of recreational sport and competitive sport.
Week 1 Part One(June 4-10)
-Chapter 1-3(Quiz)
-article review 1
-Exam I
Week 2 Part Two(June 11-17)
-Chapter 4-6
- article review 2
-Exam II
Week 3 Part Three(June 18-24)
-Chapter 7-9(Quiz)
-article review 3
-Exam III
Week 4 Part Four(June 25-July 1)
-Chapter 10-12(Quiz)
-article review 4
-Exam IV
Week 5 Part Five(July 2-5)
Ch t 13 14

Evaluation methods
Students will be evaluated through online quizzes and exams. Quizzes will consists of both
true/false questions as well and multiple choice. Major exams will cover 3 chapters at a time.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Justin Maness
Hunt Center Rm 103
903-782-0675
jmaness@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1301
Intro To Kinesiology
Description
Introductory course in human movement that includes the historical development of movement,
and sport from ancient to contemporary cultures. Physiological and psychological principles
affecting human movement and sport programs, professional requirements, and opportunities.
Textbooks
Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport. 7th Edition.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. At the completion of the course the student demonstrate basic understanding of Fitness and how
it plays an important role in sport. 2. Students will be able to compare outcomes of school based
physical fitness and recreational based physical fitness. 3. Students will be able to analyze
psychological as well and physical aspects of recreational sport and competitive sport.
Week 1 Part One(June 4-10)
-Chapter 1-3(Quiz)
-article review 1
-Exam I
Week 2 Part Two(June 11-17)
-Chapter 4-6
- article review 2
-Exam II
Week 3 Part Three(June 18-24)
-Chapter 7-9(Quiz)
-article review 3
-Exam III
Week 4 Part Four(June 25-July 1)
-Chapter 10-12(Quiz)
-article review 4
-Exam IV
Week 5 Part Five(July 2-5)
Ch t 13 14

Evaluation methods
Students will be evaluated through online quizzes and exams. Quizzes will consists of both
true/false questions as well and multiple choice. Major exams will cover 3 chapters at a time.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Deron Clark
SC 107 (8-12 M-F)
903.782.0394
dclark@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1304
Personal and Community Hygiene
Description
Textbooks
A study of personal and community health for the kinesiology and elementary education major
dealing with the human body, its organs and functions. Emphasis is placed on causative factors and
various diseases, means of transmission and prevention. You will need to purchase a textbook for
this course. The title is Core Concepts in Health by Paul M Insel and Walton T. Roth. Eleventh
Edition. ISBN# is 0-07-740731-5. The course will be delivered via online. Each chapter covered
Core Concepts in Health by Paul M Insel and Walton T. Roth. Eleventh Edition. ISBN# is 0-
070740731-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of PHED 1304 students will be able to demonstrate and explain quality decision
making skills in health. Specifically in the areas of nutrition, fitness, sexual and social activity and
psychological integration with others.
Schedule
Week 1-Read and review chapters 1, 2 and 3
Week 4-Chapter quizzes over chapters 4, 5 and 62
Week 7-Major Exam over chapters 7, 8 and 9
Week 10-Read and review chapters 10, 11 and 12
Week 13-Chapter quizzes over chapters 13, 14 and 15
Week 15-Major Exam over chapters 16, 17 and 18
In order to ensure the best opportunity to achieve success in this course, students will be required to
log on within a regular time frame and complete assignments on schedule.

Evaluation methods
Course Requirements and Evaluation
Evaluation of Course Requirements:
30 Chapter Quizzes @ 385 pts. total = 525
4 Phase Exams @ 100 pts. each = 500
Grading Scale:
1025 - 922 = A
921 - 820 = B
819 - 717 = C
716 - 615 = D

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Deron Clark
SC 107 (8-12 M-F)
903.782.0394
dclark@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1304
Personal and Community Hygiene
Description
Textbooks
A study of personal and community health for the kinesiology and elementary education major
dealing with the human body, its organs and functions. Emphasis is placed on causative factors and
various diseases, means of transmission and prevention. You will need to purchase a textbook for
this course. The title is Core Concepts in Health by Paul M Insel and Walton T. Roth. Eleventh
Edition. ISBN# is 0-07-740731-5. The course will be delivered via online. Each chapter covered
Core Concepts in Health by Paul M Insel and Walton T. Roth. Eleventh Edition. ISBN# is 0-
070740731-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of PHED 1304 students will be able to demonstrate and explain quality decision
making skills in health. Specifically in the areas of nutrition, fitness, sexual and social activity and
psychological integration with others.
Schedule
Week 1-Read and review chapters 1, 2 and 3
Week 4-Chapter quizzes over chapters 4, 5 and 62
Week 7-Major Exam over chapters 7, 8 and 9
Week 10-Read and review chapters 10, 11 and 12
Week 13-Chapter quizzes over chapters 13, 14 and 15
Week 15-Major Exam over chapters 16, 17 and 18
In order to ensure the best opportunity to achieve success in this course, students will be required to
log on within a regular time frame and complete assignments on schedule.

Evaluation methods
Course Requirements and Evaluation
Evaluation of Course Requirements:
30 Chapter Quizzes @ 385 pts. total = 525
4 Phase Exams @ 100 pts. each = 500
Grading Scale:
1025 - 922 = A
921 - 820 = B
819 - 717 = C
716 - 615 = D

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Brent Shaw
Old Gym
903 782 0348
bshaw@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1308
Sports Officiating
Description
Sport Officiating will cover the basic mechanics and positioning of the official in Volleyball,
Football and Basketball. Along with th eknowledge of the rules that govern each sport.
Textbooks
Modern Sport Officiating Practical Guide/Packets
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will email instructor to receive a study guide. There are 12 quizzes and 3 test. The student
will also do a written observation over the basic mechanics and positioning of the officials in
Volleyball, Football, and Basketball. The students will need to attend a basketball game in order to
complete this requirement. The game can be any game. This means it can be a Youth game,
Juior/High School Game, College or Professional Game. If you have any questions please feel free
to email me.
Schedule
Week 1-Demonstrate the mechanics of officiating
Week 2- Interpret the Rules
Week 3- Demonstrate Procedures for game preparation
Week 4-
Evaluation methods
12 quizzes (10 points each). 3 major test (100 points each). 1 observation paper (30 points). There
are a possible of 500 points for the class. Grading break down: 500-450 pts (A), 449-400 pts (B),
399-350 pts (C) , 349-300 pts (D), Below 300 points (F)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Brent Shaw
Old Gym
903 782 0348
bshaw@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1308
Sports Officiating
Description
Sport Officiating will cover the basic mechanics and positioning of the official in Volleyball,
Football and Basketball. Along with th eknowledge of the rules that govern each sport.
Textbooks
Modern Sport Officiating Practical Guide/Packets
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student will email instructor to receive a study guide. There are 12 quizzes and 3 test. The student
will also do a written observation over the basic mechanics and positioning of the officials in
Volleyball, Football, and Basketball. The students will need to attend a basketball game in order to
complete this requirement. The game can be any game. This means it can be a Youth game,
Juior/High School Game, College or Professional Game. If you have any questions please feel free
to email me.
Schedule
Week 1-Demonstrate the mechanics of officiating
Week 2- Interpret the Rules
Week 3- Demonstrate Procedures for game preparation
Week 4-
Evaluation methods
12 quizzes (10 points each). 3 major test (100 points each). 1 observation paper (30 points). There
are a possible of 500 points for the class. Grading break down: 500-450 pts (A), 449-400 pts (B),
399-350 pts (C) , 349-300 pts (D), Below 300 points (F)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
David Johnson
Student Union 215
903-782-0396
djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1346
Drug Use and Abuse
Description
The Study of use and abuse of drugs in todays society, emphasizing physiological, socoiological
and psychological factors involved.
Textbooks
Drugs, Society and Human Behavior, Oakley Ray and Charles Ksir, 12th, 978-0-07-352961-5

Schedule
There is one Chapter quiz for each of the nine chapters that we will cover. There are four major test
during the semester. Chapters 1-3 will be covered in test 1. Chapters 4-6 will be covered in test 2.
Chapters 7-9 will be covered in test 3. Test 4 is a essay type test.

Evaluation methods Grades will be awarded with an accumilated point total thru out the semester. Each major test is
worth a possiable 100 points. Each Chapter quiz is worth a possiable 10 points. Grade of A- over
441 points, B- 440 to 391 points, C-390 to 341 points, D- 340 to 291 points, F-290 points and
below.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
David Johnson
Student Union 215
903-782-0396
djohnson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHED 1346
Drug Use and Abuse
Description
The Study of use and abuse of drugs in todays society, emphasizing physiological, socoiological
and psychological factors involved.
Textbooks
Drugs, Society and Human Behavior, Oakley Ray and Charles Ksir, 12th, 978-0-07-352961-5

Schedule
There is one Chapter quiz for each of the nine chapters that we will cover. There are four major test
during the semester. Chapters 1-3 will be covered in test 1. Chapters 4-6 will be covered in test 2.
Chapters 7-9 will be covered in test 3. Test 4 is a essay type test.

Evaluation methods Grades will be awarded with an accumilated point total thru out the semester. Each major test is
worth a possiable 100 points. Each Chapter quiz is worth a possiable 10 points. Grade of A- over
441 points, B- 440 to 391 points, C-390 to 341 points, D- 340 to 291 points, F-290 points and
below.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section SA email
LaRue
NS 120
903-782-0334
llarue@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PHYS 1401
College Physics
Description
Textbooks
This course is the first half of a general survey of physics requiring a background in algebra and
trigonometry. Topics will include: measurement, motion in one dimension, vectors, motion in two
dimensions, Newton's Laws of Motion, work, power, and energy, momentum and collisions,
rotational motion, gravitation, Kepler's Laws of Planetary Motion, torque and angular momentum,
thermodynamics, oscillations and waves. Topics from astronomy will be included to show the
Required reading: Serway, College Physics, Third Ed., HBJ, 2010, ISBN 0-03-07333-6.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Student Learner Objectives
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the scientific method through laboratory work.
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the study of kinematics and dynamics,
including the equations of motion and Newton’s Laws of Motion, both in terms of linear and
i l
A schedule of the sections covered follows:
Date Sections covered Lab Experiment/Activities
Week 1 Introduction, Videos; Field Trip;
(June 11) Math Review, Labs on Diameter of the Sun,
Kinematics, Density, Acceleration due to Gravity
Vectors
Week 2 Vectors, Videos; Field Trip;
(June 18) Newton’s Laws, Labs on Vectors, Newton’s 2nd Law,
Work and Energy Work and Energy
Week 3 Work, Energy, Power, Videos; Field Trip;
(June 25) Momentum, Rotation Labs on Work, Power, Energy,
M t

Evaluation methods
Grades will be determined based on the average of the Lab Report grades mentioned above, which
counts equivalent to two major test grades, as well as 5 Major Tests, Homework (averaged
together and counted equivalent to one Major Test grade), Labs, a series of Daily Quizzes, and a
comprehensive Final Exam (counted equivalent to a Major Test Grade). The Final Exam may also
serve to replace the lowest Major Test grade if it is not the lowest grade. Notice that a Major Test
grade may be replaced, and not the homework or lab grade. No test grade will be dropped.
Homework will be assigned and is to be submitted in a folder at the beginning of the class period of
a Major Test. Students are strongly encouraged to do the homework problems, since Daily Quiz
and Major Test problems will be very similar.
Grades will be determined as follows:

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113T
Phone
Section 65 email
Jan Jordan
AS 155
903-782-0378
jjordan@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
POFT 1127
Introduction to Keyboarding
Description
Skill development in Keyboarding with emphasis on alphabet, number, and symbol keys by touch.
Textbooks
College Keyboarding 18E, Lessons 1-25 Keyboarding Course, by VanHuss · Forde · Woo.
Keyboarding Pro 6 Software comes wrapped with your textbook. (ISBN# 978-1-111-42646-0 text
& CD) Thomson/Southwestern Publishing
Schedule
Week 1-Lessons 1 & 2
Week 2-Lessons 3 & 4
Week 3-Lessons 5 & 6
Week 4-Lessons 7 & 8
Week 5-Lessons 9 & 10
Week 6-Lesson 11
Week 7-Lesson 12
Week 8-Lesson 13
Week 9-Final Exam--Speed and Accuracy Timing
This course is a 1-hour course and should be completed in 9 weeks. The student may remain in the
course and continue to practice Skillbuilding Lessons A-T to improve speed and accuracy if
necessary to obtain the speed and accuracy desired.
Evaluation methods
The student must perform these skills for Grade A:
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.
2. Student must be able to touch keyboard 25 gwam on a 1-minute timing with one error or less.
The student must perform these skills for Grade B:
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.
2. Student must be able to touch keyboard 20 gwam on a 1-minute timing with one error or less.
The student must perform these skills for Grade C:
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.
2. Student must be able to touch keyboard 15 gwam on a 1-minute timing with one error or less.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113T
Phone
Section 65 email
Jan Jordan
AS 155
903-782-0378
jjordan@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
POFT 1329
Keyboarding & Document Formatting
Description
Skill development in the operation of the keyboard by touch applying proper keyboarding
techniques. Emphasis on development of acceptable speed and accuracy levels and formatting
basic documents.
Textbooks
College Keyboarding 18E, Lessons 1-25 Keyboarding Course, by VanHuss · Forde · Woo.
Keyboarding Pro 6 Software comes wrapped with your textbook. (ISBN# 978-1-111-42646-0 text
& CD) Thomson/Southwestern Publishing.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 1-Lessons 1 & 2
Week 2-Lessons 3 & 4
Week 3-Lessons 5 & 6
Week 4-Lessons 7 & 8
Week 5-Lessons 9 & 10
Week 6-Reviews 11-13
Week 7-Skillbuilding Lessons A-E
Week 8-Skillbuilding Lessons F-J
Week 9-Skillbuilding Lessons K-O
Week 10-Skillbuilding Lessons P-T
Week 11-Lessons 14-16
Week 12-Lessons 17-19
Week 13-Lessons 20-22
Week 14-Lessons 23-25
Week 15-Office Memo, Business Letter
Week 16-Final Exam--Speed and Accuracy Timing
The student must perform these skills for Grade A:
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.
2. Student must be able to keyboard 35 WPM on a 3-minute timing with three errors or less.
3. Student must pass two keyboarding exams (business letter and memo).
The student must perform these skills for Grade B:
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.
2. Student must be able to keyboard 30 WPM on a 3-minute timing with three errors or less.
3. Student must pass two keyboarding exams (business letter and memo).
The student must perform these skills for Grade C:
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.
2. Student must be able to keyboard 25 WPM on a 3-minute timing with three errors or less.
3 Student must pass two keyboarding exams (business letter and memo)

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 01 email
Debbie Jones
AD 134
903-782-0310
d_jones@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 02 email
Debbie Jones
AD 134
903-782-0310
d_jones@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 03 email
Debbie Jones
AD 134
903-782-0310
d_jones@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 04 email
John Spradling
AS 103
903-782-0381
jspradling@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Learning Styles
Week 3- Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Note Taking
Week 5- Test Taking
Week 6- Time Management
Week 7- Stress Management
Week 8- Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Planning & Goal Setting
Week 10- Careers & Occupations, Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12- Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13- Financial Responsibility
Week 14- Diversity and Community Service
Week 15- Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points:
College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Evan Moore
GC 111
903-454-9333
evanmoore@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 41 email
John Shasteen
GC 112
903-454-9333
jshasteen@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 50 email
Andrew Fisher
SSC
903-885-1232
afisher@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 1100
Learning Frameworks
Description
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their
own academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these
skills should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.
Textbooks
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Understand the importance of goal setting and build decision-making and goal setting skills.
2. Complete the College Student Inventory to help identify areas Paris Junior College can assist you
with needed support.
3. Develop critical thinking skills.
4. Complete a learning inventory and identify your personal learning style.
5. Understand the educational degree requirements for different types of careers and occupations.
6. Complete an interest inventory to determine matches between your interests and skills and
occupations and degrees.
7. Complete a degree plan in the certificate or degree area you plan to pursue.
8. Understand the causes of stress and ways to manage stress.
9. Understand how diet, nutrition, exercise and physical fitness affect your life.
10. Develop note taking skills.
11. Develop study skills.
12. Understand test taking strategies.
13. Develop time management skills.
14. Understand money, banking, and credit.
15. Understand basic saving and investing principles.
16. Prepare a resume.
17. Develop basic job interview skills.
18. Understand the benefits of service learning and citizenship responsibilities.
19. Develop team building skills.
20. Develop problem solving skills.

Schedule
Week of June 4 - Course Overview Pages 2-17, Navigating the Campus Pre-Test, Website &
Campus Connect ----- Learning Styles Pages 14-19 (Quiz, Learning Style Inventory, College
Survival & Success Scale)
Week of June 11 - Reading & Writing Skills Pages 20-39 and Quiz ----- Note Taking Pages 54-62
and Quiz ----- Test Taking Pages 76-86 and Quiz
Week of June 18 - Time Management Pages 4-13 with Exercise Page 13 and Quiz ----- Stress
Management Pages 106-132 and Quiz ----- Critical Thinking Skills Pages 64-73 with Group
Exercise Pages 66-67 and Quiz
Week of June 25 - Planning & Goal Setting Pages 88-95 with Personality Inventory and Quiz -----
Careers & Occupations (Navigate) with College Career Inventory ----- Degree Requirements Pages
18-20 (www.careeronestop.org) ----- Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing with Resume
Preparation Pages 21-22
Week of July 2 - Financial Responsibility Pages 96-105 with Exercise Pages 98-99 and Quiz -----
Diversity and Community Service Pages 40-49 with Exercise Pages 50-51 and Quiz ----- Wrap Up
and Course Evaluation ----- Exam
Evaluation methods
Possible Points: College Survival and Success Scale 10 pts.
Learning Styles Inventory
10 pts.
Career Personality Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan
10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume
10 pts.
Financial plan
10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise
10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.
Final Exam
50 pts.
200 pts.
Grade Determination:
180-200 points = A
160-179 points = B
140-159 points = C
120-139 points = D
119 or below = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Doris Helm, RN, MSP
WTC 1110
(903) 782-0727
dhelm@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 2301
General Psychology
Description
Fundamental principles of behavior. Motivation, the emotions, the senses and perception, learning
and remembering and personality. Group behavior in terms of social relationships. Intelligence
and individual differences. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and Behavioral Science.
Textbooks
Discovering Psychology by Don Hockenbury and Sandra Hockenbury, 5th Ed.
ISBN 13:987-1-4292-1650-0
Worth Publishers
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of this course students will be able to: Demonstrate familiarity with the major
theoretical perspectives in psychology. Interpret and understand what constitutes valid research in
the field of psychology. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse
cultures and the effects of cultural forces on behavior and mental processes.
Week 1- Orientation, Chapters 1 and 2
Week 2- Chapters 3, 4, 5 & Unit 1 Exam
Week 3- Chapters 7, 13, 14 7 Unit 2 Exam
Week 4- Chapters 5, 9, 10 & Unit 3 Exam
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Unit I Exam = 20%
Unit II Exam = 20%
Unit III Exam = 20%
Unit IV Exam = 20%
Final Exam = 20%
90 or above = A
80 to 89 = B
70 to 79 = C
60 to 69 = D
Below 60 = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Kimberly D. Thompson, M.S.,
BC 125
(903) 454-9333
kthompson@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
2301
General Psychology
Description
The study of fundamental principles of beahvior; motivation, the emotions, the senses and perception, learning
remembering, and personality; theoretical approaches in psychology, past and present; group behavior in terms
relationships; intelligence and individual differences; an overview of psychological disorders and treatment.
Textbooks
Hoxkwnvuey,D, & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology, Fifth Edition. Worth Publishers: Tulsa.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
After successful completoin of PSYC 2301, the student will become acquainted with the field of psychology an
psychological principles, recognize the importance of the study of psychology to the lives of all people, recogn
practical applications of psychology to the student's life, identify the primary theorists and theories within the f
psychology, and understand the fundamental psychological principles that will alow the student to pursue furth
and training in the field of psychology, if the student so desires. And, on completion of this course, the student
exhibit familiarity with psychological views on research, the nervous system and behavior, sensation and perce
consciousness, learning and memory, intelligence, language, and problem solving, stress and physical health, h
development, motivation and emotion, personality, and psychological disorders, treatment, and therapy.

Schedule
January 18 Intro to class; January 23 and 25, Chapter One, Research Methods, January 30 and February 1, Cha
Neuroscience and Behavior, February 6 and 8, Chapter 3, Sensation and Perception, February 13 and 15, Chap
Consciousness and its Variations, Febrtuary 20 and 22, Chapter 5, Learning, February 27 and 29, Chapter 6, M
March and 75, Chapter 7 Thinking, Language, and Intelligence and Mid Term Exam, March 12 and 14, Sprin
March 19 and 21, Chapter 8, Motivation and Emotion; March 26 and 28, Chapter 8, Lifespan Development; Ap
Chapter 10, Personality; April 9 and 11, Chapter 11, Social Psychology, April 16 and 18, Chapter 12, Stress, H
Coping; April 23 and 25, Chapter 13, Psychological Disorders; April 30 and May 2, Chapter 14, Therapies.
*** Summer semesters will follow the same schedule but in a condensed 5 week format rather than the full-ter
format***
Evaluation methods
25% Attendance, preparation, and participation; 25% Quizzes; 25% Midterm Exam; 25% Final Exam

M.A., L.P.A.
g and
s of social
nd with basic
nize the
field of
her knowledge
will be able to
eption, states of
human

apter 2,
pter 4,
Memory;
ng Break;
pril 2 and 4,
Health, and
rm 16 week

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section .50 email
Sequoia Brown M.S. LCDC
C Sulphur Springs Campus
903-885-1232
sbrown@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSY 2301
General Psychology
Description
Psychology is the study of mental processes. More than any other science, psychology speaks to
students lives. It provides a wealth of pratical insights about behavior and mental processes.
Textbooks
Discovering Psychology, 5th ed- Don Hockenbury Worth Publishers 2010
ISBN 13: 978-1-4292-1650-0
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of this course students will be able to: Demonstrate familiarity with the major
theoretical perspectives in psychology. Interpret and understand what constitutes valid research
inthe field of psychology. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse
cultures and the effects of cultural forces on behavior and mental processes.
Week 1-Introduction to Class + Chapter 1-4 Including daily quizzes
Week 2-Consciousness & Variations Exam 1on chapters 1-4
Week 3-Memory, Thinking, Motivation, & Emotion –Exam2 Ch 5-8
Week 4-Lifespan Development, Personality, Social Psychology, Exam 3 ch 9-11
Week 5-Stress, Health, & Coping, & Psychological Disorders –Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Students will be given (4) objective exams in which to demonstrate their knowledge of the
course material. Each exam will count as 25% of your final grade. The Daily Quizzes are given
every day and are here to help you and will also take the place of attendance and participation. The
daily quizzes will reflect the test so it will be in your best interest to come to class.
Unit I Exam----25% 90 or Above =A
Unit II Exam---25% 80 to 89= B
Unit III Exam--25% 70 to 79= C
Unit IV Exam--25% 60 to 69= D
Below 60= F
The last day to drop with a “W” is June 28, 2012.
Cell Phones- Need to be turned off and put away during class
ACADEMIC INTEGRITY- ALLOWING ANOTHER INDIVIDUAL TO COMPLETE
ASSIGNMENTS CONSTITUTES FRAUD AND ACADEMIC HONESTY SHOULD I CATCH

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Marla Elliott
WTC 1004
903-782-0482
melliott@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 2301.65
General Psychology
Description
Fundamental principles of behavior. Motivation, the emotions, the senses and perception, learning
and remembering, and personality.Group behavior in terms of social relationships.Intelligence and
individual differences. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and Behavioral Science.
Textbooks
Hockenbury, D., &Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5thed.). New York: Worth
Publishers.
ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of the General Psychology program at Paris Junior College, students will be able
to:
• Demonstrate familiarity with the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.
• Interpret and understand what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.
Id if d d d diff d li i i hi di l d h ff f
Week 1-Chapters 1 & 2 reading and dailywork assignments.
Week 2-Chapters 4, 5, & 6 reading and dailywork assignments.
Week 3-Section 1 Exam due; Chapters 9 & 10 reading and dailwork assignments.
Week 4-Chapters 11 & 13 reading and dailywork assignments.
Week 5-Chapter 14 reading and dailywork assignments; Section 2 Exam due.
Evaluation methods
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:
200 points-Exams: Students will complete 2 major examinations: Exam 1 will cover Chapters 1, 2,
4, 5, & 6 and Exam 2 will cover Chapters 9, 10, 11, 13, & 14.
100 points-Chapter Quizzes: Students will complete 10 online chapter quizzes. Students can use
their textbooks and each quiz is worth 10 points.
80 points-Journal/Research Paper: Students will be required to complete 1 research paper/journal
assignment. This assignment is worth 80 points, and will be similar to a miniature research papers,
but will incorporate personal opinion and experience.
80 points-Chapter Essay Questions: Students will complete two essay questions for each chapter
covered this semester. Each assignment is worth 8 points.
40 points-Participation/Discussions: Students will be required to participate in online discussions
for each chapter covered this semester

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Marla Elliott
WTC 1004
903-782-0482
melliott@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 2301.65
General Psychology
Description
Fundamental principles of behavior. Motivation, the emotions, the senses and perception, learning
and remembering, and personality.Group behavior in terms of social relationships.Intelligence and
individual differences. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and Behavioral Science.
Textbooks
Hockenbury, D., &Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5thed.). New York: Worth
Publishers.
ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of the General Psychology program at Paris Junior College, students will be able
to:
• Demonstrate familiarity with the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.
• Interpret and understand what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.
Id if d d d diff d li i i hi di l d h ff f
Week 1-Chapters 1 & 2 reading and dailywork assignments.
Week 2-Chapters 4 & 5 reading and dailywork assignments.
Week 3-Chapter 6 reading and dailywork assignments; Section 1 Exam due; Chapters 9 reading and
dailwork assignments.
Week 4-Chapters 10, 11 & 13 reading and dailywork assignments.
Week 5-Chapter 14 reading and dailywork assignments; Section 2 Exam due.
Evaluation methods
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:
200 points-Exams: Students will complete 2 major examinations: Exam 1 will cover Chapters 1, 2,
4, 5, & 6 and Exam 2 will cover Chapters 9, 10, 11, 13, & 14.
100 points-Chapter Quizzes: Students will complete 10 online chapter quizzes. Students can use
their textbooks and each quiz is worth 10 points.
80 points-Journal/Research Paper: Students will be required to complete 1 research paper/journal
assignment. This assignment is worth 80 points, and will be similar to a miniature research papers,
but will incorporate personal opinion and experience.
80 points-Chapter Essay Questions: Students will complete two essay questions for each chapter
covered this semester. Each assignment is worth 8 points.
40 points-Participation/Discussions: Students will be required to participate in online discussions
for each chapter covered this semester

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section G1 email
John Shasteen
112-Greenville campus
903-454-9333
jshasteen@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 2301
General Psychology
Description
This course will survey the major topics of psychology. Introduces the study of behavior and the
factors that determine and affect behavior.
Textbooks
Discovering Psychology, by Hockenbury and Hockenbury, 5th Ed. ISBN 13: 978-1-4292-1650-0
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of the Psychology program at Paris Junior College, students will be able to:
• Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.
• Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.
• Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural
forces on human behavior and mental processes.
Week 1-, (In-Class) Introduction, Review Syllabus; How to be Successful in College; Unit 1: The
Science of Psychology with Historical Overview; ONLINE Unit 2 Psychoanalysis; Discussion Post
Assignment #1and Essay #1 on Psychoanalysis; (In Class) Unit 3: Learning (Classical and Operant
Conditioning and Observational Learning; Handout review for Test #1 (Units 1-3); Test Review
discussion online.
Week 2- (In-Class) Test #1 (Units 1-3); Unit 4: Gestalt Psychology / Sensation and Perception;
Humanistic Psychology; ONLINE Unit 5: The Bio-psychological perspective / Neuropsychology-
(Video clips and discussion on Neuropsychology; Essay #2 on Humanistic Psychology; Discussion
Post Assignment #2; Review Test #1 Results; (In-Class) Unit 6: Intelligence and Intellectual
Assessment Hand out review for Test #2 (Units 4-6); ONLINE Test-Review discussion.
Week 3-(In-Class) Test #2 (Units 4-6); Unit 8: Developmental Psychology; ONLINE Unit 7: Stress
and its Role in Health; Discussion Post Assignment #3; ONLINE Unit 9: Psychological Disorders;
Essay # 3 on Developmental Psychology; Discussion Post Assignment #4.
Week 4-(In-Class) Group activity on Psychological Disorders; In-class film on Psychological
Disorders; Introduction on Treatment and Therapy; Unit 11: Social Psychology; Handout Test
Review for Test #3 (Units 7-11); ONLINE-Finish Unit 10: Treatment and Therapy; Discussion Post
Assignment #5; Discussion Post Assignment #6; Test-Review Discusion online.
Week 5-(In-Class)-Test #3 (Units 7-11); Online-Discussion Post Assignment #7; Discussion Post
Assignment #8; Submit any late Essays and Discussion Posts for reduced credit by Final Date of
July 5th.

Evaluation methods
Student Evaluation will be on the basis of: (1) Three multiple choice tests-worth "100" points each
(2) An average essay/writing grade-equal to a test grade (3) an attendance grade-equal to a test
grade. The essay/writing average will be based upon three online essays (worth 20 points each) and
eight online discussion posts (worth 5 points each)-with "100" possible points. Since there are only
five class meetings in this Summer-hybrid course, 25 points will be deducted for a missed class and
15 points will be deducted for leaving class early. Thus, the final grade is the result of the average
of five grades (from above)-three exams, an essay/writing grade, and an attendance grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section G1 email
John Shasteen
112-Greenville campus
903-454-9333
jshasteen@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 2301
General Psychology
Description
This course will survey the major topics of psychology. Introduces the study of behavior and the
factors that determine and affect behavior.
Textbooks
Discovering Psychology, by Hockenbury and Hockenbury, 5th Ed. ISBN 13: 978-1-4292-1650-0
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of the Psychology program at Paris Junior College, students will be able to:
• Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.
• Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.
• Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural
forces on human behavior and mental processes.
Week 1-, (In-Class) Introduction, Review Syllabus; How to be Successful in College; Unit 1: The
Science of Psychology with Historical Overview; ONLINE Unit 2 Psychoanalysis; Discussion Post
Assignment #1and Essay #1 on Psychoanalysis; (In Class) Unit 3: Learning (Classical and Operant
Conditioning and Observational Learning; Handout review for Test #1 (Units 1-3); Test Review
discussion online.
Week 2- (In-Class) Test #1 (Units 1-3); Unit 4: Gestalt Psychology / Sensation and Perception;
Humanistic Psychology; ONLINE Unit 5: The Bio-psychological perspective / Neuropsychology-
(Video clips and discussion on Neuropsychology; Essay #2 on Humanistic Psychology; Discussion
Post Assignment #2; Review Test #1 Results; (In-Class) Unit 6: Intelligence and Intellectual
Assessment Hand out review for Test #2 (Units 4-6); ONLINE Test-Review discussion.
Week 3-(In-Class) Test #2 (Units 4-6); Unit 8: Developmental Psychology; ONLINE Unit 7: Stress
and its Role in Health; Discussion Post Assignment #3; ONLINE Unit 9: Psychological Disorders;
Essay # 3 on Developmental Psychology; Discussion Post Assignment #4.
Week 4-(In-Class) Group activity on Psychological Disorders; In-class film on Psychological
Disorders; Introduction on Treatment and Therapy; Unit 11: Social Psychology; Handout Test
Review for Test #3 (Units 7-11); ONLINE-Finish Unit 10: Treatment and Therapy; Discussion Post
Assignment #5; Discussion Post Assignment #6; Test-Review Discusion online.
Week 5-(In-Class)-Test #3 (Units 7-11); Online-Discussion Post Assignment #7; Discussion Post
Assignment #8; Submit any late Essays and Discussion Posts for reduced credit by Final Date of
July 5th.

Evaluation methods
Student Evaluation will be on the basis of: (1) Three multiple choice tests-worth "100" points each
(2) An average essay/writing grade-equal to a test grade (3) an attendance grade-equal to a test
grade. The essay/writing average will be based upon three online essays (worth 20 points each) and
eight online discussion posts (worth 5 points each)-with "100" possible points. Since there are only
five class meetings in this Summer-hybrid course, 25 points will be deducted for a missed class and
15 points will be deducted for leaving class early. Thus, the final grade is the result of the average
of five grades (from above)-three exams, an essay/writing grade, and an attendance grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section P1 email
Linda Miles
AC 103
903-782-0430
lmiles@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 2301
General Psychology
Description
The study of: fundamental principles of behavior; motivation, the emotions, the senses and
perception, learning and remembering, and personality; theoretical approaches in psychology, past
and present; group behavior in terms of social relationships; intelligence and individual differences;
an overview of psychological disorders and treatment.
Textbooks
Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth
Publishers. ISBN # 1-4292-1650-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of the Psychology program at Paris Junior College, students will be able to:
--Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.
--Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.
--Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on
h b h i d l
Week 1-Chapters 1, 2, and 3
Week 2-Chapters 4,5, and 6
Week 3-Chapters 7, 10, 11
Week 4-Chapters 12 and 13
Week 5-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Students will have five (5) major objective exams in which to demonstrate their knowledge of the
course material. The exam averages will count 70% of your final grade. Students will also be
required to take chapter quizzes. Chapter Quiz averages will count 20% of your final grade.
Attendance is very important in hybrid classes. Therefore, attendance will count for 10% of your
grade (5 traditional-class meetings, as well as online attendance is included in the attendance
grade).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section S1 email
Linda Miles
AC 103
903-782-0430
lmiles@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 2301
General Psychology
Description
The study of: fundamental principles of behavior; motivation, the emotions, the senses and
perception, learning and remembering, and personality; theoretical approaches in psychology, past
and present; group behavior in terms of social relationships; intelligence and individual differences;
an overview of psychological disorders and treatment.
Textbooks
Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth
Publishers. ISBN # 1-4292-1650-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of the Psychology program at Paris Junior College, students will be able to:
--Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.
--Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.
--Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on
h b h i d l
Week 1-Chapters 1, 2, and 3
Week 2-Chapters 4,5, and 6
Week 3-Chapters 7, 10, 11
Week 4-Chapters 12 and 13
Week 5-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Students will have five (5) major objective exams in which to demonstrate their knowledge of the
course material. The exam averages will count 70% of your final grade. Students will also be
required to take chapter quizzes. Chapter Quiz averages will count 20% of your final grade.
Attendance is very important in hybrid classes. Therefore, attendance will count for 10% of your
grade (5 traditional-class meetings, as well as online attendance is included in the attendance
grade).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section S1 email
Linda Miles
AC 103
903-782-0430
lmiles@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 2301
General Psychology
Description
The study of: fundamental principles of behavior; motivation, the emotions, the senses and
perception, learning and remembering, and personality; theoretical approaches in psychology, past
and present; group behavior in terms of social relationships; intelligence and individual differences;
an overview of psychological disorders and treatment.
Textbooks
Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth
Publishers. ISBN # 1-4292-1650-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of the Psychology program at Paris Junior College, students will be able to:
--Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.
--Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.
--Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on
h b h i d l
Week 1-Chapters 1, 2, and 3
Week 2-Chapters 4,5, and 6
Week 3-Chapters 7, 10, 11
Week 4-Chapters 12 and 13
Week 5-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Students will have five (5) major objective exams in which to demonstrate their knowledge of the
course material. The exam averages will count 70% of your final grade. Students will also be
required to take chapter quizzes. Chapter Quiz averages will count 20% of your final grade.
Attendance is very important in hybrid classes. Therefore, attendance will count for 10% of your
grade (5 traditional-class meetings, as well as online attendance is included in the attendance
grade).

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section .50 email
Sequoia Brown M.S. LCDC
C Sulphur Springs
903-885-1232
sbrown@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSY 2314
Human Lifespan Development
Description
Human Growth and Development is the field of study that examines growth, change, and stability in
behavior that occur throughout the entire lifespan. This process of development persists from the
moment of conception to the day of death.
Textbooks
Discovering The Life Span
Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2009
ISBN 13: 978-0-13-606167-0 Prerequisite Psy 2301
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this course students will demonstrate familiarity with the major theoretical
perspectives in developmental psychology. Identify and understand differences and commonalities
with diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on human behavior and mental processes.
Interpret and understand what constitutes valid research in this field.
Schedule
Week 1- Ch 1.1 ,1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, including daily quizzes
Week 2-2.3, 3.1 , 3.2, 3.3 4.1, 4.2 Including daily quizzes
Week 3- 4.3 , 5.1, Midterm ch 1-5
Week 4- 5.3, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 7.1 including daily quizzes
Week 5- 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3
Week 6-Ch 9 & Final Exam

Evaluation methods Midterm = 40 % Final = 40 % Daily Quizzes= 20 %
A = 90 - 100 B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79 D = 60 - 29
F = 59 or below

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Doris Helm, RN, MSP
WTC 1110
(903) 782-0727
dhelm@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 2314
Lifespan Growth and Development
Description
A study of the physical, mental, emotional and social growth and development of children and
adults throughout the lifespan. Prerequisite: PSYC 2301 or consent of the instructor.
Textbooks
DISCOVERING THE LIFESPAN, Second Ed., Robert S. Feldman
Pearson
ISBN 10: 0-205-23388-0
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon completion of this course students will demonstrate familiarity with the majortheoretical
perspectives in developmental psychology. Identify and understand differences and commonalities
with diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on humkan behavior and mental processes.
Interpret and understand what constitutes valid research in this field
Week 1-Chapters 1 and 2
Week 2-Unit I Exam and Chapters 3 and 4
Week 3-Unit II Exam and Chapters 5 and 6
Week 4-Unit III Exam and Chapters 7, 8, 9 and 10
Week 5-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Unit I = 25%
90 & above = A
Unit II = 25% 80 to 89 = B
Unit III = 25% 70 to 79 = C
Final Exam = 25% 60 to 69 = D
Below 60 = F

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 66 email
Linda Miles
AC 103
903-782-0430
lmiles@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
PSYC 2314
Human Growth and Development
Description
A study of the physical, mental, emotional, and social growth and development of children and
throughout the lifespan.
Textbooks
Feldman, R. S. (2012). Discovering the Lifespan. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson. Publishers.
ISBN #0205233880
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this course students will demonstrate familiarity with the major theoretical
perspectives in developmental psychology. Identify and understand differences and commonalities
with diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on human behavior and mental processes.
Interpret and understand what constitutes valid research in this field.
Schedule
Week 1-Chapters 1 and 2
Week 2-Chapters 3 and 4
Week 3-Chapters 5 and 6
Week 4-Chapters 7 and 8
Week 5-Chapters 9 and 10
Evaluation methods
The exam averages will count 75% of your final grade. Chapter quizzes average will count 25% of
your final grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Laura Fendley
WTC 1064
903-782-0734
lfendley@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
RADR 1213
Principles of Radiographic Imaging I
Description
Specialized imaging modalities. Includes concepts and theories of equipment operations and their
integration for medical diagnosis.
Textbooks
1. Radiologic Science for Technologists Physics, Biology, & Protection, Bushong, 9th edition,
2008, ISBN: 0-323-04837-4
2. Principles of Radiologic Imaging: An Art and A Science, Carlton, Adler, 5th edition, 2012,
ISBN: 978-1-4377-1646-7
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
Evaluate radiographic images effectively.
Schedule
Week 1-Orientation, Nature of Radiation Atomic Structure
Week 2-X-Ray Production - Photon Interactions
Week 3-Denisty and Contrast
Week 4-Exam I, Detail and Distortion
Week 5-Holiday
Week 6-Beam Restriction and Grids
Week 7-Film/Screen and Film Processing
Week 8-Exam 2
Week 9-Digital Radiography
Week 10-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Exams 50%
Quizzes 20%
Attendance 5%
Final Exam 25%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Karen Powers
WTC 1066
903-782-0734
kpowers@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
RADR 1267
Practicum (or Field Exeperience) - Radiologic Technology/Science - Radiographer
Description
Practical, general workplace training supported by an individualized learning plan developed by the
employer, college, and the student.
Textbooks
1. Introduction to Radiologic Science and Patient Care, Adler, Carlton, 5th edition, 2012, ISBN:
978-1-4377-1646-7
2. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 1, Frank, Long,
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-7321-9
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07322-6
4. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positioning, & Procedures Workbook Volume 1 and Frank,
Long, Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07324-0
5. Principles of Radiologic Imaging: An Art and A Science, Carlton, Adler 4th edition, 2006,
ISBN: 978-1-4018-7194-9
6. Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography, Frank, Long, Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-
323-07332-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to
1. Promote Exemplary Customer Service.
2. Evaluate radiographic images effectively.
3. Utilize critical thinking in trauma situations.
Schedule
Week 1-Clinical Orientation
Week 2-9: 16 hours weekly Precepted Clinical Experience at the following:
Major and Minor Hospitals and Clinics/Physician Offices, 6 hours weekly Simulation in labs
Week 10-Final Evaluations
Evaluation methods
Based on the number of mastered competencies 49%
Based on an average of all clinical instructor' evaluation forms:
PT Care 15%
Professional 15%
Knowledge/Skills 16%
Attendance 5%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Karen Powers
WTC 1066
903-782-0734
kpowers@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
RADR 2217
Radiographic Pathology
Description
Disease processes and their appearance on radiographic images.
Textbooks
1. Comprehensive Radiographic Pathology, Eisenberg, Johnson, 4th ed., 2007
ISBN: 978-0-323-036245-5
2. Workbook for Comprehensive Radiographic Pathology, Eisenberg, Johnson, 4th ed., 2007
ISBN: 978-0-323-04219-2
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positioning & Procedure, Frank, Long, & Smith, 11th ed., Vol.
1-3, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04210-9; 978-0-323-04211-6;
978-0-323-04212-3 - (not required – good resource)
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
Evaluate radiographic images effectively.
Schedule
Week 1-Orientation, Assign Presentation Board Topics
Week 2-Introduction to Pathology, Specialized Imaging Techniques, Respiratory System
Week 3-Exam I, Skeletal System
Week 4-Skeletal System (cont), Gastrointestinal System, Urinary System
Week 5-Exam II, Cardiovascular System
Week 6-Cardiovascular System (cont), Nervous System
Week 7-Exam III, HematopoieticSystem
Week 8-Endocrine System, Reproductive System, Miscellaneous Diseases, Exam IV,
Week 9-Review for Final Exam
Week 10-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
10% Story Board Presentation
10% Assignments/Daily Grades
40% Exams
15% Quizzes
5% Attendance
20% Final Exam

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Laura Fendley
WTC 1064
903-782-0734
lfendley@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
RADR 2233
Advanced Medical Imaging
Description
Specialized imaging modalities. Includes concepts and theories of equipment operations and their
integration for medical diagnosis.
Textbooks
1. Radiologic Science for Technologists Physics, Biology, & Protection, Bushong, 9th edition,
2008, ISBN: 0-323-04837-4
2. Principles of Radiologic Imaging: An Art and A Science, Carlton, Adler 4th edition, 2006,
ISBN: 978-1-4018-7194-9
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,
Smith, 11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04211-6
4. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 3, Frank, Long,
Smith, 11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04212-3
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
Evaluate radiographic images effectively.
Schedule
Week 1-Orientation, Quality Management
Week 2-Mammography
Week 3-Circulatory System, Cardiac Catherization
Week 4- Exam I
Week 5- Computed Tomography
Week 6- MRI
Week 7-MRI cont., Diagnostic Medical Sonography
Week 8-Exam II
Week 9-Nuclear Medicine, Bone Density, Oral Presentations
Week 10-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Attendance 5%
Exams 40%
Quizzes 20%
Final Exam 20%
Research Assignment and Oral Presentation 15%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Karen Powers
WTC 1066
903-782-0734
kpowers@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
RADR 2267
Practicum (or Field Exeperience) - Radiologic Technology/Science - Radiographer
Description
Practical, general workplace training supported by an individualized learning plan developed by the
employer, college, and the student.
Textbooks
1. Introduction to Radiologic Science and Patient Care, Adler, Carlton, 4th edition, 2007, ISBN:
978-1-416-03194-9
2. Radiologic Science for Technologists Physics, Biology, & Protection, Bushong, 9th edition,
2008, ISBN: 0-323-04837-4
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 1, Frank, Long,
Smith, 11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04210-9
4. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,
Smith, 11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04211-6
5. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 3, Frank, Long,
Smith, 11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04212-3
6 Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positioning, & Procedures Workbook Volume 1 and 2 (set),
Frank, Long, Smith, 11th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-323-04212-3
7. Comprehensive Radiographic Pathology, Eisenberg, Johnson, 4th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978- 0-
323-03624-5
8. Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography, Frank, Long, Smith, 6th edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-
323-04209-3
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to
1. Promote Exemplary Customer Service.
2. Evaluate radiographic images effectively.
3. Utilize critical thinking in trauma situations.
Schedule
Week 1-Clinical Orientation
Week 2-9: 24 hours weekly Precepted Clinical Experience at the following:
Major and Minor Hospitals and Clinics/Physician Offices, 1 hour weekly clinical discussion
Week 10-Final Evaluations
Evaluation methods
Based on the number of mastered competencies 49%
Based on an average of all clinical instructor' evaluation forms:
PT Care 15%
Professional 15%
Knowledge/Skills 16%
Attendance 5%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Heather Unruh
WTC 1064
903-782-0734
hunruh@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
RADR 2301
Intermediate Radiographic Procedures
Description
A continuation of the study of the proper manipulation of radiographic equipment, positioning and
alignment of the anatomical structure and equipment, and evaluation of images for proper
demonstration of anatomy.
Textbooks
1. Introduction to Radiologic Science and Patient Care, Adler, Carlton, 5th edition, 2012
ISBN: 978-1-4377-1646-7
2. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 1, Frank, Long,
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07321-9
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07322-6
4. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positioning, & Procedures Workbook Volume 1 and 2 (set),
Frank, Long, Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07323-3
5. Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography, Frank, Long, Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-
323-07332-5
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to
1. Promote Exemplary Customer Service.
2. Evaluate radiographic images effectively.
3. Utilize critical thinking in trauma situations.
Schedule
Week 1-Orientation
Week 2-Skull, Orbits, Eyes
Week 3-Exam Unit I, Facial Bones
Week 4-Nasal Bones, Zygomatic Arches
Week 5-Mandible
Week 6-TMJ's
Week 7-Exam Unit II
Week 8-Paranasal, Sinuses
Week 9-Exam Unit III
Week 10-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Attendance 5%
Quizzes/Assignments 15%
Exams 60%
Final Exam 20%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Heather Unruh
WTC 1064
903-782-0734
hunruh@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
RADR 2336
Special Patient Applications
Description
Advanced concepts of pediatrics, geriatrics, trauma, history documenation, and Electrocardiogram
(ECG). Includes phlebotomy and venipuncture.
Textbooks
1. Introduction to Radiologic Science and Patient Care, Adler, Carlton, 5th edition, 2012
ISBN: 978-1-4377-1646-7
2. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07322-6
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 3, Frank, Long,
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07323-3
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to
1. Promote Exemplary Customer Service.
2. Evaluate radiographic images effectively.
3. Utilize critical thinking in trauma situations.
Schedule
Week 1- Orientation
Week 2- Values, Culture, Ethnicity, Diversity, Psychological Considerations
Week 3-Exam 1, Patient Transfer and Movement, Laboratory Data, Patient Chart, Shock, Diabetic
Emergencies, Respiratory Failures, Airway Obstructions, Cerebral VAscular Accident, Fainting &
Convulsive seizures, Other Medical Conditions
Week 4-Continued: Patient Transfer and Movement, Laboratory Data, Patient Chart, Shock,
Diabetic Emergencies, Respiratory Failures, Airway Obstructions, Cerebral VAscular Accident,
Fainting & Convulsive seizures, Other Medical Conditions
Week 5-Exam 2
Week 6-Drug Categories of Relevance to Radiography, Intravenous Drug Therapy, Current
Practice Status, Informed Concents
Week 7-Continued: Drug Categories of Relevance to Radiography, Intravenous Drug Therapy,
Current Practice Status, Informed Concents
Week 8-Exam III
Week 9-Review
Week 10-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Attendance 5%
Exams 60%
Quizzes/Assignments 15%
Final Exam 20%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Randall Childres
WTC 1028
903-782-0761
rchildres@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
RNSG 1227
Transition from Vocational to Professional Nursing
Description
Topics include health promotion, expanded assessment, analysis of data, nursing process,
pharmacology, multidisciplinary teamwork, communication, and applicable competencies in
knowledge, judgment, skills, and professional values within a legal/ethical framework throughout
the life span. This course lends itself to either a blocked or integrated approach.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Alfaro-LeFevre, R., (2013). Critical Thinking, Clinical Reasoning, Clinical Judgment, A Practical
Approach, (5th ed.) Philadelphia, Saunders. ISBN: 978-1-4377-2776-0.
Ball, J., Bindler, R., and Cowen, K.J., (2010), Child Health Nursing: Partnering Children and
Families, (2nd ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9
Claywell, Lora (2009). LPN to RN Transitions (2nd ed.) Philadelphia: Saunders. ISBN: 978-0-323-
15879-7
Curren, A.M., (2010). Dimensional Analysis for Meds (4th ed.) San Diego: Delmar. ISBN: 978-1-
4354-3867-5
Deglin, J. H., Vallerand, A. H., Sanoski, C. A. (2012), Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses (13th ed.)
Philadelphia: Davis,
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5.
Olds, S., London, M., Ladewig, P. and Davidson, M. (2008) Maternity Newborn Nursing and
Women’s Health Care. (8th ed.)
New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-01-3220873-4
Smeltzer, S. C., and Bare, B. G. (2010). Brunner and Suddarth's Textbook of Medical-Surgical
Nursing. (12th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7.
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P. (2010). Fundamentals of Nursing. (7th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4.
Texas Nursing Practice Act and Nursing Peer Review Act (latest ed.) Austin: Texas Board of
Nursing (available on-line)
Videbeck, S. (2011), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing. (5th ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN:
978-1-60547-861-6
Students may choose one (1) of the following as a REQUIRED Nursing Diagnosis Text:
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda J., (2009). Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.), Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins. ISBN: 978-0-7817-7793-3.
Carpenito-Moyet Lynda J (2009) Nursing Diagnosis; Application to Clinical Practice (13th ed )
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
Communicate therapeutically and effectively with individuals, significant support persons, and
members of the multidisciplinary healthcare team.
Demonstrate mastery of theoretical concepts necessary for managing client care.

Schedule
Week 1-Orientation
Week 2-(clinical only)
Week 3-Health Perception, Pharmacology,Issues-Critical Thinking, Nursing Process
Week 4-Roles-Relationships, Health Assessment, Sexuality
Week 5-Cognitve Perceptual Peripheral, Nutrition/Ingestion, Activity-Cardiac
Week 6-Values, Nutrition-Hematopoietic, Respiratory, Self Perception
Week 7-Introduction to Professional Nursing, Musculoskeletal, Coping
Cognitive Perceptual Central, Legal Ethical
Week 8-9-(clinical only)
Week 10-Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Unit Exams 83%
NCLEX-RN Review Questions 2%
Final Exam 15%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Randall Childres
WTC 1028
903-782-0761
rchildres@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
RNSG 1262
Clinical - Integrated Nursing Curriculum
Description
A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical
professional..
Textbooks
Alfaro-LeFevre, R., (2013). Critical Thinking, Clinical Reasoning, Clinical Judgment, A Practical
Approach, (5th ed.) Philadelphia, Saunders. ISBN: 978-1-4377-2776-0.
Ball, J., Bindler, R., and Cowen, K.J., (2010), Child Health Nursing: Partnering Children and
Families, (2nd ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9
Claywell, Lora (2009). LPN to RN Transitions (2nd ed.) Philadelphia: Saunders. ISBN: 978-0-323-
15879-7
Curren, A.M., (2010). Dimensional Analysis for Meds (4th ed.) San Diego: Delmar. ISBN: 978-1-
4354-3867-5
Deglin, J. H., Vallerand, A. H., Sanoski, C. A. (2012), Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses (13th ed.)
Philadelphia: Davis,
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5.
Olds, S., London, M., Ladewig, P. and Davidson, M. (2008) Maternity Newborn Nursing and
Women’s Health Care. (8th ed.)
New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-01-3220873-4
Smeltzer, S. C., and Bare, B. G. (2010). Brunner and Suddarth's Textbook of Medical-Surgical
Nursing. (12th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7.
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P. (2010). Fundamentals of Nursing. (7th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4.
Texas Nursing Practice Act and Nursing Peer Review Act (latest ed.) Austin: Texas Board of
Nursing (available on-line)
Videbeck, S. (2011), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing. (5th ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN:
978-1-60547-861-6
Students may choose one (1) of the following as a REQUIRED Nursing Diagnosis Text:
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda J., (2009). Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.), Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins. ISBN: 978-0-7817-7793-3.
Carpenito-Moyet Lynda J (2009) Nursing Diagnosis; Application to Clinical Practice (13th ed )
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)

Schedule
Week 1: Orientation, RN interview, Preschool Assessment
Week 2: Medication Research Paper, MediaLink, Critical Thinking
Week 3: Preschool Planning, DxR Workshop
Week 4: Interpersonal Process Analysis Workshop, Jones Case Study Workshop
Week 5: Preschool Teaching
Week 6: Dosage Calculation Test, Clinical site orientation
Week 7: Care Map Workshop, Medication Pass Check Off
Week 8-9: Hospital Clinical
Week 10: Hospital Clinical, Clinical Evaluations
Evaluation methods
Daily Anecdotals
Clinical Objectives Tool Completed
Dosage Calculaltion Test
Skills Checklist Completed

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 30 email
Randall Childres
WTC 1028
903-782-0761
rchildres@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
RNSG 1262
Clinical - Integrated Nursing Curriculum
Description
A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical
professional..
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Alfaro-LeFevre, R., (2013). Critical Thinking, Clinical Reasoning, Clinical Judgment, A Practical
Approach, (5th ed.) Philadelphia, Saunders. ISBN: 978-1-4377-2776-0.
Ball, J., Bindler, R., and Cowen, K.J., (2010), Child Health Nursing: Partnering Children and
Families, (2nd ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9
Claywell, Lora (2009). LPN to RN Transitions (2nd ed.) Philadelphia: Saunders. ISBN: 978-0-323-
15879-7
Curren, A.M., (2010). Dimensional Analysis for Meds (4th ed.) San Diego: Delmar. ISBN: 978-1-
4354-3867-5
Deglin, J. H., Vallerand, A. H., Sanoski, C. A. (2012), Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses (13th ed.)
Philadelphia: Davis,
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5.
Olds, S., London, M., Ladewig, P. and Davidson, M. (2008) Maternity Newborn Nursing and
Women’s Health Care. (8th ed.)
New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-01-3220873-4
Smeltzer, S. C., and Bare, B. G. (2010). Brunner and Suddarth's Textbook of Medical-Surgical
Nursing. (12th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7.
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P. (2010). Fundamentals of Nursing. (7th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4.
Texas Nursing Practice Act and Nursing Peer Review Act (latest ed.) Austin: Texas Board of
Nursing (available on-line)
Videbeck, S. (2011), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing. (5th ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN:
978-1-60547-861-6
Students may choose one (1) of the following as a REQUIRED Nursing Diagnosis Text:
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda J., (2009). Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.), Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins. ISBN: 978-0-7817-7793-3.
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda J., (2009), Nursing Diagnosis; Application to Clinical Practice, (13th ed.),
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. ISBN: 978-0-7817-7792-6
Students may choose one (1) of the following as a REQUIRED NCLEX RN Review:
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
1. Apply clinical decision-making skills utilizing the nursing process when formulating clinical
judgments.
2. Manage safe, competent, holistic care for a diverse group of clients within the scope of the
professional nurse.
3. Communicate therapeutically and effectively with individuals, significant support persons, and
members of the multidisciplinary healthcare team.

Schedule
Week 1: Orientation, RN interview, Preschool Assessment
Week 2: Medication Research Paper, MediaLink, Critical Thinking
Week 3: Preschool Planning, DxR Workshop
Week 4: Interpersonal Process Analysis Workshop, Jones Case Study Workshop
Week 5: Preschool Teaching
Week 6: Dosage Calculation Test, Clinical site orientation
Week 7: Care Map Workshop, Medication Pass Check Off
Week 8-9: Hospital Clinical
Week 10: Hospital Clinical, Clinical Evaluations
Evaluation methods
Daily Anecdotals
Clinical Objectives Tool Completed
Dosage Calculaltion Test
Skills Checklist Completed

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Jon Rutherford
WTC 1105
903 782-0721
jrutherford@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SOCI 1301
Introduction to sociology
Description
Soci 1301 is a study of social interaction, social groups, culture, personalities, social institutions
and human ecology.
Textbooks
"Society: The Basics." by John Macionis. 10th Edition. ISBN # 9780205003785.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student will be able to differentiate between the three major theoretical perspectives in
sociology: the structural functional approach, the conflict approach, and the symbolic interactionist
approach.
2. The
student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the origins of sociology.
. 3. The
student will be able to identify methods of scientific research that social and behavioral scientists
use to investigate the human condition.
Week 1- Chapters 1 & 2
Week 2 - Chapters 3 & 4/Exam
Week 3 - Chapters 5 & 7
Week 4 - Chapters 8, 11/Exam
Week 5 - Chapter 14/Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Students will be required to take 4 exams, worth 100 points each. They will be a combination of
multiple choice and essay.
A=360-400 B=320-359 C=280-319 D=240-279 F=Below 240

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
Jack Harred
Online
903 782-0209
jharred@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SOCI 1301
Introduction to sociology
Description
Soci 1301 is a study of social interaction, social groups, culture, personalities, social institutions
and human ecology.
Textbooks
"Society: The Basics." by John Macionis. 10th Edition. ISBN # 9780205003785.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student will be able to differentiate between the three major theoretical perspectives in
sociology: the structural functional approach, the conflict approach, and the symbolic interactionist
approach.
2. The
student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the origins of sociology.
. 3. The
student will be able to identify methods of scientific research that social and behavioral scientists
use to investigate the human condition.
Week 1- Chapters 1 & 2
Week 2 - Chapters 3 & 4/Exam
Week 3 - Chapters 5 & 7
Week 4 - Chapters 8, 11/Exam
Week 5 - Chapter 14/Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Students will be required to take 4 exams, worth 100 points each. They will be a combination of
multiple choice and essay.
A=360-400 B=320-359 C=280-319 D=240-279 F=Below 240

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Jack Harred
Online
903 782-0209
jharred@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SOCI 1301
Introduction to sociology
Description
Soci 1301 is a study of social interaction, social groups, culture, personalities, social institutions
and human ecology.
Textbooks
"Society: The Basics." by John Macionis. 10th Edition. ISBN # 9780205003785.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student will be able to differentiate between the three major theoretical perspectives in
sociology: the structural functional approach, the conflict approach, and the symbolic interactionist
approach.
2. The
student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the origins of sociology.
. 3. The
student will be able to identify methods of scientific research that social and behavioral scientists
use to investigate the human condition.
Week 1- Chapters 1 & 2
Week 2 - Chapters 3 & 4/Exam
Week 3 - Chapters 5 & 7
Week 4 - Chapters 8, 11/Exam
Week 5 - Chapter 14/Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Students will be required to take 4 exams, worth 100 points each. They will be a combination of
multiple choice and essay.
A=360-400 B=320-359 C=280-319 D=240-279 F=Below 240

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 66 email
Jack Harred
Online
903 782-0209
jharred@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SOCI 1301
Introduction to sociology
Description
Soci 1301 is a study of social interaction, social groups, culture, personalities, social institutions
and human ecology.
Textbooks
"Society: The Basics." by John Macionis. 10th Edition. ISBN # 9780205003785.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. The student will be able to differentiate between the three major theoretical perspectives in
sociology: the structural functional approach, the conflict approach, and the symbolic interactionist
approach.
2. The
student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the origins of sociology.
. 3. The
student will be able to identify methods of scientific research that social and behavioral scientists
use to investigate the human condition.
Week 1- Chapters 1 & 2
Week 2 - Chapters 3 & 4/Exam
Week 3 - Chapters 5 & 7
Week 4 - Chapters 8, 11/Exam
Week 5 - Chapter 14/Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Students will be required to take 4 exams, worth 100 points each. They will be a combination of
multiple choice and essay.
A=360-400 B=320-359 C=280-319 D=240-279 F=Below 240

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Louis Lufkin
Greenville Center
903-454-5333
llufkin@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Soci 1301
An Introduction to Sociology
Description
A study of social interatcion, social groups, culture, social personalisties, social institutions, and
human ecology. Core curriculum satisfied for social and behavioral sciences.
M-W, 8:25am-9:40am
Textbooks
Macionis, John J. (2009). Society: the basics. 10th ed. New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
To use and critique alternative explanatory systems or theories.
To
recognize and apply reasobale criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social
research.
To identify and understand differences and commanalities in diverse cultures.
To
examine social institutions and processes across a range of historical periods, social structures, and
cultures.
Schedule Week 1- 1/16/12: MLK Day 1/18/12: Ch 1
Week 2- 1/23/12: Ch 1, ICA#1, 1/25/12: Ch. 2
Week 3- 1/30/12: Ch. 3,
2/1/12: ICA#2
Week 4- 2/6/12: Ch. 4,
2/8/12: Continuation / Quiz #1 / 1st article DUE
Week 5- 2/13/12: Ch. 5,
2/15/12: Videos: Milgram / Asch
Week 6- 2/20/12: Ch. 6,
2/22/12: Continuation Lecture / 2nd article DUE
Week 7- 2/27/12: Ch. 7,
2/29/12: Ch. 8 / Review for Mid-term
Week 8- 3/5/12: ICA#3
3/7/12: Mid-term Exam
Week 9- 3/12/12: SPRING BREAK, 3/14/12: SPRING BREAK
Week 10-3/19/12: Ch. 9,
3/21/12: ICA#4
Week 11-3/26/12: Ch 10,
3/28/12: Continuation / 3rd article DUE
Week 12-4/2/12: Ch. 11,
4/4/12: Continuation
Week 13-4/9/12: Ch. 12,
4/11/12: Continuation
Week 14-4/16/12: Ch. 13 / Quiz #2, 4/18/12: Ch 14
Week 15-4/23/12: ICA#5, 4/25/12: Ch 15
Week 16- 4/30/12: Portfolios DUE, 5/2/12: Make-up Exams
Week 17- 5/9/12: Final Exams TBA 5/11/12: Final Exams TBA
**Summer semesters will follow the same schedule but in a condensed 5 week format rather than
the full-term 16 week format

Evaluation methods
THE GRADES IN THIS COURSE WILL BE A DIRECT RESULT OF THE STUDENT'S
PERSONAL DEDICATION TO THE COURSE REQUIREMENTS. THE MAJORITY OF THE
COURSE WILL BE IN LECTURE FORMAT, WITH POSSIBLE ADDITIONAL FORMATS,
SUCH AS ELECTRONIC MEDIA.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 65 email
Mayra Camacho Cummings
PJC Sulphur Springs Center Office C
903.885.1232
mcummings@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPAN 1411
Beginning Spanish I
Description
Fundamental skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Includes basic
vocabulary, grammatical structures, and culture.
Textbooks
M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.
ISBN 978 007 353 442
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Student Learning Outcomes
1. Knowledge: ! recall literal translation of word.
2. Comprehension: discuss meaning and how/when vocabulary is used in target
! ! ! language.
3A li i ! l i bl i i i i
Week 1- Capítulo Preliminar Ante Todo y Capítulo 1 En la universidad
Week 2- Capítulo 1 En la universidad y Capítulo 2 La familia
Week 3-Capítulo 3 De Compras y Capítulo 4 En Casa
Week 4-Capítulo 5 Las estaciones y el tiempo y Capítulo 6 ¿Qué le gusta?
Week 5- REPASO FINAL Capítulos Preliminar, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 y Final Exam

Evaluation methods
Participation/Attendance 20%
Chapter Exams 30%
Assignments & Presentation 20%
Comprehensive Semester Exam 30%
Total 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Mayra Camacho Cummings
PJC Greenville Faculty Ofice Area
903.885.1232
mcummings@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPAN 1412
Beginning Spanish II
Description
A continuation of Spanish 1411. Fundamental skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading,
and writing. Includes basic vocabulary, grammatical structures, and culture.
Textbooks
M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8
This course is taught at the PJC Sulphur Springs Center via ITV.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Student Learning Outcomes
1. Knowledge: ! recall literal translation of word.
2. Comprehension: discuss meaning and how/when vocabulary is used in target
! ! ! language.
3. Application: ! apply appropriate vocabulary in various situations.
4. Analysis: ! distinguish appropriate social setting and context for use of
! ! ! vocabulary
5. Synthesis: ! formulate creative use of vocabulary in target language;
! ! ! circumlocution.
6. Evaluation: ! Revise; edit; paraphrase in target language.
! ! ! How would you have said...? started...?
! ! ! Whatʼs a better way to end...? why? If A means "...", how would you
! ! ! say "…"

Schedule
Week 1- REPASO/REVIEW Capitulo Ante Todo,1,2,3,4,5,6
Week 2- Capítulo 7 De vacaciones y Capítulo 8 Los dias festivos
Week 3- Capítulo 9 El tiempo libre y Capítulo 10 La salud
Week 4- Capítulo 11 Las presiones de la vida moderna y Capítulo 12 La calidad de la vida
Week 5- REPASO FINAL Capítulos 7,8,9,10,11,12 y EXAMEN FINAL
Evaluation methods
Student is graded on a 100 point scale
.Participation/Attendance 20%
Chapter Exams 30%
Assignments & Presentation 20%
Comprehensive Semester Exam 30%
Total 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I 2012
Phone
Section 65 email
Mayra Camacho Cummings
PJC Greenville Center Faculty Office
903.454.9333/885.1232
mcummings@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPAN 2311
Intermidiate Spanish
Description
Review and application of skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing.
Emphasizes conversation, vocabulary acquisition, reading, composition, and culture
Textbooks
M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.
ISBN 978 007 353 442
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Student Learning Outcomes
1. Knowledge: ! recall literal translation of word.
2. Comprehension: discuss meaning and how/when vocabulary is used in target
! ! ! language.
3A li i ! l i bl i i i i
Week #1 El presente de indicativo y el presente de subjuntivo
Week #2 El imperfecto, el pretérito, e el imperfecto de subjuntivo
Week #3 El imperfecto/ imperfecto subjuntivo
Week #4 Los mandatos y el presente perfecto Final Review
Week #5 El imperfecto de subjuntivo, el condicional, el futuro: Final EXAM

Evaluation methods
Participation/Attendance 20%
Chapter Exams 30%
Assignments & Presentation 20%
Comprehensive Semester Exam 30%
Total 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
Mayra Camacho Cummings
PJC Greenvile Center Faculty Area O
903.454.9333/885.1232
mcummings@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPAN 2312
Intermidiate Spanish II
Description
Spanish 2312 continues the review and application of skills and listening comprehension, speaking,
reading, and writing. Emphasizes conversation, vocabulary acquisition, reading, composition, and
culture.
Textbooks
M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.
ISBN 978 007 353 442
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Upon successful completion in the course, students will have demonstrated proficiency in the
following areas:
1. Oral Communication Skills: Listening and Speaking
Skill d h l i i f i i i l d d d li i d h l k
Week #1 El presente de indicativo y el presente de subjuntivo
Week #2 El imperfecto, el pretérito, e el imperfecto de subjuntivo
Week #3 El imperfecto/ imperfecto subjuntivo
Week #4 Los mandatos y el presente perfecto Final Review
Week #5 El imperfecto de subjuntivo, el condicional, el futuro: Final EXAM

Evaluation methods
Participation/Attendance 20%
Chapter Exams 30%
Assignments & Presentations 20%
Comprehensive Semester Exam 30%
Total 100%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 40 email
Dr. Edward Lee
(903) 453-4694
doctalee@gmail.com
Course
Title
Speech 1315
Fundamentals of Speech
Description
The student will gain an understanding of communication theory and demonstrate that
understanding through presentation of various types of speeches and through written examinations
Textbooks
Art of Public Speaking - Lucas
Schedule
Class 1 Introduction: Communication Model Chapters: 1-4
Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs, Listening, Monroe’s Motivated Sequence
Class 2 Chapters 5-9 /Introductory Speeches
Class 3 Chapters 10-13
Class 4 Visual Aids
Class 5 Chapter 14 Informative Speeches
Class 6 Reviewing the informative speech
Class 7 Informative Speeches
Class 8 Informative Speeches
Class 9 Test/Persuasive Speaking Ch. 15-16
Class 10 Persuasive cont.
Class 11 Group Project
Class 12 Group Project
Class 13 Group Presentations/ Ch. 18
Class 14 Demonstration speech
Class 15 Demonstration Speech
Class 16 Review & Finals
Evaluation methods
5 speeches – 100 pts per speech (speaking dates will be agreed upon in class)
5 outlines (one per each speech) 100 pts
1 group project – 200 pts possible
3 tests – 100 pts per test
Your final grade will equal the percentage of 1000 you accumulate on the assignments over the
course of the semester.
Any speech that is completely read by the speaker will receive a grade no higher than 88.
Extensions and late assignments: All assignments must be on time. If you perform a speech late,
you will be penalized 5 points per day. Keep in mind that computer crashes or problems with
printers are not reasons for extensions. Always back up your writing to avoid unfortunate losses.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 40 email
Dr. Edward Lee
(903) 453-4694
doctalee@gmail.com
Course
Title
Speech 1315
Fundamentals of Speech
Description
The student will gain an understanding of communication theory and demonstrate that
understanding through presentation of various types of speeches and through written examinations
Textbooks
Art of Public Speaking - Lucas
Schedule
Class 1 Introduction: Communication Model Chapters: 1-4
Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs, Listening, Monroe’s Motivated Sequence
Class 2 Chapters 5-9 /Introductory Speeches
Class 3 Chapters 10-13
Class 4 Visual Aids
Class 5 Chapter 14 Informative Speeches
Class 6 Reviewing the informative speech
Class 7 Informative Speeches
Class 8 Informative Speeches
Class 9 Test/Persuasive Speaking Ch. 15-16
Class 10 Persuasive cont.
Class 11 Group Project
Class 12 Group Project
Class 13 Group Presentations/ Ch. 18
Class 14 Demonstration speech
Class 15 Demonstration Speech
Class 16 Review & Finals
Evaluation methods
5 speeches – 100 pts per speech (speaking dates will be agreed upon in class)
5 outlines (one per each speech) 100 pts
1 group project – 200 pts possible
3 tests – 100 pts per test
Your final grade will equal the percentage of 1000 you accumulate on the assignments over the
course of the semester.
Any speech that is completely read by the speaker will receive a grade no higher than 88.
Extensions and late assignments: All assignments must be on time. If you perform a speech late,
you will be penalized 5 points per day. Keep in mind that computer crashes or problems with
printers are not reasons for extensions. Always back up your writing to avoid unfortunate losses.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section 65 email
LeAnne Lagasse
Online in Blackboard
806-742-3911
llagasse@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPCH1315
Fundamentals of Speech-Online
Description
This course is designed to help students develop communication skills that contribute to academic,
vocational, personal, and social success in a wide variety of contexts. Because students learn best
by "doing." they will be actively involved in research, composition, organization, delivery, and
analysis of speeches for various purposes and occasions.
Textbooks
Lucas, S. (2009). The Art of Public Speaking (10th Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill. The online
version is available at: http://www.CourseSmart.com. Paste "ISBN 0-07-72828473-9" in the search
field. A new book or an extra fee is required for access to ConnectLucas. You will use
ConnectLucas to upload your speech videos. Technology Requirements:Access to a computer
connected to the internet and the ability to upload vidoe files. Microsoft Word or word processor
that can save Word compatible files (.doc)A camera and microphone capable of full motion and
sound recording.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1.Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental
speaking techniques and critically analyze other speaker’s abilities.
2. Compose a structured verbal presentation utilizing an accepted outline format, verbal resources,
and visual aids to add credibility to the speaker’s message.
3. Utilize and define communication terms and principles as they apply to a one-on-one, public,
and/or business setting.
4. Employ listening behaviors that promote accurate message reception and critical thinking.
5. Select language appropriate to the audience, purpose, and context.
Schedule
Week 1-Module 1 (Due 6/5), Module 2 (Due 6/7), Module 3 (Due 6/8)
Week 2-Module 4 (Due 6/11), Module 5 (Due 6/12), Module 6 (Due 6/15)
Week 3-Module 7 (Due 6/18), Module 8 (Due 6/20)
Week 4-Module 9 (Due 6/25), Module 10 (Due 6/27), Module 11 (Due 6/29)
Week 5-Module 12 (Due 7/3)

Evaluation methods
Speeches: All speeches will be evaluated using National Communication Association guidelines
that can be found at ConnectLucas.com. Formal outlines comprise a percentage of each speech
grade.
Speech 1: Informative/Narrative (100 points)
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information, to do basic research, and to be aware of
facial expressions as a communication aid. 3-5 minutes
Speech 2: Persuasive (150 points)
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information to a specific audience. Speakers will
demonstrate the use of appropriate vocal variation and facial expressions. Speakers will
complement general research with academic research. 3-5 minutes
Speech 3: Advanced Persuasive (200 points)
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey a complex idea to a general audience. Students will
engage with scholarly and professional research and convey the information to a general audience
using speech strategies. Students will add body movement to their facial expressions and vocal
variation. 4-6 minutes
Speech 4: Special Occasion (100 points)
This speech demonstrates all of the basic elements of an advanced speech and the ability to use
informative and persuasive strategies. Students will add proximity to the speech performance. This
speech demonstrates a mastery of the course content. 4-6 minutes
Quizzes 1-4 (300 points total-Quizzes 1-3 are worth 50 points each, Quiz 4 is cumulative and worth
150 points)
Quizzes cover material from the textbook and course modules.
Assignments and Activities (150 points total)
This includes written assignments, self evaluations and peer evaluations.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 65 email
LeAnne Lagasse
Online in Blackboard
806-742-3911
llagasse@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPCH1315
Fundamentals of Speech-Online
Description
This course is designed to help students develop communication skills that contribute to academic,
vocational, personal, and social success in a wide variety of contexts. Because students learn best
by "doing." they will be actively involved in research, composition, organization, delivery, and
analysis of speeches for various purposes and occasions.
Textbooks
Lucas, S. (2009). The Art of Public Speaking (10th Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill. The online
version is available at: http://www.CourseSmart.com. Paste "ISBN 0-07-72828473-9" in the search
field A new book or an extra fee is required for access to ConnectLucas. You will use
ConnectLucas to upload your speech videos. Technology Requirements:Access to a computer
connected to the internet and the ability to upload vidoe files. Microsoft Word or word processor
that can save Word compatible files (.doc)A camera and microphone capable of full motion and
sound recording.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1.Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental
speaking techniques and critically analyze other speaker’s abilities.
2. Compose a structured verbal presentation utilizing an accepted outline format, verbal resources,
and visual aids to add credibility to the speaker’s message.
3. Utilize and define communication terms and principles as they apply to a one-on-one, public,
and/or business setting.
4. Employ listening behaviors that promote accurate message reception and critical thinking.
5. Select language appropriate to the audience, purpose, and context.
Schedule
Week 1-Module 1 (Due 7/11), Module 2 (Due 7/13)
Week 2-Module 3 (Due 7/16), Module 4 (Due 7/18), Module 5 (Due 7/20)
Week 3-Module 6 (Due 7/23), Module 7 (Due 7/24), Module 8 (Due 7/26)
Week 4-Module 9 (Due 7/30), Module 10 (Due 7/31), Module 11 (Due 8/2)
Week 5-Module 12 (Due 8/3)

Evaluation methods
Speeches: All speeches will be evaluated using National Communication Association guidelines
that can be found at ConnectLucas.com. Formal outlines comprise a percentage of each speech
grade.
Speech 1: Informative/Narrative (100 points)
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information, to do basic research, and to be aware of
facial expressions as a communication aid. 3-5 minutes
Speech 2: Persuasive (150 points)
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information to a specific audience. Speakers will
demonstrate the use of appropriate vocal variation and facial expressions. Speakers will
complement general research with academic research. 3-5 minutes
Speech 3: Advanced Persuasive (200 points)
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey a complex idea to a general audience. Students will
engage with scholarly and professional research and convey the information to a general audience
using speech strategies. Students will add body movement to their facial expressions and vocal
variation. 4-6 minutes
Speech 4: Special Occasion (100 points)
This speech demonstrates all of the basic elements of an advanced speech and the ability to use
informative and persuasive strategies. Students will add proximity to the speech performance. This
speech demonstrates a mastery of the course content. 4-6 minutes
Quizzes 1-4 (300 points total-Quizzes 1-3 are worth 50 points each, Quiz 4 is cumulative and worth
150 points)
Quizzes cover material from the textbook and course modules.
Assignments and Activities (150 points total)
This includes written assignments, self evaluations and peer evaluations.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 66 email
LeAnne Lagasse
Online in Blackboard
806-742-3911
llagasse@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPCH1315
Fundamentals of Speech-Online
Description
This course is designed to help students develop communication skills that contribute to academic,
vocational, personal, and social success in a wide variety of contexts. Because students learn best
by "doing." they will be actively involved in research, composition, organization, delivery, and
analysis of speeches for various purposes and occasions.
Textbooks
Lucas, S. (2009). The Art of Public Speaking (10th Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill. The online
version is available at: http://www.CourseSmart.com. Paste "ISBN 0-07-72828473-9" in the search
field A new book or an extra fee is required for access to ConnectLucas. You will use
ConnectLucas to upload your speech videos. Technology Requirements:Access to a computer
connected to the internet and the ability to upload vidoe files. Microsoft Word or word processor
that can save Word compatible files (.doc)A camera and microphone capable of full motion and
sound recording.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1.Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental
speaking techniques and critically analyze other speaker’s abilities.
2. Compose a structured verbal presentation utilizing an accepted outline format, verbal resources,
and visual aids to add credibility to the speaker’s message.
3. Utilize and define communication terms and principles as they apply to a one-on-one, public,
and/or business setting.
4. Employ listening behaviors that promote accurate message reception and critical thinking.
5. Select language appropriate to the audience, purpose, and context.
Schedule
Week 1-Module 1 (Due 7/11), Module 2 (Due 7/13)
Week 2-Module 3 (Due 7/16), Module 4 (Due 7/18), Module 5 (Due 7/20)
Week 3-Module 6 (Due 7/23), Module 7 (Due 7/24), Module 8 (Due 7/26)
Week 4-Module 9 (Due 7/30), Module 10 (Due 7/31), Module 11 (Due 8/2)
Week 5-Module 12 (Due 8/3)

Evaluation methods
Speeches: All speeches will be evaluated using National Communication Association guidelines
that can be found at ConnectLucas.com. Formal outlines comprise a percentage of each speech
grade.
Speech 1: Informative/Narrative (100 points)
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information, to do basic research, and to be aware of
facial expressions as a communication aid. 3-5 minutes
Speech 2: Persuasive (150 points)
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information to a specific audience. Speakers will
demonstrate the use of appropriate vocal variation and facial expressions. Speakers will
complement general research with academic research. 3-5 minutes
Speech 3: Advanced Persuasive (200 points)
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey a complex idea to a general audience. Students will
engage with scholarly and professional research and convey the information to a general audience
using speech strategies. Students will add body movement to their facial expressions and vocal
variation. 4-6 minutes
Speech 4: Special Occasion (100 points)
This speech demonstrates all of the basic elements of an advanced speech and the ability to use
informative and persuasive strategies. Students will add proximity to the speech performance. This
speech demonstrates a mastery of the course content. 4-6 minutes
Quizzes 1-4 (300 points total-Quizzes 1-3 are worth 50 points each, Quiz 4 is cumulative and worth
150 points)
Quizzes cover material from the textbook and course modules.
Assignments and Activities (150 points total)
This includes written assignments, self evaluations and peer evaluations.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section S1 email
Jill Dietze
Sulphur Springs Center
903-885-1232
jdietze@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Speech 1315
Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Description
Theories and practice of communication in public speech. This course is an introduction to communication tha
students the fundamentals of how to effectively speak in public. The goal is to equip the student with requisite
research, compose, organize, deliver and analyze speeches for various purposes and occasions. Credit: Three s
hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI Requirement: M1; R2, R3C; W1, W2C. Prerequisite: Non
Textbooks
Lucas, S. (2004). The Art of Public Speaking (10th Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1.Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental speaking technique
analyze other speaker’s abilities.
2. Compose a structured verbal presentation utilizing an accepted outline format, verbal resources, and visual a
credibility to the speaker’s message.
3 U ili d d fi i i d i i l h l bli d/ b i
Week 1-Course Overview/Impromtu Speech, Read Chapters 1, 2, 3, 10, 14, 18, Answer Chapter Quesitons, Ex
these chapters.
Week 2-Speech #1 "How To" informative presentation, Read Chapters 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, Answer Chapter Questio
over these chapters
Week 3-Speech #2 "Past Event" informative presentation, Read Chapters 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, Answer Chapt
Week 4- Speech #3 "Policy/Value" persuasive presentation, Study for Exam #3
Week 5-Exam #3

Evaluation methods
Percentages for Final Grade Evaluation: Speech Avg: 40%, Exam Avg: 30%, Outline Avg: 20%, Chapter
Questions/participation: 10%

at teaches
e tools to
semester credit
es and critically
aids to add
i
xam #1 over
ons, Exam #1
ter Questions

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section S1 email
Jill Dietze
Sulphur Springs Center
903-885-1232
jdietze@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
Speech 1315
Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Description
Theories and practice of communication in public speech. This course is an introduction to communication tha
students the fundamentals of how to effectively speak in public. The goal is to equip the student with requisite
research, compose, organize, deliver and analyze speeches for various purposes and occasions. Credit: Three s
hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI Requirement: M1; R2, R3C; W1, W2C. Prerequisite: Non
Textbooks
Lucas, S. (2004). The Art of Public Speaking (10th Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill.
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1.Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental speaking technique
analyze other speaker’s abilities.
2. Compose a structured verbal presentation utilizing an accepted outline format, verbal resources, and visual a
credibility to the speaker’s message.
3 U ili d d fi i i d i i l h l bli d/ b i
Week 1-Course Overview/Impromtu Speech, Read Chapters 1, 2, 3, 10, 14, 18, Answer Chapter Quesitons, Ex
these chapters.
Week 2-Speech #1 "How To" informative presentation, Read Chapters 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, Answer Chapter Questio
over these chapters
Week 3-Speech #2 "Past Event" informative presentation, Read Chapters 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, Answer Chapt
Week 4- Speech #3 "Policy/Value" persuasive presentation, Study for Exam #3
Week 5-Exam #3

Evaluation methods
Percentages for Final Grade Evaluation: Speech Avg: 40%, Exam Avg: 30%, Outline Avg: 20%, Chapter
Questions/participation: 10%

at teaches
e tools to
semester credit
es and critically
aids to add
i
xam #1 over
ons, Exam #1
ter Questions

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section 01 email
Alex Peevy
AD161
903 782 0327
apeevy@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPCH 1321
Business and Professional Speaking
Description
Textbooks
This class introduces communication skills needed in business and professional contexts. The focus
is on developing a working knowledge of theory and skills for interpersonal communication, groups
and teams, and presentations. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week.
TSI Requirement: Prerequisite: None
Adler, Ronald B. and Elmhorst, Jeanne Marquardt. Communicating at Work: Principles and
Practices for Business and the Professions, 10th edition. (NY: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2008) isbn: 978-
0-07-338517-4
Schedule
Studies include:
Basics of Business Communication
Principles of Interviewing
Types of Interviews
Interview Project
Developing a Presentation
Delivering a Presentation
Verbal Support in a Presentation
Informative Presentation
Working in Teams
Effective Meetings
Visual Support in Presentations
Group Presentation
Culture in the workplace
Verbal and Nonverbal Communication
Persuasive Presentation

Evaluation methods
During the course students will take part in a mock interview, 3 major business presentations and
formal group meetings. Students will also attend a city council meeting and prepare a critical
analysis paper. Lastly, students will complete 4 major exams that will cover roughly 3 main topic
areas for each exam.
Interview Project 10%
Informative speech 10%
Team Presentation 15%
Persuasive Speech 15%
Exam grade 20%
Council Paper 10%
Group Grade 10%
Participation 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer I
Phone
Section G1 email
Scott Edwards
GC 109
903-454-9333
scottedwards@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPCH 1321
Business & Professional Communication
Description
The application of theories and practice of speech communciation as applied to business and
professional situations.
Textbooks
Communicating at Work, Adler and Elmhorst, New York: McGraw-Hill, 10th edition
Schedule
Week 1-Communication at Work; Communication, Culture and Work; Listening
Week 2-Verbal and Noverbal Messages; Interpersonal Skills, Exam
Week 3-Types of Business Presentations; Developing and Organizing the Presentation; Verbal
and Visual Support in Presentation; Delivering the Presentation; Exam
Week 4-Working in Teams; Effective Meetings; Principles of Interviewing
Week 5-Types of Interviews; Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grade will be deremined by the total points earned for the course requirements. Total ponts
available are as follows:
140 points: Online Disussions
50 points: Artifact/Introduction Presentation
100 points: Informative Presentation
100 points: Persuasive/Sales Presentation
50 points: Work Team Assignment
150 points: Exams (3 at 50 points)
50 points: Participation
60 points: Additional course assignments

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section G1 email
Scott Edwards
GC 109
903-454-9333
scottedwards@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPCH 1321
Business & Professional Communication
Description
The application of theories and practice of speech communciation as applied to business and
professional situations.
Textbooks
Communicating at Work, Adler and Elmhorst, New York: McGraw-Hill, 10th edition
Schedule
Week 1-Communication at Work; Communication, Culture and Work; Listening
Week 2-Verbal and Noverbal Messages; Interpersonal Skills, Exam
Week 3-Types of Business Presentations; Developing and Organizing the Presentation; Verbal
and Visual Support in Presentation; Delivering the Presentation; Exam
Week 4-Working in Teams; Effective Meetings; Principles of Interviewing
Week 5-Types of Interviews; Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Grade will be deremined by the total points earned for the course requirements. Total ponts
available are as follows:
140 points: Online Disussions
50 points: Artifact/Introduction Presentation
100 points: Informative Presentation
100 points: Persuasive/Sales Presentation
50 points: Work Team Assignment
150 points: Exams (3 at 50 points)
50 points: Participation
60 points: Additional course assignments

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer II
Phone
Section P1 email
Alex Peevy
AD161
903 782 0327
apeevy@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SPCH 1321
Business and Professional Speaking
Description
This class introduces communication skills needed in business and professional contexts. The focus
is on developing a working knowledge of theory and skills for interpersonal communication, groups
and teams, and presentations. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week.
TSI Requirement: Prerequisite: None
Textbooks
Adler, Ronald B. and Elmhorst, Jeanne Marquardt. Communicating at Work: Principles and
Practices for Business and the Professions, 10th edition. (NY: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2008) isbn: 978-
0-07-338517-4
Schedule
Studies include:
Basics of Business Communication
Principles of Interviewing
Types of Interviews
Interview Project
Developing a Presentation
Delivering a Presentation
Verbal Support in a Presentation
Informative Presentation
Working in Teams
Effective Meetings
Visual Support in Presentations
Group Presentation
Culture in the workplace
Verbal and Nonverbal Communication
Persuasive Presentation

Evaluation methods
During the course students will take part in a mock interview, 3 major business presentations and
formal group meetings. Students will also attend a city council meeting and prepare a critical
analysis paper. Lastly, students will complete 4 major exams that will cover roughly 3 main topic
areas for each exam.
Interview Project 10%
Informative speech 10%
Team Presentation 15%
Persuasive Speech 15%
Exam grade 20%
Council Paper 10%
Group Grade 10%
Participation 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Norman Gilbert
WTC 1046
903-782-0734
ngilbert@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SRGT 1405
Introduction to Surgical Technology
Description
Orientation to surgical technology theory, surgical pharmacology and anesthesia, technological
sciences, and patient care concepts.
Textbooks
Surgical Technology for the Surgical Technologist: A Positive Care Approach, 3rd ed., 2008,
Caruthers-Delmar Publishing. ISBN: 1-4180-5168-3
Study Guide to accompany above. ISBN: 1-4180-5170-5
Differentiating Surgical Instruments, 2012. Rutherford, Colleen J., 2nd ed., 2012, FA Davis. ISBN:
978-0-8036-2545-7
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
1. develop, implement and individualize a teaching care plan for a patient with well defined
learning needs.
3. demonstrate safe, direct patient care at the bedside in relatively stable situations and progress to
semi-complex and complex situations with supervision.
Schedule
Week 1- Syllabus/Handbook Review and Learning Success Seminar
Week 2- Unit I Orientation to Surgical Technology and Standards of Conduct
Week 3- Unit I cont. (textbook Chapters 1-2); Unit II Physical Environment and Safety Standards
Week 4- Unit II cont. (textbook Chapters 5); Unit III The Surgical Patient and Special Populations
Week 5- Unit III cont. (textbook Chapters 3-4); Unit IV Physical Homeostasis and Emergency
Situations
Week 6- Unit IV cont. (textbook Chapter 8); Mandatory Hospital Orientation
Week 7- Unit IV cont. (textbook Chapter 8); Unit V Surgical Pharmacology and Anesthesia
Week 8- Unit V cont. (textbook Chapter 9)
Week 9- Review and Unit V Exam
Week 10- Comprehensive Final Exam
Evaluation methods
5 Unit Examinations (averaged) 60% of course grade
Daily Grades (avg.): workbook assignments, quizes, etc. 20% of course grade
Comprehensive Final Examination 20% of course grade

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Norman Gilbert
WTC 1046
903-782-0734
ngilbert@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
SRGT 1409
Perioperative Concepts and Asceptic Technique
Description
In-depth coverage of perioperative concepts such as aseptic/sterile principles and practices,
infectious processes, wound healing, and creation and management of the sterile field.
Textbooks
Surgical Technology for the Surgical Technologist: A Positive Care Approach, 3rd ed., 2008,
Caruthers-Delmar Publishing. ISBN: 1-4180-5168-3
Study Guide to accompany above. ISBN: 1-4180-5170-5
Differentiating Surgical Instruments, 2012. Rutherford, Colleen J., 2nd ed., 2012, FA Davis. ISBN:
978-0-8036-2545-7
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
1. develop, implement and individualize a teaching care plan for a patient with well defined
learning needs.
Schedule
Week 1- Syllabus/Handbook Review and Learning Success Seminar
Week 2- Unit I Instrumentation, Equipment and Supplies (textbook Capter 10)
Week 3- Unit II Asepsis and Sterile Technique (textbook Chapter 7)
Week 4- Unit II cont. (textbook Chapter 7); Unit III Surgical Case Management (textbook Chapter
12)
Week 5- Unit III cont. (textbook Chapter 12)
Week 6- Unit IV Wound Healing, Sutures/Needles and Stapling Devices (textbook Chapter 11);
Mandatory Hospital Orientation
Week 7- Unit IV cont. (textbook Chapter 11)
Week 8- Unit V Biomedical Sciences (textbook Chapter 6)
Week 9- Unit V cont. (textbook Chapter 6); Review
Week 10- Comprehensive Final Exam and Pre-Clinical Skills Practicum
Evaluation methods
4-5 Unit Examinations (averaged) 60% of course grade
Lab Skills and Daily Grades (avg.): workbook assignments, quizes, etc. 20% of course grade
Two-part Comprehensive Final Examination 20% of course grade, including Pre-Clinical Skills
Practicum requiring 70% minimum score.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Jimmie Kay Miller
WTC 1062
903-782-0746
kmiller@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
VNSG 1260
Clinical - Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse Training
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical
professional.
Ball & Bindler, (2010) Child Health Nursing: Partnering with Children and Families, (2nd ed.),
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda, (2009), Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.). Lippincott. ISBN:
978-0-7817-7793-3
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5
Deglin, Vallerand, (2012) Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses, (13th ed.), F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5
Holland, Norman & Adams, Michael Patrick, (2011), Core Concepts in Pharmacolody, (3rd ed.).
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-507759-7
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, (2011), Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic
Test with Nursing Implications, (4th ed.), F. A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-2304-0
Silvestri, Linda (2010) Saunders Comprehensive Review for NCLEX, (4th ed.), Elsevier-Saunders,
ISBN: 978-1-4160-4730-8
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth’s
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of
Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9386-5
Venes, D. (2009) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary, (21st ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOME:
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
2. exhibit professional nursing behavior by participating in the nursing process including
observation and gathering relevant data, developing a plan of care for the client, using critical
thinking skills, providing safe patient care, and evaluating the efficacy of interventions.
3. demonstrate safe, direct patient care at the bedside in relatively stable situations and progress to
semi-complex and complex situations with supervision.
Schedule
Week 1-Orientation
Week 2-4-Clinical Experience - 16 hour per week, Nursing Home
Week 5-Clinical Evaluation

Evaluation methods
Week 1-Orientation
Week 2-4-Clinical Experience - 16 hour per week, Nursing Home
Week 5-Clinical Evaluation

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 40 email
Jimmie Kay Miller
WTC 1062
903-782-0746
kmiller@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
VNSG 1260
Clinical - Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse Training
Description
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical
professional.
Ball & Bindler, (2010) Child Health Nursing: Partnering with Children and Families, (2nd ed.),
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda, (2009), Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.). Lippincott. ISBN:
978-0-7817-7793-3
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5
Deglin, Vallerand, (2012) Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses, (13th ed.), F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5
Holland, Norman & Adams, Michael Patrick, (2011), Core Concepts in Pharmacolody, (3rd ed.).
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-507759-7
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, (2011), Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic
Test with Nursing Implications, (4th ed.), F. A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-2304-0
Silvestri, Linda (2010) Saunders Comprehensive Review for NCLEX, (4th ed.), Elsevier-Saunders,
ISBN: 978-1-4160-4730-8
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth’s
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of
Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9386-5
Venes, D. (2009) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary, (21st ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOME:
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
2. exhibit professional nursing behavior by participating in the nursing process including
observation and gathering relevant data, developing a plan of care for the client, using critical
thinking skills, providing safe patient care, and evaluating the efficacy of interventions.
3. demonstrate safe, direct patient care at the bedside in relatively stable situations and progress to
semi-complex and complex situations with supervision.
Schedule
Week 1-Orientation
Week 2-4-Clinical Experience - 16 hour per week, Nursing Home
Week 5-Clinical Evaluation

Evaluation methods
Week 1-Orientation
Week 2-4-Clinical Experience - 16 hour per week, Nursing Home
Week 5-Clinical Evaluation

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Jimmie Kay Miller
WTC 1062
903-782-0746
kmiller@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
VNSG 1304
Foundations of Nursing
Description
An introduction to the nursing profession, including history, standards of practice, legal and ethical
issues, and the role of the vocational nurse. Topics include mental health, therapeutic
communication, cultural and spiritual diversity, nursing process, and holistic awareness.
Textbooks
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda, (2009), Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.). Lippincott. ISBN:
978-0-7817-7793-3
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5
Deglin, Vallerand, (2012) Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses, (13th ed.), F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, (2011), Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic
Test with Nursing Implications, (4th ed.), F. A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-2304-0
Silvestri, Linda (2010) Saunders Comprehensive Review for NCLEX, (4th ed.), Elsevier-Saunders,
ISBN: 978-1-4160-4730-8
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth’s
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of
Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9386-5
Venes, D. (2009) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary, (21st ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5
Videbeck, S., (2011), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing, (5th ed.), Lippincott.
ISBN: 978-1-60547-861-6
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
1. develop, implement and individualize a teaching care plan for a patient with well defined
learning needs.
2. exhibit professional nursing behavior by participating in the nursing process including
observation and gathering relevant data, developing a plan of care for the client, using critical
thinking skills, providing safe patient care, and evaluating the efficacy of interventions.
3. demonstrate safe, direct patient care at the bedside in relatively stable situations and progress to
semi-complex and complex situations with supervision.
4. recognize the importance of upgrading theoretical and practicum skills through the continued
learning processes as mandated by Texas Board of Nursing for continuing education.

Schedule
Week 1- Orientation/Introduction to the Vocational Nursing Profession
Week 2- Mental Health and Communication
Week 3- Nursing Process
Week 4- Nursing Process continued
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
In order to pass this nursing course the student must do all of the following:
1. Achieve a final grade of 70 or higher.
2. Complete all lab skills for this course.
3. Perform in a safe and professional manner in the lab.
4. Satisfactory completion of all papers.
Grading Criteria
1. Dosage Calculations Exams (3) 50%
2. Lab Skill Evaluation Tool 50%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Jimmie Kay Miller
WTC 1062
903-782-0746
kmiller@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
VNSG 1323
Basic Nursing Skills
Description
Mastery of entry level nursing skills and competencies for a variety of health care settings.
Utilization of the nursing process as the foundation for all nursing interventions.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda, (2009), Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.). Lippincott. ISBN:
978-0-7817-7793-3
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5
Deglin, Vallerand, (2012) Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses, (13th ed.), F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, (2011), Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic
Test with Nursing Implications, (4th ed.), F. A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-2304-0
Silvestri, Linda (2010) Saunders Comprehensive Review for NCLEX, (4th ed.), Elsevier-Saunders,
ISBN: 978-1-4160-4730-8
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth’s
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of
Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9386-5
Venes, D. (2009) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary, (21st ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5
Videbeck, S., (2011), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing, (5th ed.), Lippincott.
ISBN: 978-1-60547-861-6
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
1. develop, implement and individualize a teaching care plan for a patient with well defined
learning needs.
2. exhibit professional nursing behavior by participating in the nursing process including
observation and gathering relevant data, developing a plan of care for the client, using critical
thinking skills, providing safe patient care, and evaluating the efficacy of interventions.
3. demonstrate safe, direct patient care at the bedside in relatively stable situations and progress to
semi-complex and complex situations with supervision.
Schedule
Week 1-5-Basic Nuring Skills

Evaluation methods
In order to pass this nursing course the student must do all of the following:
1. Achieve a final grade of 70 or higher.
2. Complete all lab skills for this course.
3. Perform in a safe and professional manner in the lab.
4. Satisfactory completion of all papers.
Grading Criteria
1. Dosage Calculations Exams (3) 50%
2. Lab Skill Evaluation Tool 50%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 01 email
Jimmie Kay Miller
WTC 1062
903-782-0746
kmiller@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
VNSG 1400
Nursing in Health and Illness I
Description
Introduction to general principles of growth and development, primary healthcare needs of the
client across the life span, and therapeutic nursing interventions.
Textbooks
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Ball & Bindler, (2010) Child Health Nursing: Partnering with Children and Families, (2nd ed.),
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda, (2009), Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.). Lippincott. ISBN:
978-0-7817-7793-3
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5
Deglin, Vallerand, (2012) Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses, (13th ed.), F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5
Holland, Norman & Adams, Michael Patrick, (2011), Core Concepts in Pharmacolody, (3rd ed.).
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-507759-7
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, (2011), Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic
Test with Nursing Implications, (4th ed.), F. A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-2304-0
Silvestri, Linda (2010) Saunders Comprehensive Review for NCLEX, (4th ed.), Elsevier-Saunders,
ISBN: 978-1-4160-4730-8
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth’s
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia:
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of
Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9386-5
Venes, D. (2009) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary, (21st ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.
ISBN: 978-0-8036-1559-5
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:
1. develop, implement and individualize a teaching care plan for a patient with well defined
learning needs.
Schedule
Week 1- Orientation/Care of the Elderly
Week 2- Pharmacology
Week 3- Developmental Concepts and Family Centered Care of the Pediatric Client
Week 4- Evaluations and Dosage Competency
Week 5- Final Exam

Evaluation methods
In order to pass this nursing course the student must do All of the following:
1. Achieve a final theory grade of 70 or higher.
2. Complete all lab skills to progress in the course.
3. Perform in a safe and professional manner in the lab and clinical areas.
4. Satisfactory completion of all required papers.
5. Achieve a score of 90 or higher on the Dosage Calculation Competency exam.
The Final Grade will consist of:
1. Three unit exams worth 25% each 75%
2. A final exam worth 25%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1417
Introduction to Layout and Fabrication)
Description
This is an introductory course in fitting and layout. Topics to be covered are blue print reading, use
of tools and procedures common to layout and use of the oxy-fuel torch.
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Week 1- 15
Students will use various types of layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real job
shop/construction site atmospheres, both on paper and hands on with emphasis being on all types of
pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1417
Intro. To Layout and Fabrication
Description
This is an introductory course in fitting and layout. Topics to be covered are blue print reading, use
of tools and procedures common to layout and use of the oxygen-acetylene torch.
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Be able to lay out pipe fittings on the pipe.
Be able to do math related to pipe fitting.
Be able to make pipe templates for marking different cuts on different diameter pipe.
Be able to use the tools related to pipe fitting.
Be able to use the cutting torch to make pipe fittings.
Be able to weld pipe fittings.
Schedule
Week 12-14 Learning how to read the pipefitters bluebook and how to hand craft fittings. The class
is also designed to improve blueprint reading.
Evaluation methods
1. PIPE FITTING ID ( MULTIPLE )
2. 3 PIECE 90 DEGREE TURN
3. TAKING FIELD MEASUREMENTS ( MULTIPLE )
4. 90 DEGREE SADDLE
5. PIPE FITTING TAKE OFF EXERCISES ( MULTIPLE )
6. ORANGE PEEL
7. PIPE FITTING/BLUE BOOK EXERCISES ( MULTIPLE )
Assignments & Tests:
Pipe Fitters Handbook
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1425
Introduction to Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding
Description
An introduction to oxy-fuel cutting and welding. To include safety in the use of equipment and an
orientation to welding in general and related occupations. Identification of base metals and filler
metals.
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Have the ability to, safely setup, turn on, and adjust an oxygen/fuel cutting rig.
2. Have the ability to, safely, make quality cuts in all positions using an oxygen/fuel cutting rig.
3 H h bili f l l l i /f l k h
Week 1- 13
The skills obtained in this course will be utilized daily in preparation for an AWS Structural Steel
Certification test scheduled for the last week of class.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1425
Intro to Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting
Description
An introduction to oxygen-acetylene welding. To include safety in the use of equipment and an
orientation to welding in general and related occupations. Identification of base metals and filler
metals
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Setup, turn on, and adjust an oxygen and acetylene welding rig safely.
Be able to make quality welds in all positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to cut steel plate using the oxygen and acetylene torch.
Schedule
Week 1-2. Oxy-Fuel cutting and welding
All projects throught out the semester will require oxy-fuel cuting
Evaluation methods
1. Oxy-Fuel cut plate to size
2. Oxy-Fuel Bead Test
3. Oxy-Fuel Lap Joint
4. Oxy-Fuel Corner Joint
5. Oxy-Fuel Fillet
Assignments & Test:
OXY-FUEL Welding and Cutting
Unit 1, 2, 3
Test Date: End of Session
Projects= 90% Test= 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1428
Introduction to SMAW (Sheilded Metal Arc Welding)
Description
Textbooks
A basic course in Shielded Metal Arc Welding theory and practice. The course includes metal
identification, electrode identification, current type, and the proper care and use of equipment. The
course includes practice in the various techniques for different welding positions. Electrodes used
will be in the 60XX and 70XX range. To include welding safety, equipment, the essentials of good
welding techniques, to include flat beads, weaving the electrode, flat fillet welds, flat butt joints,
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Have the ability to set up, turn on, and operate welding equipment safely.
2. Have the ability to select the correct equipment to weld with.
3 H h bili l h l d B bl l ldi bl
Week 2-4 with subjects/topics to be revisited as needed throughout semester. Scheduled projects
will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the flat position.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1428
Intro. To Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Description
Textbooks
A basic course in shielded manual arc welding theory and practice. The course includes metal
identification, electrode identification, current type, and the proper care and use of equipment. The
course includes practice in the various techniques for different welding positions. Electrodes used
will be in the 60XX and 70XX range. To include welding safety, equipment, the essentials of good
welding techniques, to include flat beads, weaving the electrode, flat fillet welds, flat butt joints,
weld inspection, and trouble shooting welding problems
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Set up, turn on, and operate welding equipment safely.
Be able to select the correct equipment to weld with.
Be able to select the correct electrode.
Be able to solve welding problems.
Be able to make a quality fillet weld in the flat position.
Be able to set up and prepare test plates for AWS welding test.
Be able to pass the AWS flat welding test using a E6010 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS flat welding test using a E7018 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS flat welding test using a flux core welder.
Be able to tell the difference in a good and bad weld.
Schedule
Week 2-5 SMAW with multipple welding rods in the flat position.Some projects will be welded
with mig and fluxcore.
All projects throught out the semester will require oxy-fuel cuting

Evaluation methods
1. Flat Padded Plate E7018 ,E6010 ,Flux core
2. 1F Fillet 7018, Flux core
3. 1G Plate Test E7018 (Timed)
4. 1G Plate Test E6010 (Timed)
5. 1G Plate Test Flux core (Timed)
Assignments & Tests:
Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Unit 4.
Project = 90 % Test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1430
Introduction to Gas Metal Arc (MIG) Welding
Description
This course is a continuation of Welding 1428 in theory and practice. The course also includes
metallic inert gas welding and introduction to pipe welding. Emphasis is placed on vertical
welding. The student will be introduced to vertical fillet and butt joints. The student will learn
joint design and welding symbols.
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Have the ability to setup and operate a semi-automatic wire feed machine.
2. Have the ability to identify basic weld joints.
3 H h bili d d d d ldi b l
Week 8-12 Skills obtained in this course will be revisited as needed during the remainder of the
semester. Scheduled projects will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW
processes in the vertical position.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1430
Intro. Gas Metal Arc Welding
Description
Course Description: This course is a continuation of Welding 1428 in theory and practice. The
course also includes metallic inert gas welding and introduction to TIG welding. Emphasis is
placed on vertical welding. The student will be introduced to vertical fillet and butt joints. The
student will learn joint design and welding symbols
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
. Be able to setup and operate a semi-automatic wire feed machine.
Identify basic weld joints.
Be able to read and understand welding symbols.
Making quality welds in the vertical position.
Be able to set up and prepare test plates for an AWS welding test.
Be able to pass the AWS vertical welding test using a E6010 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS vertical welding test using a E7018 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS vertical welding test using a Flux core welder.
Schedule
Evaluation methods
Week 10-13 Stick welding in vertical position with multiple rods on multiple weld joints.Some
projects will be welded with mig and fluxcore. All projects throught out the semester will require
oxy-fuel cuting
1. Vertical Padded E7018, E6010 , Flux Core
2. 3F FILLET 7018, Flux Core
3. 3G Plate Test E7018 (Timed)
4. 3G Plate Test E6010 (Timed)
5. 3G Plate Test Flux Core (Timed)
6. 3G Plate Test open root E6010 x E7018(Timed)
Assignments & Tests:
Gas Metal Arc Welding & Flux Core Arc Welding Unit 5
Test Date: End of Session
Project = 90 % Test = 10%

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1434
Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)
Description
Principles of gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), including setup, GTAW equipment. Instruction in
various positions and joint designs
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Have the ability to setup and adjust a TIG welding outfit for different applications.
2. Have the ability to properly select the proper tungsten, filler rod, and shielding gas for different
TIG welding applications.
Week 4-13
Students will practice safe welding concepts while learning the GTAW process in the 1G, 2G,5G,
and 6G welding positions. Emphasis will be on the ER70S2 electrodes. Emphasis will be put on the
FCAW/SMAW process in these positions also.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1434
Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Description
Theory and practice of the TIG process in welding non ferrous metals to include stainless and
aluminum. Welding will be done in all positions. The study of gases and fillers to be included.
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Setup and adjustment of a TIG welding outfit for different applications.
Selection of proper tungsten, filler rod, and shielding gas for different TIG welding applications.
Welding mild and carbon steel in all positions.
Welding stainless steel in all positions.
Welding aluminum in all positions.
Schedule
Week 15-16 GTAW sanitary stainless, aluminum and carbon in various positions and joint designs.
Evaluation methods
1. 3/8 INCH STEEL PLATE TIG ROOT 7018 FILL & CAP (TIMED)
2. 6G FIVE INCH TIG ROOT 7018 FILL & CAP (TIMED)
3. 2G/5G TWO INCH STAINLESS BOILER TUBE TIG ALL THE WAY OUT (TIMED).
4. 6”x 6” ALUMINUM PAD
5. VARIOUS SOCKET WELDS USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
6. 2G/5G TWO INCH BOILER TUBE TIG ROOT/HOT AND E7018 FILL/CAP (TIMED).
Assignments & Test:
Comprehensive Test
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1435
Introduction to Pipe Welding
Description
An introduction to welding of pipe using the shielded metal arc welding process (SMAW),
including electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices. Emphasis on weld positions
1G and 2G using various electrodes.
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Have the ability to translate API codes.
2. Have the ability to select the right rod for the job.
3 H h bili i b li hi
Week 1- 3
Students will practice safe welding concepts while learning the SMAW process in the 1G & 2G
welding positions. Emphasis will be on the E6010 & E7018 electrodes. Some emphasis will be put
on the FCAW process in these positions also.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1435
introduction to pipe welding
Description
An introduction to welding of pipe using the shielded metal arc welding process (SMAW),
including electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices. Emphasis on welding
positions 1G position using E6010 & E7018 electrodes.
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Be able to translate API codes.
Be able to select the right rod for the job.
Be able to operate a pipe beveling machine.
Be able to weld pipe in the 2G position using E6010 electrodes.
Schedule
Week 1 Weld pipe with 6010 and 7018 in 1G and 2G positions
Evaluation methods
1. 1G FIVE INCH E6010 x E7018 (TIMED)
Assignments and Tests:
Unit 12 Pipe Welding
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1453
INTERMEDIATE LAYOUT AND FABRICATION
Description
A continuation of the introductory Layout and Fabrication course which covers design and
production of shop layout and fabrication. Emphasis placed on symbols, blueprints, and written
specifications
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
. Identify auxiliary views and calculate steel and pipe dimensions using layout tools
and construction templates.
2. Identify fittings, weldments, templates, and tools
Week 1-13
Students will participate in layout and fabrication exercises to increase skill sets in various methods
of field measurement and field verification to include field sketching and interpretation. Emphasis
being placed on pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects will be
required. These skill sets will be utilized and revisited throughout the remainder of the semester.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1453
Intermediate Layout and Fabrication
Description
A continuation of the introductory Layout and Fabrication course which covers design and
production of shop layout and fabrication. Emphasis placed on symbols, blueprints, and written
specifications
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Identify auxiliary views and calculate steel and pipe dimensions using layout tools
and construction templates.
Identify fittings, weldments, templates, and tools
Identify and interpret orthographic and isometric drawings.
Schedule
Week 6-9 advance layout and fabrication to better skills on blueprint readings and symbols
Evaluation methods
1. 2 PIECE 90 DEGREE TURN
2. 3 PIECE 90 DEGREE TURN
3. TRUE Y
4. 90 DEGREE SADDLE
5. 45 DEGREE LATERAL
6. ORANGE PEEL CAP
7. CONCENTRIC REDUCER
8. ECCENTRIC RISER
Assignments & Tests:
Pipe Fitters Blue Book
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1457
Intermediate SMAW
Description
Course Description: A continuation of WLDG 1428 with emphasis on various other positions used
in the welding industry. These positions focus mainly on flat, horizontal, and vertical up and down
positions. Electrodes used will be in the 60XX and 70XX range. The student will be introduced to
horizontal fillet and butt joints. The course will also include GMAW and FCAW processes.
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Making quality welds in the horizontal position.
2. Have the ability to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using an E6010 electrode.
3 H h bili h AWS h i l ldi i E7018 l d
Week 5-7 Skills obtained in this course will be revisited during the semester as needed. Scheduled
projects will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the
horizontal position.

Evaluation methods

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1457
Intermediate Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Description
Course Description: A continuation of WLDG 1428 with emphasis on various other positions used
in the welding industry. These positions focus mainly on flat, horizontal, and vertical up and down
positions. Electrodes used will be in the 60XX and 70XX range. The student will be introduced to
horizontal fillet and butt joints. The course will also include GMAW and FCAW processes.
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Making quality welds in the horizontal position.
Be able to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using a E6010 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using a E7018 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using a Flux core welder.
Schedule
Week 6-9 SMAW in the horizontal position with multiple welding rods on multiple weld
joints.Some projects will be welded with mig and fluxcore. All projects throught out the semester
will require oxy-fuel cuting
Evaluation methods
1. Horizontal Padded Plate E7018, E6010 , Flux Core
2. 2F FILLET E7018, Flux Core
3. 2G Plate Test E7018 (Timed)
4. 2G Plate Test E6010 (Timed)
5. 2G Plate Test Flux Core (Timed)
Assignment & Test:
Inspection Testing and Qualification
Unit .10
Test Date: End of Session
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1491
SPECIAL TOPICS IN WELDER/WELDING TECHNOLOGIST
Description
Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency.
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
1. Learning outcomes/objectives are determined by local occupational need and business and
industry trends.
Schedule
Week 1-13
Students will use various scenarios of layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real job
shop/construction site atmospheres. Emphasis being on material/labor estimating processes as well
as job site safety during fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 1491
Special Topics in Welder/Welding Technologist
Description
Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Learning outcomes/objectives are determined by local occupational need and business and industry
trends.
Schedule
Week 15-16 Students will weld the most comon welding trend that is seen the most for the field the
student wants to get into.
Evaluation methods
All shop projects will be provided by local industry and will vary from one semester to the next.
Unit 5 Test Date: End of Session
Assignments & Tests: None
100% on attendance and quality of welds

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2406
Intermediate Pipe Welding
Description
A comprehensive course on the welding of pipe using the shielded metal arc welding (SMAW)
process. Position of welds will be 2G, 5G, and 6G using E6010 and E7018 electrodes. Topics
covered include electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices.
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Have the ability to describe equipment and required pipe preparation.
2. Have the ability perform 2G welds using E6010 and E7018 electrodes.
3 H h bili f 5G ld i E6010 d E7018 l d
Week 4-6
Skill sets learned in this course will be revisited as needed in the remainder of the semester.
Scheduled projects will be S-O-Weld/Butt weld projects on the 2G/5G/6G positions utilizing the
GTAW/GMAW/FCAW/SMAW processes.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2406
Intermediate Pipe Welding
Description
A comprehensive course on the welding of pipe using the shielded metal arc welding (SMAW)
process. Position of welds will be 1G, 2G, 5G, and 6G using E6010 and E7018 electrodes. Topics
covered include electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices.
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Week 2- 4 Describe equipment and required pipe preparation.
Perform 2G welds using E6010 and E7018 electrodes.
Perform 5G welds using E6010 and E7018 electrodes.
Schedule
Week 2-4 Welding pipe using various welding rods in 1G, 2G, 5G, 6G positions
Evaluation methods
1. 2G SIX INCH E6010 ROOT AND E7018 FILL AND CAP
2. 5G SIX INCH E6010 ROOT AND E7018 FILL AND CAP
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2413
INTERMEDIATE WELDING USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
Description
This is an introductory course in fitting and layout. Topics to be covered are blue print reading, use
of tools and procedures common to layout and use of the oxy-fuel torch.
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Identify proper safety equipment and tools and identify and select the proper welding
process for a given application.
2 D kill i i i h d ldi
Week 1- 13
Students will use various welding processes during layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real
job shop/construction site atmospheres, emphasis being equally placed on safety, layout and
fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2413
Intermediate Welding Using Multiple Processes
Description
Instruction using layout tools and blueprint reading with demonstration and guided practices with
some of the following welding processes: oxy-fuel gas cutting and welding, shield metal arc
welding (SMAW), gas metal arc welding (GMAW), flux-cored arc welding (FCAW), gas tungsten
arc welding (GTAW), or any other approved welding process.
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Identify proper safety equipment and tools and identify and select the proper welding process for a
given application.
Demonstrate skills training using more than one approved welding process
Demonstrate ability to analyze situations and make decision using skills as taught
concerning safety and electrode selections.
Select the most economic and practical welding process for the given task.
Schedule
Week 13-14 Student will use SMAW, GTAW, GMAW and FCAW in multiple positions and weld
joints.
Evaluation methods
1. Vertical Pad Using GMAW
2. Overhead Pad Using GMAW
3. Vertical Pad Using FCAW
4. Overhead Pad Using FCAW
5. Vertical Fillet Using GTAW
6. Overhead Fillet Using GTAW
7. Vertical Bend Test Using GMAW
8. Overhead Bend Test Using GMAW
9. Vertical Bend Test Using FCAW
10. Overhead Bend Test Using FCAW
11. Vertical Bend Test Using GTAW
12. Overhead Bend Test Using GTAW
Assignments & Tests:
Gas Metal Arc Welding & Flux Core Arc Welding
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2435
ADVANCED LAYOUT AND FABRICATION
Description
A continuation of the Intermediate Layout and Fabrication course which covers production and
fabrication of layout tools and processes. Emphasis on application of fabrication and layout skills.
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Apply appropriate techniques of fabrication.
2. Design welding projects.
3 P d i d d l
Week 1- 13
Students will use various types of layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real job
shop/construction site atmospheres, both on paper and hands on with emphasis being on all types of
pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required and will
evaluated with safety being priority.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2435
Advanced Layout Fabrication
Description
A continuation of the Intermediate Layout and Fabrication course which covers production and
fabrication of layout tools and processes. Emphasis on application of fabrication and layout skills.
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
. Apply appropriate techniques of fabricat
Design welding projects
Prepare drawings and produce templates.
Apply layout offsets; take offs; bills of materials.
Apply mathematical concepts in the construction of projects.
Schedule
Week 10-12 Combine layout and fabrication for previous semesters to advance layout and
fabrication.
Evaluation methods
Required Projects:
1. PIPE FITTING PRACTICE
2. FLANGE ALIGNMENT
3. FITTING CUTBACKS
4. GROUP PIPE FITTING PROJECTS
5. WORKING FROM BLUE PRINT
Assignments: Pipe Fitters Blue Book
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2439
ADVANCED OXY-FUEL CUTTING & WELDING
Description
A study of all position welding on ferrous and nonferrous metals using the oxy-fuel welding
process, including welding, cutting, brazing, and soldering operations.
Textbooks
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
Identify and explain oxy-fuel welding procedures; and select proper tools,
equipment, and materials.
2. Setup, turn on, and adjust an oxy-fuel welding rig safely.
Week 1- 3
Students will use various types of repair/fabrication exercises to mirror real job shop/construction
site atmospheres. Group and individual projects will be encountered with safety being a priority.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2439
Advanced Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting
Description
A study of all position welding on ferrous and nonferrous metals using the oxy-fuel welding
process, including welding and cutting, brazing, and soldering operations
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Identify and explain oxy-fuel welding procedures; and select proper tools,
equipment, and materials.
Setup, turn on, and adjust an oxygen and acetylene welding rig safely.
Be able to make quality welds in the flat positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to make quality welds in the horizontal positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to make quality welds in the vertical positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to make quality welds in the overhead positions using oxygen and acetylene.
Be able to cut steel plate using the oxygen and acetylene torch.
Schedule
Week 1-5 Students does advance welding, brazing, soldiering and cutting
Evaluation methods
1. Oxy-Fuel cut plate to size
2. Oxy-Fuel Bead Test
3. Oxy-Fuel Lap Joint
4. Oxy-Fuel Corner Joint
5. Oxy-Fuel Fillet
Assignments & Test:
OXY-FUEL Welding and Cutting
Unit :Victor Oxy-Fuel Hand Book
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2443
Advanced SMAW
Description
Textbooks
The advanced shielded manual arc welding class is designed to provide theory and practice in the
manual metal arc five positions: flat, horizontal, vertical up, vertical down, and overhead. Bend
test on root and face are made in compliance with AWS, API, and ASME codes. A continuation of
welding 1430 with emphasis on overhead welding. The student will be introduced to overhead
fillet and butt joints.
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Have the ability to make quality welds in the overhead position using various welding
techniques.
2. Have the ability to pass the AWS overhead welding test using an E6010 electrode.
Week 11-13
Students in this course are utilizing all of the skills learned during the semester in preparation for
the AWS Certification test which is taken the following week. Scheduled projects will be fillet/butt
weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the overhead position.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2443
Advanced Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Description
Textbooks
Catalog Description: The advanced shielded manual arc welding class is designed to provide
theory and practice in the manual metal arc five positions: flat, horizontal, vertical up, vertical
down, and overhead. Bend test on root and face are made in compliance with AWS, API, and
ASME codes. A continuation of welding 1430 with emphasis on overhead welding. The student
will be introduced to overhead fillet and butt joints.
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Making quality welds in the overhead position using various welding techniques.
Be able to pass the AWS overhead welding test using a E6010 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS overhead welding test using a E7018 electrode.
Be able to pass the AWS overhead welding test using a Flux core welder.
Schedule
Week14-16 Welding in the overhead position with mutiple rods on mutiple weld joints.Some
projects will be welded with mig and fluxcore. All projects throught out the semester will require
oxy-fuel cuting
Evaluation methods
1. Overhead Padded E7018, E6010 , Flux Core
2. 4F FILLET 7018, Flux Core
3. 4G Plate Test E7018 (Timed)
4. 4G Plate Test open root E6010 x E7018(Timed)
5. 4G Plate Test Flux Core (Timed)
Assignments & Tests: None
Test Date: End of Session
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2011-2012
Office
Term 113L
Phone
Section 01 email
Kevin Ward
AS122
903-782-0384
kward@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2453
Advanced Pipe Welding
Description
Textbooks
To be a continuation of WLDG 2406 and also to include the GTAW process. Tests will be done in
a compliance with specifications and requirements of AWS and ASME codes. Major emphasis will
be put on pipe welding with the GTAW / SMAW processes in the 2G position and uphill in the 5G
and 6G positions. All testing will be done to American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
and American Welding Society (AWS) Codes.
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Schedule
1. Have the ability to translate ASME and AWS codes.
2. Have the ability to weld pipe in the 2G position using SMAW process.
2 H h bili ld i hill i h 5G i i i SMAW
Week 7-9
Skill sets learned in this course will be revisited as needed in the remainder of the semester.
Scheduled projects will be S-O-Weld/Butt weld projects on the 5G/6G positions utilizing the
GTAW/GMAW/FCAW/SMAW processes.

Evaluation methods
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part
basis for the semester grade.

Paris Junior College Syllabus
Faculty
Year 2012
Office
Term Summer
Phone
Section 02 email
Clint Hutchins
AS 122
903-782-0384
CHutchins@parisjc.edu
Course
Title
WLDG 2453
Advance Pipe Welding
Description
To be a continuation of WLDG 2406 and also to include the GTAW process. Tests will be done in
a compliance with specifications and requirements of AWS and ASME codes. Major emphasis will
be put on pipe welding with the GTAW / SMAW processes in the 2G,5G, and 6G positions. All
testing will be done to American Society of Mechanical Engineers Code (ASME).
Textbooks
Not Required
Student
Learning
Outcomes
(SLO)
Be able to translate ASME codes.
Be able to weld pipe in the 2G position using GTAW / SMAW processes.
Be able to weld pipe uphill in the 5G position using GTAW / SMAW processes.
Be able to weld pipe uphill in the 6G position using GTAW / SMAW processes.
Schedule
Week 5-11 Welding pipe with various welding rods and GTAW in 5G and 6G positions.
Evaluation methods
1. 2G SIX INCH GTAW ROOT, SMAW FILL & CAP (TIMED)
2. 5G SIX INCH GTAW ROOT, SMAW FILL & CAP BELL HOLE (TIMED)
Assignments & Tests:
Unit 6 Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %